<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Lmartin</id>
	<title>AgWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Lmartin"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php/Special:Contributions/Lmartin"/>
	<updated>2026-06-09T08:15:55Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.8</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Chronobox&amp;diff=979</id>
		<title>Chronobox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Chronobox&amp;diff=979"/>
		<updated>2023-10-12T19:16:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Initial hardware setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Chronobox =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Links =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* https://daq.triumf.ca/DaqWiki/index.php/DE10-Nano&lt;br /&gt;
* https://bitbucket.org/expalpha/chronobox_firmware&lt;br /&gt;
* https://bitbucket.org/expalpha/chronobox_software&lt;br /&gt;
* https://edev-group.triumf.ca/hw/alphag/chrono-box/rev0&lt;br /&gt;
* https://bitbucket.org/expalpha/chronobox_firmware/src/master/docs/Chrono.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Chronobox connectors =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| LEMO - CLK_IN - jumpers: SINE&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;CLK&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;NIM/TTL and NIM&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;CLK&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;TTL&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| ECL P1&lt;br /&gt;
| 32&lt;br /&gt;
| |&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| ECL P2&lt;br /&gt;
| 32&lt;br /&gt;
| |&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| PLED - power-on LED&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| jumper: bank A direction IN&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;X&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;OUT&lt;br /&gt;
| LEMO 0-1&lt;br /&gt;
| LED  0-1&lt;br /&gt;
| LEMO 2-3&lt;br /&gt;
| LED  2-3&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| jumper: bank B direction IN&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;X&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;OUT&lt;br /&gt;
| LEMO 4-5&lt;br /&gt;
| LED  4-5&lt;br /&gt;
| LEMO 6-7&lt;br /&gt;
| LED  6-7&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Electrical connections =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ECL P1 and P2: LeCroy 4616 compatible&lt;br /&gt;
* LEMO TTL inputs: 0..5V, logic level 0: &amp;lt;0.8V, logic level 1: &amp;gt;2V&lt;br /&gt;
* LEMO TTL outputs: logic level 0: 0V, logic level 1: 5V to 3.3V&lt;br /&gt;
* clock NIM input: NIM compatible&lt;br /&gt;
* clock TTL input: ???&lt;br /&gt;
* clock sine wave input: ???&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Input channel mapping =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 0+16 : first ECL connector&lt;br /&gt;
* 16+16 : second ECL connector&lt;br /&gt;
* 32+8 : LEMO inputs (TTL)&lt;br /&gt;
* 40+18 : GPIO inputs (FPGA pins)&lt;br /&gt;
* 58 : external clock (10 MHz nominal)&lt;br /&gt;
* 59 : internal clock (100 MHz)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Functional units =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scalers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TBW&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Firmware 0x61832695 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* minimum pulse width (leading edge to trailing edge): longer than 10 ns (15 ns is safe) (sampled by 100 MHz/ 10 ns clock)&lt;br /&gt;
* minimum time between pulses (trailing edge to next leading edge): longer than 10 ns (15 ns is safe) (ditto)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Firmware 0x624e22ad ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* minimum pulse width: leading edge triggered (2 ns is safe)&lt;br /&gt;
* minimum time between pulses (trailing edge to next leading edge): 25 ns or more is safe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Timestamps (TSC) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TBW&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Firmware 0x61832695 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* minimum pulse width (leading edge to trailing edge): longer than 100 ns (105 ns is safe) (sampled by 10 MHz/100 ns clock)&lt;br /&gt;
* minimum time between pulses (trailing edge to next leading edge): longer than 100 ns (105 ns is safe) (ditto)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Firmware 0x624e22ad ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* minimum pulse width: leading edge triggered (5 ns is safe)&lt;br /&gt;
* minimum time between pulses (trailing edge to next leading edge): longer than 200 ns (205 ns is safe) (sampled by 10 MHz/100 ns clock)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each TSC input has a 256 entry FIFO. (LE is 1 entry, TE is 1 entry, so 128 hits if both LE and TE enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Output data fifo ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TBW&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Firmware before 0x61832695 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output fifo is 4096 entries deep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Firmware 0x624e22ad ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output fifo is 64k entries deep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Initial hardware setup =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* refer to DE10-NANO information here: https://daq.triumf.ca/DaqWiki/index.php/DE10-Nano&lt;br /&gt;
* prepare hardware:&lt;br /&gt;
** remove chronobox from enclosure (cannot access JTAG connector when installed)&lt;br /&gt;
** remove DE10-Nano from chronobox baseboard&lt;br /&gt;
** check that SW10 jumpers are: U-D-U-U-D-U. (U=up, D=down, when &amp;quot;ALTERA&amp;quot; text on the FPGA is right side up)&lt;br /&gt;
** reinstall DE10-Nano on chronobox baseboard&lt;br /&gt;
** do NOT reinstall chronobox in enclosure&lt;br /&gt;
* prepare software:&lt;br /&gt;
** check that you have quartus 17.1 (at /opt/intelFPGA/17.1/ in this example)&lt;br /&gt;
** check that you installed chronobox software in /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software&lt;br /&gt;
** check that you installed chronobox firmware project in /home/agdaq/online/firmware/git/chronobox_firmware&lt;br /&gt;
* connect serial console, for more info, go here: https://daq.triumf.ca/DaqWiki/index.php/DE10-Nano#Serial_console&lt;br /&gt;
** connect a mini-USB (*not* Micto-USB!) cable from mini-USB port on the side of the ethernet connection to a PC&lt;br /&gt;
** minicom -D /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200&lt;br /&gt;
* connect fpga jtag, for more info, go here: https://daq.triumf.ca/DaqWiki/index.php/DE10-Nano#JTAG&lt;br /&gt;
** connect a mini-USB (*not* Micro-USB!) cable on the side of HDMI and power connectors to a PC&lt;br /&gt;
** /opt/intelFPGA/17.1/quartus/bin/jtagconfig&lt;br /&gt;
* prepare SD flash card for booting from network: generic instructions are here: https://daq.triumf.ca/DaqWiki/index.php/DE10-Nano#boot_Linux_from_SD_flash&lt;br /&gt;
** connect new or used 8GB SD flash card to USB flash adapter to a linux computer&lt;br /&gt;
** login as root&lt;br /&gt;
** identify the flash device as /dev/sdX. Use &amp;quot;lsblk&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;blkid&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;dmesg&amp;quot;. be careful to not write to the computer system disk (usually /dev/sda)&lt;br /&gt;
** echo -e &#039;o\nn\np\n1\n2048\n4095\nn\np\n2\n4096\n1681816\nn\np\n3\n\n\nt\n1\na2\nt\n2\nb\nw&#039; | fdisk /dev/sdX&lt;br /&gt;
** eject /dev/sdX&lt;br /&gt;
** remove card, reintall card, this is to ensure we use the new partition table&lt;br /&gt;
** fdisk -l /dev/sdX&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
root@daq01:~# fdisk -l /dev/sdg&lt;br /&gt;
Disk /dev/sdg: 7.38 GiB, 7910457344 bytes, 15450112 sectors&lt;br /&gt;
Disk model: STORAGE DEVICE  &lt;br /&gt;
Units: sectors of 1 * 512 = 512 bytes&lt;br /&gt;
Sector size (logical/physical): 512 bytes / 512 bytes&lt;br /&gt;
I/O size (minimum/optimal): 512 bytes / 512 bytes&lt;br /&gt;
Disklabel type: dos&lt;br /&gt;
Disk identifier: 0xa033868b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Device     Boot   Start      End  Sectors   Size Id Type&lt;br /&gt;
/dev/sdg1          2048     4095     2048     1M a2 unknown&lt;br /&gt;
/dev/sdg2          4096  1681816  1677721 819.2M  b W95 FAT32&lt;br /&gt;
/dev/sdg3       1683456 15450111 13766656   6.6G 83 Linux&lt;br /&gt;
root@daq01:~# &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** dd if=/daq/daqstore/olchansk/daq/DE10-Nano/image-1-fpga.img of=/dev/sdX1  bs=1024k&lt;br /&gt;
** dd if=/daq/daqstore/olchansk/daq/DE10-Nano/image-2-uboot.img of=/dev/sdX2  bs=1024k&lt;br /&gt;
** eject /dev/sdX&lt;br /&gt;
* install prepared flash card into the chronobox DE10-Nano&lt;br /&gt;
* cycle power&lt;br /&gt;
* in the minicom window, IMMEDIATELY press the space bar to stop automatic booting (if it doesn&#039;t react, ensure flow control is disabled in minicom)&lt;br /&gt;
* you will have the uboot &amp;quot;=&amp;gt;&amp;quot; prompt&lt;br /&gt;
* confirm uboot version: U-Boot 2013.01.01&lt;br /&gt;
* setup uboot to boot linux from network, more details here: https://daq.triumf.ca/DaqWiki/index.php/DE10-Nano#boot_Linux_from_network&lt;br /&gt;
** setenv ethaddr 02:aa:bb:cc:cb:04 # for cb04, see below for explanation&lt;br /&gt;
** setenv bootcmd &#039;run bridge_enable_handoff; run netboot&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** setenv ramboot bootz \${loadaddr} - \${fdtaddr}&lt;br /&gt;
** setenv bootargs console=ttyS0,115200 ip=dhcp root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=192.168.1.1:/zssd1tb/nfsroot/%s,vers=3 panic=15&lt;br /&gt;
** saveenv&lt;br /&gt;
** reset&lt;br /&gt;
* DE10-Nano should boot into linux:&lt;br /&gt;
** uboot will restart&lt;br /&gt;
** DHCP will run&lt;br /&gt;
** tftp load of linux kernel will run&lt;br /&gt;
** linux kernel will start&lt;br /&gt;
** linux kernel will get an IP address&lt;br /&gt;
** linux kernel will NFS-mount the root filesystem (.../nfsroot/cb04)&lt;br /&gt;
** systemd will start all services&lt;br /&gt;
** there will be a login prompt on minicom console&lt;br /&gt;
** ssh will work (maybe 1 minute delay before it starts)&lt;br /&gt;
* try a few things:&lt;br /&gt;
** from agdaq or agmini account, ssh root@cb04&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;df&amp;quot; should show /home/agdaq is mounted (and ssh agdaq@cb04 should work)&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;/home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe 0&amp;quot; should fail (&amp;quot;bus error&amp;quot;) because FPGA is not loaded yet&lt;br /&gt;
* load sof file, for more info, go here: https://daq.triumf.ca/DaqWiki/index.php/DE10-Nano#JTAG&lt;br /&gt;
** /opt/intelFPGA/17.1/quartus/bin/quartus_pgm -m JTAG -o &amp;quot;p;/home/agdaq/online/firmware/git/chronobox_firmware/output_files/DE10_NANO_SoC_GHRD.sof@2&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;test_cb.exe 0&amp;quot; should work now&lt;br /&gt;
* use srunner_cb.exe to load the pof file into FPGA boot flash&lt;br /&gt;
* use reboot_cb.exe to reboot the FPGA from flash&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;test_cb.exe 0&amp;quot; should report the expected FPGA firmware version number.&lt;br /&gt;
* success.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== assign ethernet MAC address ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually ethernet MAC address is assigned by manufacturer and is stored in a tiny little flash chip. The DE10-Nano board&lt;br /&gt;
is too cheap and does not have it. So a fake ethernet address has to be assigned manually from&lt;br /&gt;
the &amp;quot;locally administered range&amp;quot; of MAC addresses that start from &amp;quot;02:...&amp;quot;, see&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MAC_address#Ranges_of_group_and_locally_administered_addresses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All MAC addresses must be unique on an ethernet network, but with manual assignement confusion is easy to create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For chronobox devices, use MAC addresses that start with &amp;quot;l02:aa:bb:cc:xx:yy&amp;quot; and have last digits &amp;quot;cb:01&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;cb:02&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;cb:03&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;cb04&amp;quot; for the first four chronoboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== new board test checklist ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
to check newly built chronobox baseboard, follow this checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== test ECL inputs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* stop midas frontend&lt;br /&gt;
* ssh agdaq@alphagdaq ### or agmini@daq16&lt;br /&gt;
* ssh root@cb03&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe 0 ### read firmware revision, confirm communication with chronobox firmware&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe inputs ### output should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
inputs: ecl_p1: 0xaa55, ecl_p2: 0xaa55, lemo: 0xe0, gpio: 0x3ffff&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* connect ECL ribbon cable from LeCroy 4616 NIM-to-ECL converter to chronobox ECL_P1 input (left one)&lt;br /&gt;
* ecl_p1 input should read 0x0000&lt;br /&gt;
* connect lemo jumper from NIM logic level 1 otput (i.e. any module OUT-bar output) to first channel of LeCroy 4616, ecl_p1 should read 0x0001&lt;br /&gt;
* move to 2nd channel, get 0x0002&lt;br /&gt;
* and so forth until last channel 0x8000.&lt;br /&gt;
* if any channel does not give expected reading, attach label (i.e. &amp;quot;ECL_P1 0x0002 bad&amp;quot;) and send for repair.&lt;br /&gt;
* repeat with ECL_P2 input (right one), watch printed value of ecl_p2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== test TTL inputs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* NOTE: front panel LEMO connector labels are wrong. correct numbering of LEMO connectors is as shown in [[#Chronobox connectors]]&lt;br /&gt;
* disconnect all LEMO inputs&lt;br /&gt;
* set &amp;quot;bank A direction&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;bank B direction&amp;quot; for input&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe lemo_in_a # set bank A to input&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe lemo_in_b # set bank B to input&lt;br /&gt;
* all 8 LEMO LEDs should be on&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe inputs ### lemo inputs should read 0xFF&lt;br /&gt;
* connect LEMO 0 (left bottom) to TTL output of Lecroy 222 or equivalent, set &amp;quot;scale&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;latch&amp;quot;, operate push buttons to turn output on and off (LED should come in and out).&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe inputs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
inputs: ecl_p1: 0xaa55, ecl_p2: 0xaa55, lemo: 0xfe (~0x01), gpio: 0x3ffff&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* change TTL signal from logic level 0 to 1 and back, observe the corresponding LED to turn on and off, observe the correct bit in the &amp;quot;lemo&amp;quot; column (watch the inverted input ~0x01) change.&lt;br /&gt;
* repeat with LEMO input 1 (left top) through 7 (right top).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== test TTL outputs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* NOTE: front panel LEMO connector labels are wrong. correct numbering of LEMO connectors is as shown in #Chronobox connectors&lt;br /&gt;
* set &amp;quot;bank A direction&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;bank B direction&amp;quot; for output&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe lemo_out_a 0&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe lemo_out_b 0&lt;br /&gt;
* all LEMO LEDs should be off&lt;br /&gt;
* with voltmeter measure LEMO output voltage should be 0.135 V&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe lemo_out_a 0xF&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe lemo_out_b 0xF&lt;br /&gt;
* all LEMO LEDs should be on&lt;br /&gt;
* with voltmeter measure LEMO output voltage should be 3.4 to 3.8 V&lt;br /&gt;
* if you measure 1.69 V, the bank direction switch is still in the &amp;quot;input&amp;quot; position&lt;br /&gt;
* to test individual output, instead of 0xF use 0x1, 0x2, 0x4 and 0x8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== test clock input ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* we test the TTL input mode first&lt;br /&gt;
* disconnect CLK_IN input&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe intclk ### switch to internal timestamp clock&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe clocks&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
clock status: ext_clk: counter 0x00000000, freq 0.0 Hz, ts_clk: counter 0x00cccccc, freq 9999999.4 Hz, PLL status 0xa0000000&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
notice: ts_clk frequency is around 10 MHz (internal oscillator) and ext_clk frequency is zero (nothing connected)&lt;br /&gt;
* if ts_clk is not around 10 MHz, PLL is not locked correctly, reboot the FPGA and try again: /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe reboot&lt;br /&gt;
* set CLK_IN jumpers to &amp;quot;TTL/NIM&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;TTL&amp;quot; position&lt;br /&gt;
* connect LEMO cable from LEMO output 0 (bottom left) to CLK_IN&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe lemo_out_clk 0 ### output timestamp clock on LEMO output 0&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe clocks&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
clock status: ext_clk: counter 0x00cccccc, freq 9999999.4 Hz, ts_clk: counter 0x00cccccc, freq 9999999.4 Hz, PLL status 0x80000000&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* observe ext_clk frequency is the same as ts_clk frequency&lt;br /&gt;
* to test NIM input mode, we need a NIM clock signal, i.e. from a VME-NIMIO32, etc. Or use a TTL-to-NIM converter to use clock on LEMO output 0.&lt;br /&gt;
* set CLK_IN jumpers to &amp;quot;TTL/NIM&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;NIM&amp;quot; position&lt;br /&gt;
* connect VME-NIMIO32 NIM output 3 (40 MHz V1190 clock) to CLK_IN&lt;br /&gt;
* /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software/test_cb.exe clocks&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
clock status: ext_clk: counter 0x03333c0c, freq 40001687.4 Hz, ts_clk: counter 0x00cccccc, freq 9999999.4 Hz, PLL status 0x80000000&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* observe ext_clk frequency is 40 MHz.&lt;br /&gt;
* to test &amp;quot;sine wave&amp;quot; input mode, TBW, do not have a sine wave signal source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
K.O.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== test GPIO pins ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TBW&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Install chronobox software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd /home/agdaq/online&lt;br /&gt;
git clone https://bitbucket.org/expalpha/chronobox_software.git&lt;br /&gt;
cd chronobox_software&lt;br /&gt;
make clean&lt;br /&gt;
make&lt;br /&gt;
ls -l *.exe&lt;br /&gt;
-rwxr-xr-x 1 olchansk users 18808 Aug 16 15:26 reboot_cb.exe&lt;br /&gt;
-rwxr-xr-x 1 olchansk users 47256 Aug 16 15:26 srunner_cb.exe&lt;br /&gt;
-rwxr-xr-x 1 olchansk users 20732 Aug 16 15:26 test_cb.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Install chronobox quartus firmware project =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd /home/agdaq/online/firmware/git&lt;br /&gt;
git clone https://bitbucket.org/expalpha/chronobox_firmware.git&lt;br /&gt;
cd chronobox_firmware&lt;br /&gt;
git fetch ### update repository&lt;br /&gt;
git tag ### list available tags&lt;br /&gt;
git checkout 20210420_ko ### checkout a specific version&lt;br /&gt;
git status&lt;br /&gt;
cat timestamp.v ### confirm firmware version&lt;br /&gt;
ls -l output_files/*.{jic,sof,rpd}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Firmware revisions =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 0x5aceaed2 - April 2018 - all inputs connected to counters (except ext clock), 58 inputs, 50 MHz clock&lt;br /&gt;
* 0x5b6de806 - August 2018 - added fpga boot flash programmer and fpga reboot&lt;br /&gt;
* 0x5b7c827d - August 2018 - bshaw added debounce on GPIO inputs (for flow meters), 100 MHz clock&lt;br /&gt;
* 0x5b873169 - August 2018 - rebuilt, no changes&lt;br /&gt;
* 0x5b89e4b4 - August 2018 - added external clock signal, 59 inputs, 100 MHz clock&lt;br /&gt;
* 0x5b8de2b0 - September 2018 - added data fifo and timestamp counters (TSCs) for the first 4 inputs&lt;br /&gt;
* 0x5b906c56 - September 2018 - improved overflow markers, added scalers readout into the data fifo&lt;br /&gt;
* 0x5da8e4c2 - October 2019 - timestamps for all inputs, inversion of inputs&lt;br /&gt;
* 0x5db764a7 - October 2019 - FPGA reboot works now.&lt;br /&gt;
* 0x607f6709 - April 2021 - working timestamp synchronization, memory mapped registers, improved sdc file, correct clock transfers&lt;br /&gt;
* 0x60860e61 - April 2021 - faster data FIFO readout (from ~8 Mbytes/sec to ~80 Mbytes/sec)&lt;br /&gt;
* 0x61832695 - Nov 2021 - increase timestamp FIFO from 4k to 64k words&lt;br /&gt;
* 20220406_ko_0x624e22ad - April 2022 - make inputs edge-triggered instead of sampled.&lt;br /&gt;
* 20220420_ko_0x62608957 - April 2022 - fix first fifo data word is zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Firmware update =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* use srunner_cb.exe to load firmware RPD file into EPCQ flash memory.&lt;br /&gt;
* if FPGA is not running compatible firmware, srunner_cb will fail&lt;br /&gt;
* connect JTAG and load the firmware sof file from the quartus project (use &amp;quot;make load_sof&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
* if JTAG is connected, one can use &amp;quot;make load_jic&amp;quot; to load firmware jic file into EPCQ flash memory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After correct firmware is loaded, access to chronobox registers may fail (srunner_cb will not work)&lt;br /&gt;
because FPGA bridges are not enabled. To check, run following commands. If some bridge reports &amp;quot;disabled&amp;quot;, reboot linux (do not cycle the power!).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
root@cb02:~# cat /sys/class/fpga_bridge/br*/state&lt;br /&gt;
enabled&lt;br /&gt;
enabled&lt;br /&gt;
enabled&lt;br /&gt;
enabled&lt;br /&gt;
root@cb02:~# &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some DE10-Nano boards have an EPCQ64 flash memory chip, some have the EPCQ128 flash memory chip.&lt;br /&gt;
* identify EPCQ64 and use &amp;quot;-64&amp;quot; with all srunner commands:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software&lt;br /&gt;
./srunner_cb.exe -id -64 /dev/null # identify EPCS64 flash&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
Info: Silicon ID - 0x16 &lt;br /&gt;
Info: Serial Configuration Device - EPCS64&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* identify EPCQ128 and use &amp;quot;-128&amp;quot; with all srunner commands:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
./srunner_cb.exe -id -128 /dev/null # identify EPCQ128 flash&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
Info: Silicon ID - 0x18 &lt;br /&gt;
Info: Serial Configuration Device - EPCS128&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Identify -64 or -128 flash memory, write RPD file to flash memory, verify and reboot the fpga:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd /home/agdaq/online/chronobox_software&lt;br /&gt;
./srunner_cb.exe -id -64 /dev/null # identify EPCS64 flash&lt;br /&gt;
./srunner_cb.exe -id -128 /dev/null # identify EPCQ128 flash&lt;br /&gt;
#./srunner_cb.exe -read -128 test.rpd # read flash contents into a file&lt;br /&gt;
./srunner_cb.exe -program -128 /home/agdaq/online/firmware/git/chronobox_firmware/output_files/DE10_NANO_SoC_GHRD_auto.rpd&lt;br /&gt;
./srunner_cb.exe -verify -128 /home/agdaq/online/firmware/git/chronobox_firmware/output_files/DE10_NANO_SoC_GHRD_auto.rpd&lt;br /&gt;
./reboot_cb.exe # reboot the fpga into the new firmware&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Firmware build =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for building firmware use: /opt/intelFPGA/20.1/nios2eds/nios2_command_shell.sh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ssh daq01&lt;br /&gt;
cd online&lt;br /&gt;
git clone git@bitbucket.org:expalpha/chronobox_firmware.git&lt;br /&gt;
cd chronobox_firmware&lt;br /&gt;
/opt/intelFPGA/20.1/nios2eds/nios2_command_shell.sh&lt;br /&gt;
make quartus&lt;br /&gt;
ls -l output_files/*.{sof,jic,rpd}&lt;br /&gt;
-rw-r--r-- 1 olchansk users 7007185 Apr 20 16:57 output_files/DE10_NANO_SoC_GHRD_auto.rpd&lt;br /&gt;
-rw-r--r-- 1 olchansk users 8388833 Apr 20 16:57 output_files/DE10_NANO_SoC_GHRD.jic&lt;br /&gt;
-rw-r--r-- 1 olchansk users 7510701 Apr 20 16:57 output_files/DE10_NANO_SoC_GHRD.sof&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
other make targets:&lt;br /&gt;
* make quartus - build fpga programmer files: sof, jic and rpd.&lt;br /&gt;
* make clean - clean the quartus project&lt;br /&gt;
* make qsys - regenerate the qsys block&lt;br /&gt;
* make jic - regenerate the jic file&lt;br /&gt;
* make load_sof - load sof file into fpga via jtag&lt;br /&gt;
* make load_jic - load jic file into fpga boot flash (epcq) via jtag&lt;br /&gt;
* make verify_jic - verify jic checksum in fpga boot flash (epcq)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for jtag access, use /daq/quartus/13.1.3.178/quartus/bin/jtagconfig&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
daq16:chronobox_firmware$ /daq/quartus/13.1.3.178/quartus/bin/jtagconfig&lt;br /&gt;
1) DE-SoC [2-1.4.3]&lt;br /&gt;
  4BA00477   SOCVHPS&lt;br /&gt;
  02D020DD   5CSEBA6(.|ES)/5CSEMA6/..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Remote server daq16: Unable to connect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
daq16:chronobox_firmware$ &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Errata ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* after regenerating qsys, manually edit ./soc_system/synthesis/submodules/hps_sdram_pll.sv to comment-out line &amp;quot;assign pll_dr_clk = clk_out[2];&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Firmware details =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* DDR3 clock is 400 MHz (DDR3-800)&lt;br /&gt;
* memcpy speed ~1500 Mbytes/sec&lt;br /&gt;
* FIFO access single word read: 80, 44, 44 clocks at 10 ns/clock is 2.3 MHz at 4 bytes/word is 9 Mbytes/sec&lt;br /&gt;
* FIFO access memcpy: burst 2, delay 32, b4, delay 36, b5, d1, b5, d1, b5, d1, b1, delay 53, repeat. this reads 16 words in 72 clocks at 10 ns/clock is 1.388 MHz at 4*16=64 bytes/burst is 88.9 Mbytes/sec.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Chronobox firmware registers =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reg | rw/ro | quartus name | firmware | description&lt;br /&gt;
0 | ro | sof_revision_in | all | firmware revision timestamp code&lt;br /&gt;
0 | wo | latch_scalers_out, zero_scalers_out | all | see [[#reg_0x00_write_bits]]&lt;br /&gt;
1 | rw | reg1_led_out | all | DE10-Nano LED output&lt;br /&gt;
2 | ro | switches_in | all | read DE10-Nano switches&lt;br /&gt;
3 | ro | buttons_in | all | read DE10-Nano buttons&lt;br /&gt;
4 | rw | reg4_test | all | 32-bit read-write test register&lt;br /&gt;
5 | rw | flash_programmer_in, reg5_flash_programmer_out | 0x5b6de806 | 0xABCD srunner flash programmer&lt;br /&gt;
6 | ro | ecl_in | all | read state of ECL inputs&lt;br /&gt;
7 | ro | reg7_test_in | all | ???&lt;br /&gt;
8 | rw | scaler_addr_out, reg8_scaler_data_in | all | top 16 bits of address becomes scaler bus address, 32 bit read is the corresponding scaler data&lt;br /&gt;
9 | ro | lemo_in | all | read state of LEMO inputs&lt;br /&gt;
10/0xA | ro | gpio_in | all | read state of GPIO inputs&lt;br /&gt;
11/0xB | rw | regB_lemo_out | all | LEMO output data&lt;br /&gt;
12/0xC | rw | regC_gpio_out | all | GPIO output data&lt;br /&gt;
13/0xD | rw | regD_out_enable_out | all | enable output tristates: [31:24] - LEMO_OUT, [17:0] - GPIO_OUT&lt;br /&gt;
14/0xE | rw | regE, reconfig_out | 0x5b6de806 | FPGA reboot: write inverted firmware revision (reg0) to reboot the FPGA&lt;br /&gt;
15/0xF | ro | regF_input_num_in | 0x5b89e4b4 | number of chronobox inputs (to read scalers, add 1 for the clock counter)&lt;br /&gt;
16/0x10 | ro | reg10_fifo_status | 0x5b8de2b0 | data fifo status, see below&lt;br /&gt;
17/0x11 | ro | reg11_fifo_data | 0x5b8de2b0 | data fifo data, see below&lt;br /&gt;
18/0x12 | rw | cb_invert_a | 0x5bf7557e | invert inputs 31..0&lt;br /&gt;
19/0x13 | rw | cb_invert_b | 0x5bf7557e | invert inputs 63..32&lt;br /&gt;
20/0x14 | rw | cb_enable_le_a | 0x5bf7557e | enable TSC leading edge inputs 31..0&lt;br /&gt;
21/0x15 | rw | cb_enable_le_b | 0x5bf7557e | enable TSC leading edge inputs 63..32&lt;br /&gt;
22/0x16 | rw | cb_enable_te_a | 0x5bf7557e | enable TSC trailing edge inputs 31..0&lt;br /&gt;
23/0x17 | rw | cb_enable_te_b | 0x5bf7557e | enable TSC trailing edge inputs 63..32&lt;br /&gt;
24/0x18 | ro | fc_ext_clk_100_counter | 0x5bf7557e | external clock frequency counter 100MHz reference&lt;br /&gt;
25/0x19 | ro | fc_ext_clk_ext_counter | 0x5bf7557e | external clock frequency counter&lt;br /&gt;
26/0x1A | ro | fc_ts_clk_100_counter | 0x5bf7557e | timestamp clock frequency counter 100MHz reference&lt;br /&gt;
27/0x1B | ro | fc_ts_clk_ts_counter | 0x5bf7557e | timestamp clock frequency counter&lt;br /&gt;
28/0x1C | ro | ts_clk_pll_status | 0x5bf7557e | timestamp clock PLL status&lt;br /&gt;
29/0x1D | rw | cb_lemo_out_mux_ctrl | 0x5bfdc798 | 8*4 bits to control 8 LEMO output multiplexers (4 bits/16 options each mux, see [[#LEMO outputs]])&lt;br /&gt;
30/0x1E | rw | cb_sync_mask[31:0] | 0x607f6709 | source of chronobox sync signal, low bits&lt;br /&gt;
31/0x1F | rw | cb_sync_mask[63:32] | 0x607f6709 | source of chronobox sync signal, high bits&lt;br /&gt;
32 | rw | cb_sync_reg[31:0], cb_sync_status[31:0] | 0x607f6709 | control of timestamp sync&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== reg 0x00 write bits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
bit | fw revision | quartus signal | description&lt;br /&gt;
0 | all | | latch scalers&lt;br /&gt;
1 | all | | zero scalers&lt;br /&gt;
2 | ... | fifo_rdreq_out | fifo_rdreq_out (not used in version 0x607f6709 and later)&lt;br /&gt;
3 | ... | ts_clk_pll_extswitch_out | clear ts_clk_pll_extswitch_out&lt;br /&gt;
4 | ... | ts_clk_pll_extswitch_out | set ts_clk_pll_extswitch_out&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== reg 16 fifo status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data fifo status bits:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
31: fifo_full - data fifo is current full&lt;br /&gt;
30: fifo_empty - data fifo is currently empty&lt;br /&gt;
29: cb_fifo_ch_full - TSC per-channel fifos have overflown at some point&lt;br /&gt;
28: fifo_full_latch - data fifo has overflown at some point&lt;br /&gt;
24+4: 0&lt;br /&gt;
0+24: fifo_usedw&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== reg 28 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Timestamp clock PLL status bits:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
31 : PLL locked&lt;br /&gt;
30 : PLL active clock (0=internal, 1=external&lt;br /&gt;
29 : external clock bad&lt;br /&gt;
28 : internal clock bad&lt;br /&gt;
27 : ts_clk_pll_extswitch&lt;br /&gt;
0..26 : not used&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== reg 32 timestamp sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Timestamp synchronization register bits:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
31 : write 1 to arm timestamp sync circuit, scalers and TSCs are placed in reset state&lt;br /&gt;
30 : write 1 to disarm timestamp sync circuit, reset is released&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
16 : write 1 to send a timestamp sync signal&lt;br /&gt;
15 : sync circuit armed&lt;br /&gt;
14 : sync done&lt;br /&gt;
13 : sync signal received (cleared by writing bits 31 or 30)&lt;br /&gt;
12 : 0&lt;br /&gt;
11 : sync circuit armed, clk_ts section&lt;br /&gt;
10 : sync done, clk_ts section&lt;br /&gt;
9  : sync signal received, clk_ts section&lt;br /&gt;
8  : 0&lt;br /&gt;
7  : unused&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
0  : unused&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nominal sequence for synchronizing timestamps:&lt;br /&gt;
* make sure nothing is sending the external sync signal (i.e. run is stopped, etc)&lt;br /&gt;
* arm the sync circuit: cb_write32(32, 0x80000000); cb_write32(32, 0);&lt;br /&gt;
* check that the arming was successful: cb_read32(32), only bits 0x8800 should be set&lt;br /&gt;
* scalers are in reset state, not incrementing&lt;br /&gt;
* TSCs are in reset state, no data in the TSC FIFO&lt;br /&gt;
* some time later, send the external sync signal&lt;br /&gt;
* or send the internal sync signal: cb_write32(32, 0x10000); cb_write32(32, 0);&lt;br /&gt;
* check that the timestamp reset happened: cb_read32(32), bits 0x6600 should be set, bits 0x8800 should be cleared&lt;br /&gt;
* check that the scalers are counting, check that there is TSC data in the TSC FIFO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Timestamp clock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Timestamp clock is 10 MHz selectable from internal oscillator or external reference on the CLK_IN input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CLK_IN input can be selected using 2 two-position jumpers:&lt;br /&gt;
* NIM input: CLK&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;NIM/TTL and CLK&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;NIM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To select the clock from command line, use:&lt;br /&gt;
* test_cb.exe intclk # select internal clock&lt;br /&gt;
* test_cb.exe extclk # select external clock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From software:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Chronobox* cb = ...;&lt;br /&gt;
cb-&amp;gt;cb_int_clock(); # select internal clock&lt;br /&gt;
cb-&amp;gt;cb_ext_clock(); # select external clock&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see current status, run &amp;quot;test_cb.exe clocks&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# ./test_cb.exe clocks&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
Chronobox firmware revision: 0x5bf7557e&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
clock status: ext_clk: counter 0x00cccf2a, freq 10000450.9 Hz, ts_clk: counter 0x00cccf2a, freq 10000450.9 Hz, PLL status 0xc0000000&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reported is external clock frequency, currently selected timestamp clock frequency and PLL status (register 0x1C).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normal values for the PLL status:&lt;br /&gt;
* internal clock: 0x80000000&lt;br /&gt;
* external clock: 0xC0000000&lt;br /&gt;
* external clock selected, but invalid: 0x60000000&lt;br /&gt;
* internal clock selected, external clock invalid: 0xa0000000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disconnected/absent/broken external clock will report ext_clk frequency zero, bit 0x20000000 in the PLL status register 0x1C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If external clock is CDM, set chronobox clock jumpers to &amp;quot;CLK NIM/TTL&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;NIM&amp;quot;, use CDM 10 MHz clock output LEMO3B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If external clock is another chronobox (usually LEMO output 0), set clock jumpers to &amp;quot;CLK NIM/TTL&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;TTL&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== LEMO outputs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LEMO connectors can be used as TTL level outputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* set the &amp;quot;bank a&amp;quot; and/or &amp;quot;bank b&amp;quot; jumpers for &amp;quot;output&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* set the lemo output multiplexor bits in register 0x1D&lt;br /&gt;
* set the &amp;quot;lemo output enable&amp;quot; bit in register 0x0D, use bits 24..31 for LEMO outputs 0..7.&lt;br /&gt;
* observe the corresponding LED is on or off according to the LEMO output TTL logic level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The function of each LEMO output is controlled by the lemo output multiplexor. Up to 16 different&lt;br /&gt;
signals can be routed into each output. This is controlled by register 0x1D.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Register 0x1D multiplexor control is 32 bits organized into 8 groups of 4 bits, per each of the 8 LEMO outputs: 0x76543210,&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. value 0x00000001 routes signal function 1 into output 0, and signal function 0 into outputs 1..7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each output, there are 16 possible signal functions (4 bits):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
bit | firmware signal | firmware revision | signal description&lt;br /&gt;
0 | cb_lemo_out_reg[n] | 0x5bfdc798 | output is controlled by register 0xB bits 0..7 for outputs 0..7&lt;br /&gt;
1 | clk_ts | 0x5bfdc798 | output is the 10MHz timestamp clock&lt;br /&gt;
2 | cb_sync_in_clk_ts | 0x607f6709 | daisy-chained timestamp sync signal (from control register or from sync input, see registers 30 and 31. see bit 0x10000 in register 32)&lt;br /&gt;
3..30 | gnd | 0x5bfdc798 | not used&lt;br /&gt;
31 | vcc | 0x5bfdc798 | logic level 1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== front panel LEDs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The front panel LEDs are numbered 0..7 per [[#Chronobox_connectors]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each LED can be individually lit by setting a bit in register 0x1 bits 8..15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If LEMO outputs are active, corresponding LEDs will show LEMO output status (logic level 1 -&amp;gt; LED is on, logic level 0 -&amp;gt; LED is off).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If LEMO inputs are active ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Synchronization of multiple chronoboxes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To operate several chronoboxes as one unit, they must have two common signals, a clock and a sync signal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each chronobox must be configured as:&lt;br /&gt;
* master: this will issue the sync signal&lt;br /&gt;
* slave: will receive the clock and sync signals from master&lt;br /&gt;
* slave daisy-chain: and pass them to the next slave down the chain&lt;br /&gt;
* (one can use the CDM or the TRG as sync masters)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of this example (recommended configuration), set the LEMO direction jumpers:&lt;br /&gt;
* bank A: set to &amp;quot;out&amp;quot;: master and slave daisy-chain clock and sync output&lt;br /&gt;
* bank B: set to &amp;quot;in&amp;quot;: slave sync input&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clock connections:&lt;br /&gt;
* sync master can be configured with external or internal clock (CLK_IN input)&lt;br /&gt;
* sync slave must be configured with external clock (CLK_IN input)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sync master LEMO #0 -&amp;gt; slave CLK_IN, LEMO #0 -&amp;gt; next slave CLK_IN, LEMO #0 -&amp;gt; ...&lt;br /&gt;
10 MHz clock from CDM &amp;amp; etc -&amp;gt; sync master CLK_IN, LEMO #0 -&amp;gt; slave CLK_IN, ...&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sync connections:&lt;br /&gt;
* sync signal can be generated externally by the CDM or TRG&lt;br /&gt;
* sync signal can be generated internally by writing 0x10000 into reg 32 of sync master&lt;br /&gt;
* (sync must be armed on the master and all slaves before sending the first sync signal, write 0x80000000 into reg 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sync master LEMO #1 -&amp;gt; slave LEMO #4, LEMO #1 -&amp;gt; next slave LEMO #4 -&amp;gt; ...&lt;br /&gt;
external sync -&amp;gt; master LEMO #4, LEMO #1 -&amp;gt; slave LEMO #4 -&amp;gt; ...&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sync configuration: (see register 32 for explanation!)&lt;br /&gt;
* master and slave: disarm sync: write 0x40000000 to reg 32, write 0 to reg 32, bits 0x8800 and 0x6600 should clear&lt;br /&gt;
* master and slave daisy chain: setup clock and sync outputs:&lt;br /&gt;
** register 29 lemo output mux to 0xXXXX&#039;XX21 (2=output sync signal, 1=output clock)&lt;br /&gt;
** register 13 lemo output enable, set bits 0x0F00&#039;0000 (set bank A jumper for &amp;quot;out&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
* slave and slave daisy chain: enable external sync from LEMO #4:&lt;br /&gt;
** register 30, write 0&lt;br /&gt;
** register 31, write 0x10&lt;br /&gt;
* master: switch to external or internal clock, as needed&lt;br /&gt;
* slave: switch to external clock&lt;br /&gt;
* master and slave: arm sync: write 0x80000000 to reg 32, write 0 to reg 32, bits 0x8800 should turn on.&lt;br /&gt;
* timestamps, scalers and data fifo go into the reset state, all old data is cleared&lt;br /&gt;
* when sync is received, timestamp is reset to zero, reset state is cleared and there should be data into FIFO. reg 32 will read 0x6600.&lt;br /&gt;
* if using external sync (no master), wait for reg 32 bits to become 0x6600 (sync completed)&lt;br /&gt;
* master: issue sync signal, write 0x10000 to reg 32, write 0 to reg 32. master reg 32 should read 0x6600, slave reg 32 should read 0x6600.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== FIFO data format ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 0x8ntttttt: TSC data, 24 bits &amp;quot;tttttt&amp;quot; of timestamp, 7 bits &amp;quot;nn&amp;quot; of channel number, top bit set to 1. Low bit of &amp;quot;t&amp;quot; indicates 0=leading edge, 1=trailing edge.&lt;br /&gt;
* 0xffTTmmmm: (before 20220420_ko_0x62608957) timestamp wrap around marker: &amp;quot;TT&amp;quot; is the top 8 bits of the timestamp, &amp;quot;mmmm&amp;quot; is a 16 bit counter&lt;br /&gt;
* 0xff8mmmmm: timestamp wrap around marker: bit 24 is the top bit of the timestamp (0/8), &amp;quot;mmmmm&amp;quot; is a 23 bit counter&lt;br /&gt;
* 0xfe00nnnn: scaler data, following &amp;quot;nnnn&amp;quot; words are the latched scalers&lt;br /&gt;
* 0xfd000000: start of data after chronobox sync (cbtrg only, for now)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time range is (before 20220420_ko_0x62608957):&lt;br /&gt;
* 24 bits of &amp;quot;tttttt&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* 15 bits of &amp;quot;mmmm&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* computation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(gdb) p (100.0*1.0*0x00007FFF*1.0*0x00FFFFFF)/(1e9)/3600.0&lt;br /&gt;
$22 = 15.270527886249999 ### in hours&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time range is:&lt;br /&gt;
* 24 bits of &amp;quot;tttttt&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* 22 bits of &amp;quot;mmmmm&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* computation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(gdb) p (100.0*1.0*0x003FFFFF*1.0*0x00FFFFFF)/(1e9)/3600.0&lt;br /&gt;
$2 = 1954.6867557262499 ### in hours&lt;br /&gt;
$3 = 81.445281488593736 ### in days&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== timestamp wrap around marker ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The timestamp data is only 24 bits, to allow timestamping&lt;br /&gt;
with longer time range, wrap around markers are added to the&lt;br /&gt;
data stream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For input signals that arrive close to the time of timestamp wrap around,&lt;br /&gt;
there is ambiguity in the ordering of the data fifo: does the wrap around&lt;br /&gt;
marker or the signal timestamp show up first? For example for rare&lt;br /&gt;
signals, one can see this:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
wrap 1&lt;br /&gt;
wrap 2&lt;br /&gt;
timestamp 0x00000003&lt;br /&gt;
wrap 3&lt;br /&gt;
wrap 4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
does the hit belong with wrap marker 2 (written to the fifo just after wrap marker 2)&lt;br /&gt;
or with marker 3 (written to the fifo just before wrap marker 3)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove this ambiguity, additional markers are written to the data stream&lt;br /&gt;
half way between the wrap arounds, making it obvious that the signal&lt;br /&gt;
arrived right after wrap marker 3 (but was written to the FIFO before the marker):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
wrap 1 0x00&lt;br /&gt;
wrap 1 0x80&lt;br /&gt;
wrap 2 0x00&lt;br /&gt;
wrap 2 0x80&lt;br /&gt;
timestamp 0x00000003&lt;br /&gt;
wrap 3 0x00&lt;br /&gt;
wrap 3 0x80&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= test_cb.exe =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
test_cb.exe is the general test program for the chronobox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* test_cb.exe 0 # read chronobox register 0&lt;br /&gt;
* test_cb.exe 4 0x1234 # write to chronobox register 4&lt;br /&gt;
* test_cb.exe fpga 0 # read FPGA LW bridge address 0&lt;br /&gt;
* test_cb.exe fpga 0 0x12345678 # write 0x12345678 to FPGA LW bridge address 0&lt;br /&gt;
* test_cb.exe reboot # reboot the FPGA (the ARM CPU keeps running)&lt;br /&gt;
* test_cb.exe scalers # read all scalers in a loop&lt;br /&gt;
* test_cb.exe fifo # read the data fifo in a loop&lt;br /&gt;
* test_cb.exe tsfifo # read the timestamp fifo in a loop (do not latch scalers)&lt;br /&gt;
* test_cb.exe intclk # select internal timestamp clock&lt;br /&gt;
* test_cb.exe extclk # select external timestamp clock (10MHz)&lt;br /&gt;
* test_cb.exe clocks # report current status of timestamp clock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Errata =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 0x607f6709 - after FIFO reset (timestamp sync, etc), the first word in the FIFO is always 0x00000000, not a real timestamps.&lt;br /&gt;
* 20220420_ko_0x62608957 - after FIFO reset (timestamp sync), the first word in the FIFO is 0xFF000000, a timestamp overflow marker, as expected. after FPGA reboot (before timestamp sync), the first word in the FIFO is also 0xFF000000 for reasons unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
* linux - after power up, chronobox registers are not accessible, check that the FPGA bridges are enabled, if any bridge reports &amp;quot;disabled&amp;quot;, reboot linux. do NOT cycle power.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
root@cb04:~# cat /sys/class/fpga_bridge/br*/state&lt;br /&gt;
enabled&lt;br /&gt;
enabled&lt;br /&gt;
enabled&lt;br /&gt;
enabled&lt;br /&gt;
root@cb04:~# &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= TODO =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* FIXED 23apr2021 - use updated &amp;quot;bootcmd&amp;quot;. figure out why FPGA bridges are disabled on first power up&lt;br /&gt;
* figure out how to load FPGA sof from Linux, probably need new kernel&lt;br /&gt;
* FIXED apr2022, use fw_printenv build from source - fix fw_printenv, probably requires using newer uboot&lt;br /&gt;
* add mmap driver for FPGA LW bridge, probably need new kernel&lt;br /&gt;
* figure out how to build linux kernel from git (now using kernel from GHRD demo kit)&lt;br /&gt;
* enable watchdog timer to auto-reboot on hang&lt;br /&gt;
* figure out why ssh takes 30 second to start. read this: https://daniel-lange.com/archives/152-Openssh-taking-minutes-to-become-available,-booting-takes-half-an-hour-...-because-your-server-waits-for-a-few-bytes-of-randomness.html https://lwn.net/Articles/800509/&lt;br /&gt;
* FIXED 20220420_ko_0x62608957 - fix problem on startup first word in the FIFO is 0x00000000.&lt;br /&gt;
* FIXED 20220420_ko_0x62608957 - increase number of bits in the timestamp wraparound counter: 0xFF8mmmmm -&amp;gt; 23 bits is possible, keep high bit 0x00800000 as is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= ZZZ =&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=PWB&amp;diff=976</id>
		<title>PWB</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=PWB&amp;diff=976"/>
		<updated>2023-04-14T18:13:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: Recording modifications to schematic. Should still be put in schematic itself.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Links =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* https://bitbucket.org/expalpha/pwb_rev1_firmware&lt;br /&gt;
* https://edev-group.triumf.ca/fw/exp/alphag/feam/rev1&lt;br /&gt;
* https://edev-group.triumf.ca/hw/alphag/feam/rev1&lt;br /&gt;
* https://ladd00.triumf.ca/daqinv/frontend/list/170 - PWB inventory database&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Schematics =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:pwb_rev0.pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:Pwb-rev1-after.pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:AlphaG Rev1.pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Manuals =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:AFTER_MANUAL_V1.pdf]] AFTER SCA manual v1&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:AFTER_DataSheet1_1.pdf]] AFTER SCA manual v1.1&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:AFTER_SCA_table2.pdf]] AFTER SCA channel map&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Hardware =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution and monitoring ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
External power supply is:&lt;br /&gt;
* +5V&lt;br /&gt;
* +2V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Central board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ext_5V - F1 - RS1 (0.1R) - Fuse_5V&lt;br /&gt;
* Ext_2V - F2/F3 - RS2 (0.1R) - Idig2-&lt;br /&gt;
* LDO3 - Fuse_5V - DIG_3.3V - selfenable - ADM7154&lt;br /&gt;
* LDO5 - Fuse_5V - DIG_2.5V - selfenable - ADM7154&lt;br /&gt;
* LDO_CLN - Fuse5V - CLN_3.3V - selfenable - &lt;br /&gt;
* VREG - DIG_3.3V - -2.5V SCA BIAS - selfenable - LTC1983ES6-3#TRMPBF&lt;br /&gt;
* LDO7 - DIG_2.5V - DDR3_VRef - enable DDR3_1P5V, DDR3_PG, DDR3_VttEN&lt;br /&gt;
* LDO2 - Idig2V- - DIG_1.1V - enable DIG_3.3V - LT3071&lt;br /&gt;
* LDO6 - Idig2V- - DDR3_1P5V - enable DIG_3.3V - LT3083&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SCA Wing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ext_5V - F1 - RS1 (0.3R) - Isca- - SCA_Fuse5V&lt;br /&gt;
* LDO1 - SCA_Fuse5V - SCA3.3V - enable ADC_PWR_EN - ADM7154&lt;br /&gt;
* LDO2 - SCA3.3V - ADC1.8V - selfenable - ADM7154&lt;br /&gt;
* LDO3 - SCA3.3V - TRN2.5V - selfenable - LT1761&lt;br /&gt;
* REF - SCA3.3V - 1.45V Vicm - selfenable - LM4121&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
esper variables:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* board/i_sca12, i_sca34, v_sca12, v_sca34: voltage and current into LDO1, after fuse F1 (wing board)&lt;br /&gt;
* board/i_p2, v_p2: voltage and current on 2V bus after fuses F2/F3&lt;br /&gt;
* board/i_p5, v_p5: voltage and current on 5V bus after fuse F1 (central board)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Trigger and Clock distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clock (62.5MHz) and trigger are distributed to the PWB columns via the [https://edev-group.triumf.ca/hw/alphag/trigger-card-sata-adapter/rev1 trigger SATA adapter].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two miniSAS cables from cdm03 port 5 and 6 are connected to a miniSAS-SATA splitter 1-to-4 (CS Electronics &amp;quot;iSAS SATA adapter&amp;quot; ADP-887P-1X). Since there are only 8 columns and the clock and trigger signals are daisy-chained across the 8 rows, this scheme is sufficient to provide the necessary inputs to all 64 PWBs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.techcable.com/sas-mini-sas-cables/sata-cables/ SATA 6Gb/s Cable with Latching Clip. Straight Pinout 1-1 247726-L  40in]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Optical Link ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Main data uplink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SFP (Small Form Pluggable) Avago Technologies AFBR-57M5APZ [[File:AVAGO SFP specs.pdf|SFP (Small Form Pluggable) Avago Technologies AFBR-57M5APZ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fiber optic Tripp Lite N820 - 10 m [[File:FiberOptic TrippLite specs.pdf|Fiber optic Tripp Lite N820 - 10 m]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SATA Link ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondary data uplink, capable also to deliver clock and trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SATA link connects PWB from adjacent columuns on the same row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SATA cable is a &amp;quot;crossed cable&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifications from schematic ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unless the schematic has been updated, these modifications need to be made, ideally before assembly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* no capacitors CF5, CF6, CF7, CF8 on external SPI connector (MagBoard connector)&lt;br /&gt;
* SCA baseline resistors R37, R38 next to each AFTER chip need to be 1.2k, so voltage divider R38/R39 should be 1.2k/2.1k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Firmware =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Firmware update ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PWB firmware update is done using &amp;quot;esper-tool&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
esper-tool -v upload -f file.rpd http://pwbNN update factory_rpd&lt;br /&gt;
esper-tool -v upload -f file.rpd http://pwbNN update file_rpd&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of PWB firmware pwb_rev1_20200706_ko:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permission to write into the flash memory is controlled by esper variables:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* allow_write set to &amp;quot;false&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;esper-tool upload&amp;quot; does a &amp;quot;verify&amp;quot;: successful upload means epcq flash content is same as rpd file, error means content is not the same.&lt;br /&gt;
* allow_write set to &amp;quot;true&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;esper-tool upload&amp;quot; updates the epcq flash from the rpd file: for each data block, read the epcq flash, compare to rpd data, if different, erase the flash block, write the flash, read the flash, if there is a mismatch (bad write), return an error.&lt;br /&gt;
* allow_factory_write set to &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; to enable writing to the &amp;quot;factory_rpd&amp;quot;. DO NOT SET IT TO &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; UNLESS YOU MEAN TO UPDATE THE PWB BOOTLOADER. IF YOU FLASH BUM FIRMWARE or IF THERE IS A POWER OUTAGE WHILE UPDATING, THE PWB WILL BE BRICKED and has to be recovered by connecting a USB blaster.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update firmware of multiple boards to correct version, recommended is the script &amp;quot;update_pwb.perl&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd ~/online/src&lt;br /&gt;
./update_pwb.perl pwb12 pwb06 pwb78&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Factory page and user page firmware boot ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each PWB board has 2 firmware images: boot loader (factory page)&lt;br /&gt;
and data acquisition (user page). On power up, the FPGA loads and runs&lt;br /&gt;
the boot loader firmware from the factory page, later the control&lt;br /&gt;
software reboots the FPGA into the data acquisition firmware from&lt;br /&gt;
the user page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because loading defective firmware can brick https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brick_(electronics)&lt;br /&gt;
the PWB, new firmware images are loaded into the user page, if anything is wrong,&lt;br /&gt;
the PWB can still boot from the factory page and one can use the firmware update&lt;br /&gt;
function to load a good firmware image into the user page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boot loader firmware in the factory page is not intended for data acquisition, it is only meant to provide three functions:&lt;br /&gt;
* boot enough hardware and software to communicate via the ethernet and the sata link&lt;br /&gt;
* firmware update (both factory page and user page)&lt;br /&gt;
* reboot into the user page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boot loader firmware in the factory page is usually never updated unless absolutely&lt;br /&gt;
needed to fix a problem with these three functions (i.e. compatibility with sata link communications).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If factory image is corrupted or the contains defective firmware and the PWB does not boot (no dhcp, no ping, no esper),&lt;br /&gt;
the only way to unbrick it is by loading good firmware using a jtag flash programmer (usb-blaster). Connecting it requires&lt;br /&gt;
physical access to the jtag connector on the PWB board. It is impossible when the detector is fully assembled in the experiment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PWB has a 32 Mbyte EPCQ flash memory chip, it is divided into 2 pages 16 Mbytes of factory page and 16 Mbytes of user page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete firmware image generally contains 3 pieces:&lt;br /&gt;
* FPGA firmware and NIOS &amp;quot;feam_bootloader&amp;quot; software RAM image (sof file)&lt;br /&gt;
* NIOS &amp;quot;feam&amp;quot; software RAM image (feam.elf.flash.hex) - all the C code for esper communications and PWB data acquisition&lt;br /&gt;
* NIOS filesystem image (feam.webpkg.hex) - esper web pages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the boot sequence:&lt;br /&gt;
* on power-up the FPGA automatically loads the sof file from address 0 of the EPCQ flash (this is the factory image sof file)&lt;br /&gt;
* the FPGA is &amp;quot;started&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* the NIOS CPU starts executing the &amp;quot;feam_bootloader&amp;quot; C code embedded in the sof file (NIOS project hdl/software/feam_bootloader)&lt;br /&gt;
* feam_bootloader initializes the hardware (clocks, DDR memory, etc)&lt;br /&gt;
* feam_bootloader write-protects the EPCQ flash memory&lt;br /&gt;
* feam_bootloader copies the &amp;quot;feam&amp;quot; software from EPCQ flash to the DDR memory (after checking for correct checkum)&lt;br /&gt;
* feam_bootloader restarts the NIOS CPU&lt;br /&gt;
* the NIOS CPU starts running from DDR memory, executes the &amp;quot;feam&amp;quot; software (NIOS project hdl/software/feam)&lt;br /&gt;
* call main() in hdl/software/feam/src/task_init.c&lt;br /&gt;
* call task_init() in the same file&lt;br /&gt;
* infinite loop waiting for IP address via DHCP&lt;br /&gt;
* after have IP address, call task_esper() from hdl/software/feam/src/task_esper.c&lt;br /&gt;
* task_esper() creates all the esper modules, esper variables, etc,&lt;br /&gt;
* mod_http.c starts the mongoose web server&lt;br /&gt;
* PWB is open for business&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the protection against booting corrupted firmware:&lt;br /&gt;
* FPGA hardware loads the sof file from epcq flash and checks for correct checksum before &amp;quot;starting&amp;quot; it&lt;br /&gt;
* NIOS CPU is part of the sof file, protected by sof file checksum&lt;br /&gt;
* NIOS feam_bootloader C code is part of the sof file, protected by the sof checksum&lt;br /&gt;
* feam_bootloader checks for correct signatures and checksums of the DDR memory image&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;feam&amp;quot; C code is protected by the checksum of the DDR memory image&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== NIOS terminal ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ ssh agmini@daq16&lt;br /&gt;
$ /opt/intelFPGA/16.1/quartus/bin/jtagconfig&lt;br /&gt;
1) USB-Blaster [2-1.2]&lt;br /&gt;
  02B030DD   5CGTFD7(B5|C5|D5)/5CGXBC7B6/..&lt;br /&gt;
$ /opt/intelFPGA/17.0/quartus/bin/nios2-terminal&lt;br /&gt;
nios2-terminal: connected to hardware target using JTAG UART on cable&lt;br /&gt;
nios2-terminal: &amp;quot;USB-Blaster [2-1.2]&amp;quot;, device 1, instance 0&lt;br /&gt;
nios2-terminal: (Use the IDE stop button or Ctrl-C to terminate)&lt;br /&gt;
PWB Revision 1 Boot Loader&lt;br /&gt;
Ver 2.0  Build 357 - Wed Jun  6 15:05:35 PDT 2018&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flash boot loader firmware via jtag ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ ssh agmini@daq16&lt;br /&gt;
$ /opt/intelFPGA/16.1/quartus/bin/jtagconfig&lt;br /&gt;
1) USB-Blaster [2-1.2]&lt;br /&gt;
  02B030DD   5CGTFD7(B5|C5|D5)/5CGXBC7B6/..&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd ~/online/firmware/pwb_rev1&lt;br /&gt;
$ ls -l&lt;br /&gt;
$ /opt/intelFPGA/17.1/quartus/bin/quartus_pgmw&lt;br /&gt;
... auto detect&lt;br /&gt;
... load the jic file&lt;br /&gt;
... in menu tools-&amp;gt;programmer, enable &amp;quot;unprotect device&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
... start program/configure operation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flash user page firmware via esper-tool ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ ssh agmini@daq16&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd online/src&lt;br /&gt;
$ more update_pwb.perl ### check that $fw is set to the desired firmware file&lt;br /&gt;
$ ./update_pwb.perl pwb06 ### or give more PWB names or give &amp;quot;all&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Build firmware ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== quartus version to use ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* quartus 16.1 should be used for jtag (jtagconfig and jtagd)&lt;br /&gt;
* quartus 17.0 should be used to build the PWB firmware (17.1 is not compatible)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== start license server ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ssh agmini@daq16&lt;br /&gt;
/opt/intelFPGA/17.0/quartus/linux64/lmgrd -c ~agmini/online/license-daq16.dat&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== prepare the build environment ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ ssh agmini@daq16&lt;br /&gt;
$ /opt/intelFPGA/17.0/nios2eds/nios2_command_shell.sh&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== get latest version of the code and build it ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd online/firmware/git/pwb_rev1_firmware&lt;br /&gt;
$ git pull&lt;br /&gt;
$ git checkout alphag&lt;br /&gt;
$ git pull&lt;br /&gt;
$ ./scripts/compile_project.sh&lt;br /&gt;
... about 30-40 minutes ...&lt;br /&gt;
$ ls -l bin/*.sof bin/*.jic bin/*.rpd&lt;br /&gt;
-rw-r--r-- 1 agmini alpha 12727389 Jan 24  2018 bin/feam_rev1_auto.rpd&lt;br /&gt;
-rw-r--r-- 1 agmini alpha 33554661 Jan 24  2018 bin/feam_rev1.jic&lt;br /&gt;
-rw-r--r-- 1 agmini alpha  6974754 Jan 24  2018 bin/rev1.sof&lt;br /&gt;
$ ### feam.jic is loaded via jtag&lt;br /&gt;
$ ### feam_auto.rpd is loaded via esper&lt;br /&gt;
$ ### feam.sof is used to attach the quartus signal tap logic analyzer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== firmware build order and sequence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* erase previous build&lt;br /&gt;
* regenerate qsys&lt;br /&gt;
* regenerate NIOS BSP &amp;quot;feam_bootloader_bsp&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;feam_bsp&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* build NIOS projects &amp;quot;feam_bootloader&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;feam&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* build quartus sof file (with the &amp;quot;feam_bootloader&amp;quot; nios project inside)&lt;br /&gt;
* build jic and rpd files (with the quartus sof file and the &amp;quot;feam&amp;quot; nios project inside)&lt;br /&gt;
* load sof file into the FPGA using jtag (be careful about compatible &amp;quot;feam&amp;quot; nios project already in the epcq flash)&lt;br /&gt;
* load jic file into the epcq factory page using jtag (cycle power for them to take effect)&lt;br /&gt;
* load rpd file into the epcq factory or user page using esper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== scripts for building the firmware ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* scripts/compile_project.sh - build everything from scratch:&lt;br /&gt;
* scripts/compile_qsys.sh - regenerate the main qsys component&lt;br /&gt;
* scripts/compile_nios.sh - regenerate the BSPs, then same as compile_elf.sh&lt;br /&gt;
* scripts/compile_elf.sh - build the BSPs, &amp;quot;feam_bootloader&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;feam&amp;quot; NIOS projects&lt;br /&gt;
* scripts/update_elf.sh - regenerate the rpd and jic files to include the new &amp;quot;feam&amp;quot; NIOS build (keeps the old &amp;quot;feam_bootloader&amp;quot; in the sof file)&lt;br /&gt;
* scripts/update_bootloader.sh - also regenerate the sof file to include the new &amp;quot;feam_bootloader&amp;quot; build&lt;br /&gt;
* scripts/clean_quartus.sh - prepare quartus fpga sof file to build from scratch&lt;br /&gt;
* scripts/compile_quartus.sh - build the quartus fpga sof file incrementally (run clean_quartus.sh to build from scratch).&lt;br /&gt;
* scripts/load_jtag_sof.pl bin/rev1.sof - load sof file into the FPGA. this will boot the new fpga firmware, the new feam_bootloader (if update_bootloader.sh was run), but with the old &amp;quot;feam&amp;quot; already in epcq flash. (beware of incompatible sof, &amp;quot;feam_bootloader&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;feam&amp;quot; builds!)&lt;br /&gt;
* scripts/load_jtag_jic.pl bin/feam_rev1.jic - load jic file into the EPCQ flash, same as using the graphical flash programmer tool. (this will leave the FPGA running the quartus jtag flash loader firmware, not the PWB firmware. Cycle power for new jic file to take effect).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ESPER Variables ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Board&lt;br /&gt;
** invert_ext_trig - invert trigger signal from CDM before it drives any logic (to undo incorrect signal polarity)&lt;br /&gt;
** reset_nios - goggle up, them down to reset NIOS subsystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Signalproc&lt;br /&gt;
** test_mode - ADC data is replaced with a test pattern, see test mode bits in sca_x_ch_ctrl.&lt;br /&gt;
** sca_a_ch_ctrl, sca_b_ch_ctrl, sca_c_ch_ctrl, sca_d_ch_ctrl - channel control bits:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11..0 - threshold - channel suppression threshold&lt;br /&gt;
14..12 - ctrl_test_mode - test mode:&lt;br /&gt;
         0=fixed patter 0xa5a,&lt;br /&gt;
         1=time bin counter,&lt;br /&gt;
         2=time bin counter with channel number,&lt;br /&gt;
         3=sequential adc sample counter,&lt;br /&gt;
         4={ch_crossed_out,trig_pos,trig_neg,adc[8:0]},&lt;br /&gt;
         5={trig,adc[10:0]},&lt;br /&gt;
         6={ch_crossed_min,adc[10:0]}&lt;br /&gt;
15 - ctrl_supp_mode - channel suppression mode: 0=adc&amp;lt;=(baseline-threshold), 1=adc&amp;lt;=threshold&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Link&lt;br /&gt;
** link_ctrl - sata link control. The bits are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
0 - sata_link_udp_stream_in_enable - permit data flow from sata link to OFFLOAD_SATA&lt;br /&gt;
1 - udp_stream_out_enable - permit sca data flow to sata link&lt;br /&gt;
2 - sata_to_eth_enable - permit ethernet data flow from sata link to TSE_MAC&lt;br /&gt;
3 - eth_to_sata_enable - permit ethernet data flow from TSE MAC to sata link&lt;br /&gt;
4 - enable_stop_our_tx - enable flow control: allow stop_tx&lt;br /&gt;
#5 - stop_our_tx - manually activate the flow control signal into link_tx&lt;br /&gt;
6 - enable_stop_remote_tx - enable flow control: allow send &amp;quot;stop_tx&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#7 - stop_remote_tx - manually activate the flow control signal into link_tx&lt;br /&gt;
8 - tx_test_pattern_udp - udp data is replaced by test pattern 0x11111111, 0x22222222, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
9 - tx_test_pattern_eth - nios-to-sata data is replaced by test pattern 0x11111111, 0x22222222, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
10 - udp_delay_enable - delay between udp packets, see udp_delay_value below&lt;br /&gt;
11 - reboot_tx - send K_REBOOT command to the sata link mate, where it has same effect as board/reset_nios.&lt;br /&gt;
12 - sata_to_nios_disable&lt;br /&gt;
13 - nios_to_sata_disable&lt;br /&gt;
14 - &lt;br /&gt;
15 - &lt;br /&gt;
16 -&lt;br /&gt;
24..31 - udp_delay_value - delay between udp packets (top 8 bits of a 20-bit counter)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Firmware data path ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Main data path:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
feam_top&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
sca_sigproc&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
sca_event_control&lt;br /&gt;
4 * sca_control (sca_channel.sv)&lt;br /&gt;
4 * channel_fifo (1024 samples)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sca_control (sca_channel.sv)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
state machine to control SCA read and write enables&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
sca_write_control (what does it do?!?)&lt;br /&gt;
sca_read_control&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sca_read_control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
state machine to store ADC samples into per-channel FIFOs (channel_fifo)&lt;br /&gt;
selector to replace ADC samples with a test pattern&lt;br /&gt;
79*sca_trig_one -&amp;gt; ch_crossed_out - channel hit detector&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sca_event_control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
event_fifo (hdl/mf/event_descriptor_fifo)&lt;br /&gt;
state machine to take ADC data from 4 per-channel FIFOs (channel_fifo) and store it into DDR memory (write addr increment is 510*8 (number of samples)*8 = 4080).&lt;br /&gt;
state machine to read transposed ADC data from DDR memory (read addr increment is 8+8=16 - 2 samples * 2 bytes * 4 sca = 16) and create 4 per-sca data streams&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
data stream:&lt;br /&gt;
4 per-sca data streams from sca_event_control -&amp;gt; sca_sigproc(event_dat)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
packet_chunker (hdl/lib/packet_chunker.sv) (4*event_dat -&amp;gt; event_segment_dat) - multiplex 4 data streams into 1 stream of UDP-sized packets&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
packet_length_prepender (hdl/lib/packet_length_prepender.sv)  (event_segment_dat -&amp;gt; udp_event_val_out)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
udp_event_val -&amp;gt; info qsys (udp_stream_sca) and into sata link (mux channel 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Firmware build instructions from Bryerton (obsolete) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the old README.md file from the firmware git repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These instructions are not used to build the firmware (use scrips/compile_project.sh).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are still useful for figuring out which buttons to push in the altera gui programs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# ALPHAg FrontEnd Acquisition Module (FEAM) - REV0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the ALPHAg FEAM Project &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Table of Contents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [Overview](#overview)&lt;br /&gt;
* [Inital Setup](#initial-setup)&lt;br /&gt;
    * [Quartus Setup](#quartus-setup)&lt;br /&gt;
        * [Create the .cdf](#create-the-cdf)&lt;br /&gt;
    * [NIOS Setup](#nios-Setup)&lt;br /&gt;
        * [Create the project files](#create-the-project-files) &lt;br /&gt;
* [Build Instructions](#build-instructions)&lt;br /&gt;
    * [Building from Quartus GUI](#building-from-quartus-gui)&lt;br /&gt;
        * [Generate the QSys File](#generate-the-qsys-file)&lt;br /&gt;
        * [Compile the NIOSII Project](#compile-the-niosii-project)&lt;br /&gt;
        * [Compile the Quartus Project](#compile-the-quartus-project)&lt;br /&gt;
    * [Building from Scripts](#building-from-scripts)&lt;br /&gt;
    * [Installing from JTAG](#installing-from-jtag)&lt;br /&gt;
    * [Installing from ESPER](#installing-from-esper)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FEAM is a digitizer located on the ALPHAg detector. Each FEAM consists of 4 AFTER SCAs for a total of 288 channels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Initial Setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
## Quartus Setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
### Create the .cdf&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open Quartus Prime Standard Edition&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click on **Tools -&amp;gt; Programmer**. The **Programmer** window will appear&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the **Programmer** window, click **Auto Detect**. A **Select Device** dialog box will appear&lt;br /&gt;
    1. (Optional) If **Auto Detect** is greyed out, click on **Hardware Setup**. The **Hardware Setup** dialog box will appear&lt;br /&gt;
    2. Under **Hardware Settings**, double-click on the USB JTAG hardware you wish to use&lt;br /&gt;
    3. Click **Close**. The **Hardware Setup** dialog box will close&lt;br /&gt;
5. Click on **File -&amp;gt; Save As**. The **Save As** dialog box will appear&lt;br /&gt;
6. In the **Save As** dialog box, browse to the **/\&amp;lt;project_dir\&amp;gt;/bin/** directory&lt;br /&gt;
7. Make sure the **Add file to current project** checkbox is checked&lt;br /&gt;
7. In the **File name** input box, type &amp;quot;alphag_feam.cdf&amp;quot; and click **Save**&lt;br /&gt;
8. Close the **Programmer** window&lt;br /&gt;
9. Done!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
## NIOS Setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
### Create the project files&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open Quartus Prime Standard Edition&lt;br /&gt;
2. Open the NIOS II Software Build Tools by clicking **Tools -&amp;gt; NIOS II Software Build Tools for Eclipse**&lt;br /&gt;
3. The **Workspace Launcher** window will appear, click *OK* to accept the default workspace.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click **File -&amp;gt; Import...**. The **Import** dialog box will appear&lt;br /&gt;
5. Click on **General -&amp;gt; Existing Projects into Workspace**&lt;br /&gt;
6. Click **Next \&amp;gt;**&lt;br /&gt;
7. Next to **Select root directory** click **Browse...**. A **Browse for Folder** dialog box will appear&lt;br /&gt;
8. Browse to **/\&amp;lt;project_dir\&amp;gt;/hdl/software** and click **OK**&lt;br /&gt;
8. Four Projects should appear in the **Projects** panel: &lt;br /&gt;
    * alphag_feam&lt;br /&gt;
    * alphag\_feam\_bsp &lt;br /&gt;
    * alphag\_feam\_bootloader&lt;br /&gt;
    * alphag\_feam\_bootloader\_bsp&lt;br /&gt;
9. Click **Select All**&lt;br /&gt;
10. Click **Finish**&lt;br /&gt;
11. Done!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# Build Instructions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
## Building from Quartus GUI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Warning: Please use Quartus Prime Standard Edition 16.1**&lt;br /&gt;
### Generate the QSys File&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open Quartus Standard Edition 16.1&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open QSys by clicking **Tools -&amp;gt; QSys**&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click on **File -&amp;gt; Open** (CTRL+O). An **Open File** dialog box should appear.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select the **alphag_feam.qsys** file from the **/\&amp;lt;project_dir\&amp;gt;/hdl** directory and click **Open**&lt;br /&gt;
4. Modify as necessary. NOTE: Any change to the QSys, even cosmetic such as expanding or collapsing components will cause the QSys to desire a re-generate. &lt;br /&gt;
5. Click **File -&amp;gt; Save** (CTRL+S)&lt;br /&gt;
6. Click **Generate HDL**. A **Generation** dialog box will appear &lt;br /&gt;
7. Select the settings you desire to be changed, if any&lt;br /&gt;
8. Click **Generate**&lt;br /&gt;
9. Wait for the generation to complete.&lt;br /&gt;
10. Done!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
### Compile the NIOSII Project&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open the NIOS II Software Build Tools by clicking **Tools -&amp;gt; NIOS II Software Build Tools for Eclipse**&lt;br /&gt;
2. (Optional) If the QSys file has been re-generated performing the following&lt;br /&gt;
    1. Right-click on **alphag\_feam\_bsp** and select **NIOS II -&amp;gt; Generate BSP**. The BSP will regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
    2. Right-click on **alphag\_feam\_bootloader\_bsp** and select **NIOS II -&amp;gt; Generate BSP**. The BSP will regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modify files as needed. WARNING: Do not modify any BSP files by hand! All changes will be lost on next generate.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click **Project -&amp;gt; Build All** (CTRL+B). If your workspace as multiple projects, it is recommend to close all but the ones related to the FEAM.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Right-click on **alphag\_feam\_bootloader** and select **Make Targets -&amp;gt; Build...**. The **Make Targets** dialog box will appear&lt;br /&gt;
6. In the **Make Targets** dialog box, select **mem\_init\_generate** and click **Build**&lt;br /&gt;
7. Done!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
### Compile the Quartus Project&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open Quartus Standard Edition 16.1&lt;br /&gt;
1. Under **Processing** click **Start Compilation** (CTRL+L)&lt;br /&gt;
2. Wait about 16-30 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Done!&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
**Note:** If Quartus crashed while compiling, delete the **\&amp;lt;project_dir\&amp;gt;/hdl/db** and **\&amp;lt;project_dir\&amp;gt;/hdl/incremental_db** directories and try again&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
## Installing from JTAG&lt;br /&gt;
1. Generate the .jic file using the provided /bin/alphag\_feam\_jic.cof&lt;br /&gt;
    1. In the main Quartus window, click **File -&amp;gt; Convert Programming Files**, A **Convert Programming Files** window will appear&lt;br /&gt;
    2. In the **Convert Programming Files** window, click **Open Conversion Setup Data**. An **Open** dialog box will appear&lt;br /&gt;
    3. In the **Open** dialog box, select the **alphag_feam.cof** file located in **/bin/**&lt;br /&gt;
    4. Click **Open**. The **Open dialog box will close&lt;br /&gt;
        * Note the **File name** field, it should display /\&amp;lt;project\_dir\&amp;gt;/bin/alphag\_feam.jic&lt;br /&gt;
    5. In the **Convert Programming Files** window, click **Generate**&lt;br /&gt;
    6. When the .jic is done being generated, a small dialog box will appear, click **OK**&lt;br /&gt;
    7. In the **Convert Programming Files** window, click **Close**&lt;br /&gt;
2. Load the .JIC file using the Programmer&lt;br /&gt;
    1. In the main Quartus window in the **Project Navigator** drop-down input select **Files**.&lt;br /&gt;
    2. Scroll down the window and find the **alphag_feam.cdf**, and double-click it. The **Programmer** window will open&lt;br /&gt;
    3. Click on the icon labelled **5CGXFC4C6**&lt;br /&gt;
    4. Click on the **Change File** button. The **Select New Programming File** dialog box will appear&lt;br /&gt;
    5. Browse to **/\&amp;lt;project_dir\&amp;gt;/bin/** and select **alphag\_feam.jic**&lt;br /&gt;
    6. Click Open. The **Select New Programming File** dialog box will close&lt;br /&gt;
    7. In the main panel, check the **Program/Configure** box on the line that starts **./bin/alphag\_feam.jic**&lt;br /&gt;
    8. Click the **Start** button&lt;br /&gt;
    9. Wait for the **Progress** bar to go to 100% and stop&lt;br /&gt;
    10. Done!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Internal test pulser =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Documentation from Bryerton:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
---------- Forwarded message ---------&lt;br /&gt;
From: Bryerton Shaw &amp;lt;bryerton@triumf.ca&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Date: Tue, 24 Apr 2018 at 16:18&lt;br /&gt;
Subject: RE: PWB/FEAM internal test pulse&lt;br /&gt;
To: Lars Martin &amp;lt;lmartin@triumf.ca&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cc: Andrea Capra &amp;lt;acapra@triumf.ca&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hi Lars (and Andrea),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the new(er) firmware the test pulse code has been modified slightly to&lt;br /&gt;
fit in better with the upgraded trigger system. I can add an option to&lt;br /&gt;
allow it to be triggered by the external trigger (currently it has an&lt;br /&gt;
interval option, or you can hit the manual trigger to fire it, if it’s&lt;br /&gt;
enabled)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The *options for the test pulser* are under the *signalproc module*:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*test_pulse_ena*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An array of four booleans, that control turning on the test pulse for each&lt;br /&gt;
SCA. If this is False, the other options below will do nothings for that SCA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*test_pulse_interval_ena*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An array of four booleans, that control turning on the interval trigger for&lt;br /&gt;
each SCA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*test_pulse_interval*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An unsigned 32-bit value that marks how many 16ns clock cycles occur&lt;br /&gt;
between interval triggers. Only one value, as there is only one interval&lt;br /&gt;
timer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*test_pulse_wdt*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An array of four 16-bit unsigned integers that control the width of the&lt;br /&gt;
pulse for each SCA when the trigger occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, there is a second set of options to control the delay of the *test&lt;br /&gt;
pulse interval trigger*. These options are located under the *trigger&lt;br /&gt;
module*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*intp_trig_ena*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boolean value enabling/disabling the interval test pulse trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*intp_trig_delay*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unsigned 32-bit integer controlling the trigger delay, which is the time&lt;br /&gt;
between when the trigger is requested, and when the trigger actually fires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can setup the interval trigger and use that to create event packets&lt;br /&gt;
with the test pulse on set intervals. If the interval trigger is&lt;br /&gt;
insufficient, I can create another option, which is to fire the test pulse&lt;br /&gt;
for enabled SCAs when the external trigger goes. If so, I’ll add this&lt;br /&gt;
option in the *signalproc *module for you:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*test_pulse_on_ext*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An array of four Booleans, that control if the test pulse for that SCA&lt;br /&gt;
fires on external trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember, in order to use the SCA test pulse at all, you must also set the&lt;br /&gt;
SCA to test mode. You can do this by going into the *sca0-3 modules* and&lt;br /&gt;
setting *test* to *functionality *(the value is *3* if you want to set it&lt;br /&gt;
via esper-tool)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Btw currently the SCAs are hard-coded to have all 72 channels receive the&lt;br /&gt;
test pulse on firing, and the option to de-select/select which channels to&lt;br /&gt;
fire is not offered. Would you like this ability? And if so do you want it&lt;br /&gt;
to set all four SCAs the same, or have an option for all 288 channels?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The waveform viewer on the webpage was removed for technical reasons, and&lt;br /&gt;
so all viewing is done via the MIDAS DAQ. There are some preliminary tools&lt;br /&gt;
I’ve created to verify the event packets and their waveforms, but I&lt;br /&gt;
wouldn’t call them easy to setup or use at the moment. (Or very  useful for&lt;br /&gt;
fine comparisons). If KO doesn’t have a way of saving the events to disk, I&lt;br /&gt;
could deliver something that captured and saved waveforms quite quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regards,&lt;br /&gt;
Bryerton&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From:* Lars Martin&lt;br /&gt;
*Sent:* April 23, 2018 5:10 PM&lt;br /&gt;
*To:* Bryerton Shaw &amp;lt;bryerton@triumf.ca&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Cc:* Andrea Capra &amp;lt;acapra@triumf.ca&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Subject:* PWB/FEAM internal test pulse&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hi Bryerton,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andrea and I would like to check the response function of the PWBs. For&lt;br /&gt;
that Daryl suggested to first look at the internal test pulse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can you point us to what settings are required to make that go? And to use&lt;br /&gt;
the external trigger if we want to acquire the data?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ideally we would acquire Midas data from that, but it&#039;s unclear if KO&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
frontend allows for that right now. Can we access the data with Esper&lt;br /&gt;
instead?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, we haven&#039;t had the waveform display on the web page for a while,&lt;br /&gt;
but Daryl said you guys use it. Are we using a different page somehow?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hope all is well with the baby, cheers,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lars&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= TODO =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IMPOSSIBLE (ext clock only connected to clock cleaner) add frequency counter for the external clock (62.5 MHz)&lt;br /&gt;
* DONE add random delay before memtest&lt;br /&gt;
* DONE add 4 more bits to udp_delay&lt;br /&gt;
* DONE fix crash on boot if run is active and triggers arrive (check that trigger is off on boot) (do not set trigger/enable_all, ext_trig_ena, inp_trig_ena, signal_proc/force_run to 1 after boot)&lt;br /&gt;
* DONE (kludge jtag uart write()) increase size of jtag uart output buffer, make it unlimited if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* DONE (kludge jtag uart write()) on dhcp timeout, reboot the fpga - reboot of nios does not clear the jtag uart, which becomes full and nios stops.&lt;br /&gt;
* DONE add NIOS watchdog timeout for fectrl&lt;br /&gt;
* DONE do not use external clock until instructed by fectrl (clock cleaner default is pin select mode, default pin mode is input with pull down, so clock 0 is selected, this is the ext clock. but we can drive clock select pins from the fpga).&lt;br /&gt;
* DONE change clock cleaner power up: use the 2 lines status_clkin0 and status_clkin1 to tell clock cleaner to use the internal clock (clkin2) - from the FPGA drive first line low, second line high. Also change all NIOS code that programs the clock cleaner to keep these two lines in the &amp;quot;input&amp;quot; mode. Current code switches them to &amp;quot;output&amp;quot; mode.&lt;br /&gt;
* DONE clock cleaner power up state is wrong for both choices of clock: 62.5 MHz ext clock and 125 MHz internal clock, see explanation in feam_top.sv. It looks like I need to drive status_clkin0 and status_clkin1 to &amp;quot;holdover&amp;quot; mode, both logic level 1. Currently status_clkin0 is used as SPI read line, this has to be moved to a different line first.&lt;br /&gt;
* add watchdog timeout that works in factory mode (&amp;quot;remote update&amp;quot; watchdog only works in user mode)&lt;br /&gt;
* DONE enable HTTP pipelining - copy changes on mongoose from ADC project.&lt;br /&gt;
* reset everything if it looks like NIOS TCP/IP code has crashed, but enough code is still running to prevent tripping of the fpga-remote-update watchdog timer. such crash tends to happens when the sata link mate is rebooted and incomplete data arrives from the disrupted ethernet data path.&lt;br /&gt;
* DONE when loading AFTER ASIC do not go into infinite loop if read-back is broken (always mismatch).&lt;br /&gt;
* DONE read and report error status information bits for 2983fc.pdf voltages, currents and temperatures monitoring chip. note that SCA12, SCA34, 2V and 5V voltages are flagged 0x0B &amp;quot;ADC out of range, sensor over range&amp;quot; correctly, see 2983fc.pdf table 63 fix explanation of &amp;quot;normal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;usable&amp;quot; voltage ranges. (5V voltage divider is 2-to-1)&lt;br /&gt;
* add provisions for coded trigger&lt;br /&gt;
* DONE verify readout of MV2 Hall magnetometer (all registers and bits from device are visible in esper)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= ZZZ =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ZZZ&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=873</id>
		<title>Detector Services</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=873"/>
		<updated>2021-11-11T00:25:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Priming the water pump */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684884|Figure 1 - Gas system schematic 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684885|Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684886|Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684887|Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684888|Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test. 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684889|Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system. 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684890|Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684891|Figure 8 - Temperature Monitor Board 14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684892|Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684893|Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684894|Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684895|Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire 18]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684896|Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684897|Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads 21]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684898|Figure 15 - High Voltage &amp;amp;amp; Grounding scheme for the rTPC 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684899|Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization 23]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Introduction =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684457&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document is to describe the different services for the rTPC detector. 3 main sections cover the &#039;&#039;Gas system&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;Water cooling system&#039;&#039; and the &#039;&#039;Power distribution&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References and related Documents =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dedicated TRIUMF Wiki site gathers all documentations for the rTPC detector system and equipment. Gas system, cooling water system and power distribution can be found there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Gas system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas system as described below includes the entire gas infrastructure required to deliver gas to the detector, monitor and control the gas flow into the detector. It also includes the necessary equipment to notify any change from the nominal gas flow or gas mixture ratio delivered to the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of mixed gas system is well understood by the Triumf detector group staff and no issue in its realization is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system is a stand-alone infrastructure assembled and delivered to CERN. It will be placed in the Alpha-g experimental area floor. The delivery of the different gases to the experimental area is under the responsibility of the Gas handling group from CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas delivery system for the radial TPC (rTPC) is to provide Ar/CO2 gas mixture between 90/10 to 50/50 depending on the user requirements. This system does not recycle the gas as the environmental impact of either gas is minimal and the operation cost versus a recycling system would not be economic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event of an additional quenching gas requirement, the overall gas system will have to be reconsidered and possible recycling system envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple gas mixer using digital flow meters will provide the precise mixture dialed by hand in the control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the prototype phase, an ad-hoc gas system will be put in place. A portable gas system is available for such a test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas mixture&lt;br /&gt;
| Ar/CO2 (90/10..50/50)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas flow requirements&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.3l/min (50%), 0.3l/min (50%)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Detector gas Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.18m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flushing time&lt;br /&gt;
| 5h @ 600cc/min&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flow rate&lt;br /&gt;
| 100 to 300 cc/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gas system is quite simple as it takes 2 or 3 (spare) gas supplies and mixes them in a manifold before delivery to the rTPC detector. Necessary valves for purging lines and by-passing the detector are foreseen. The individual in-flows are controlled by gas dedicated mass flow controllers (MFC-x). The return flow is measured for leak assessment. An additional manometer monitors the internal detector pressure for evaluation of the electron drift characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
­­­­[[File:imageservice2.png|575x315px|PA_doc-1.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684492&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684884&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 - Gas system schematic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow controller and monitoring is performed by industrial devices from MKS. We added analog flowmeters on each gas line to provide a quick visual inspection of the gas mixing system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system will be hooked to the CERN AD-Gas facility. The CERN gas delivers gas through 2 switchable packs of 12 bottles for each gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas exhaust is evacuated to the exterior of the experimental area with an elevation of about 8m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice3.png|366x263px|PA_doc-2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684493&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684885&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450557826&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice4.png|324x364px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684494&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684886&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181205 103217.jpg|thumb|Normal configuration of the manual valves of the GHS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
From-scratch (Neither gas supply lines to the GHS nor connections to and from the TPC connected) connection of the GHS should follow the following procedure:&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush supply lines:&#039;&#039;&#039; Gas lines from outside bottles going to the GHS should be briefly (5 min or so) flushed with a high gas flow &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039; connecting to the GHS to remove possible dust, and to minimize the amount of air in the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush GHS:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Close BV1 and BV3, open BV2 and BV4 to flush input lines, only briefly.&lt;br /&gt;
## Open BV1 and BV3, close BV2 and BV4 (normal operation configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
## With Midas frontend running, use the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page to set a desired flow, for flushing probably between 1l/min and 1.5l/min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface), then press the &amp;quot;Bypass Flow&amp;quot; button, and let flow for a while (5-15min?)&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush TPC input line:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Connect the line that will go from the GHS to the TPC input-tee on the GHS side, but leave disconnected from the tee&lt;br /&gt;
## do the same for the pressure gauge line&lt;br /&gt;
## On the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page, press the &amp;quot;Flow TPC&amp;quot; button and let flow for 5 min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface).&lt;br /&gt;
# Make all remaining connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; No flow &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that the black valves on the gas rack at the entrance of the zone are open (right on the pictures).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20190109 165410.jpg|thumb|The rightmost valve (black) must be open during operation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Telnet Interface ==&lt;br /&gt;
If the Midas frontend is not available the GHS can be controlled via telnet. Connect with&lt;br /&gt;
 telnet algas&lt;br /&gt;
then use the following command to control solenoid valves:&lt;br /&gt;
 cowr do i 1&lt;br /&gt;
to energize SVi, i.e. to switch it from its normal closed or open state to the other state,&lt;br /&gt;
 cowr do i 0&lt;br /&gt;
to de-energize, i.e. switch to default state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow is set with:&lt;br /&gt;
 mfcwr ao i &amp;lt;desired flow&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where i is 1 for Ar and 2 for CO&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and the desired flow is in the internal units of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Water cooling system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outer surface of the detector has an arrangement of 8x8 electronics boards handling the readout of the cathode pads. These boards require operating at a controlled temperature to prevent heat build-up at the surface of the detector and improving the reliability of the system. In order to do so, 8 independent water pipe loops running from the bottom-up and down in the longitudinal axis of the detector are in a thermal contact to 8 successive readout boards. From the bottom, a pair of water hoses connect to 2 custom 3D-printed manifolds supplying the water feed and return to the 8 water loops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These 8 loops are run in parallel to a negative pressure water cooling system. This negative pressure system is to ensure that no water leak will damage the electronics even during possible pipe or delivery hose breakage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice5.png|516x273px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960816&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684495&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684887&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice6.jpg|249x429px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960817&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684496&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684888&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Values&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of parallel water loops&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Copper pipe OD/ID&lt;br /&gt;
| ¼” / 4.7mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Length of one loop (on the rTPC)&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.6m&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power extraction per water loop&lt;br /&gt;
| 8x15W= 120W&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total cooling power&lt;br /&gt;
| 1KW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Inlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 16..20 degC (to be confirmed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Outlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 20..24 degC&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total water flow&lt;br /&gt;
| 3..6 l/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cooling page.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole control system is operated from a Midas frontend running on a raspberry pi inside the black main control box. The sensors and controls are implemented using easy to use USB operated devices from http://phidgets.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A pressure sensor measures the vacuum inside the vacuum vessel and controls an electric vacuum pump to keep it in the operating range. This is a simple on/off control using two set points, a high pressure, above which the pump gets turned on, and a low pressure below which it gets turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This vacuum is then used to draw water through the detector into the vessel, from the Open Tank. The vacuum vessel&#039;s water level is monitored by an IR distance sensor mounted on the lid of the vessel, looking down at a reflective float in the water. This value is used in a PID loop in the control code to vary the speed of the water pump, thus changing the overall flow of water from the vacuum vessel to keep the water level in the vessel constant despite water being constantly drawn in by the vacuum. The water pulled from the vacuum vessel is pushed through the filter and into the Open Tank, completing the circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling is accomplished in the water pump leg of the system, as coolant pulled from the vacuum vessel passes through a heat exchanger coupled to a secondary cooling water loop on its way to the pump. This cooling loop is operated by a ThermoFisher ThermoChill III chiller. The rate that water flows through the system can be determined by many obstacles in the loop, but ideally it should be dominated by the position of the main Throttle Valve. Other valves should generally be set either fully open of fully closed, but there are individual valves on each of the 8 TPC loops, in case the flow doesn&#039;t balance evenly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data outputs: there are five data outputs planned. The two process variables, the vacuum vessel absolute pressure, and differential water column pressure, will be sent to the Detector DAQ system. As well, the total flow rate is monitored by the flow meter, whose output is sent to the DAQ system. This data is not used by the circulation system itself. Likewise, the back pressure on the water filter is only sent to the DAQ system to indicate if the filter may need changing, and the temperature of the open tank is monitored and sent to the DAQ system, but currently there is no plan to use it in a temperature control feedback. The temperature of CERN&#039;s cooling water supply is not yet known, but we expect we can set the heat exchanger to run at a rate to hold the system temperature near 20°C without feedback control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the negative pressure to work effectively to prevent leaks, the water pressure in the detector ought to be down at least to half an atmosphere. With the detector cooling tubes 8x 4.6m of parallel 4.7mm ID copper tubes (2.3m down then 2.3 back-ups), and the supply using (perhaps 6m, 3 to the detector then 3 back) 9.7mm ID (=1/2&amp;amp;quot; OD) poly tubing, the flow needs to be somewhat greater than the required 3 l/min in order to maintain that degree of vacuum in the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water pump leg of the circuit residing in the water cooling/gas rack is placed far enough from the fringe field of the superconducting magnet to prevent disruptive effects on the solenoid valves and electric motors. Therefore the main 1/2&amp;amp;quot; poly line to and from the water pump and its flow loop will add a pressure drop which is estimated at 0.4atm for a 10m line at 6 l/min (9.7mmID), which is within our requirements. The splitting (and recombination) of the line to the 8 cooling lines close to detector is be accomplished with the use of 2 separate manifolds equipped with temperature sensors for constant in/out global water temperature monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice7.png|286x206px]][[File:imageservice8.jpg|286x206px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684497&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684889&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Data outputs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the system runs off a raspberry pi, all variables and sensor values can be communicated to Midas. The main observables are:&lt;br /&gt;
- vacuum pressure&lt;br /&gt;
- water level in vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
- temperature in the water reservoir&lt;br /&gt;
- flow through the TPC loop, measured at the input of the vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
- flow from the vacuum vessel to the reservoir, through the water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Plumbing and maintenance ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, the water pump is not isolated from the system with valves, so replacement of a defective unit requires draining the system. Meanwhile a valved bypass to the water filter is provided to allow easily changing filter elements with the system running. If the system is leak free, the vacuum in the vessel should only be degraded by the dissolved air absorbed in the Open Tank and extracted in the vacuum vessel. However, this does not appear to be the case, and the vacuum pump currently turns on every ten minutes or so, but only for a few seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wetted surfaces of this system are mainly PVC and Polyethylene for the valves, tubing and vessels, plus brass fittings, and the copper cooling tubes, and the stainless steel surfaces of the heat exchanger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A silver strip in the water reservoir serves as a biocide, but it has not been investigated how effective it really is, so the water should probably be replaced regularly. There is also the worry of corrosion due to the deionized water, so some regular check of the brass fittings and copper pipes should be performed. Any obstruction of the plumbing should be visible in the read back flows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Priming the water pump ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water pump will not start properly if it is&lt;br /&gt;
# not filled with water and&lt;br /&gt;
# working against the vacuum vessel vacuum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to prime the pump, the vacuum vessel must contain water and be vented to atmospheric pressure. If the setup is otherwise set up correctly, this can be done automatically, using the &#039;&#039;&#039;Prime pump&#039;&#039;&#039; function in the manual control program detailed below. From a drained system starting point it will go through these steps (it will skip step 1 if there is already enough water):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# pump down vacuum vessel to start sucking in water&lt;br /&gt;
# when water level is high enough, vent vessel to atmospheric pressure&lt;br /&gt;
# turn on water pump at medium speed&lt;br /&gt;
# wait for a few seconds&lt;br /&gt;
# check &#039;&#039;&#039;Output flow&#039;&#039;&#039; to see if water is flowing at expected rate&lt;br /&gt;
# display status message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manual Control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the Midas frontend there is a manual control program called fulltest (should probably be renamed at some point). It reads back the phidget sensors and allows control via simple commands, which are given by the user as single letters followed by enter.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Command !! Key !! Comment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| toggle vacuum || &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; || turn vacuum pump on/off&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| toggle vent || &#039;&#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039;&#039; || open/close vent valve (also turns off vacuum pump)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| toggle water pump || &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; || turn water pump on/off (should not be used as main mode for water pump control)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| set water pump speed || &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; || prompts user to input a new speed setting in percent&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| set PID parameters || &#039;&#039;&#039;p/i/d&#039;&#039;&#039; || prompts user for new value for parameter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| toggle PID control || &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; || switch PID control on/off&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prime water pump || &#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039; || runs pump priming procedure (see [[Detector_Services#Operation#Priming_the_water_pump|Priming the Water Pump]])&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start ==&lt;br /&gt;
This assumes all water lines are connected, and both the blue water tank and the chiller are filled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Begin running ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PWBmainOpen.jpg|thumb|Cooling system main valve open]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Close vent valve and main valve (3-way valve in T position)&lt;br /&gt;
# Switch on control box with power switch in the front&lt;br /&gt;
# confirm the raspberry pi (cc00) is reachable from the network&lt;br /&gt;
# start the Midas frontend (assuming everything is set up)&lt;br /&gt;
# on the Cooling custom page check the *PID enable* box&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacuum pump should now be running and the pressure in the vessel should drop. Wait for it to turn back off, once the pressure drops below the setpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
# Open main valve, i.e. vertical connection open, connection to vent valve closed&lt;br /&gt;
# water should start flowing through the PWB cooling system and coming back through the clear pipe connected to the vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
# check there is somewhat balanced flow through all 8 loops&lt;br /&gt;
# if there is not, close the individual manual valves on the manifold and open one at a time, cycling through all 8 lines, to make sure all lines are filled with water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Drain system ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PWBmainVent.jpg|thumb|Cooling system main valve to vent valve]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# from normal operation, i.e. vacuum pump and water pump running&lt;br /&gt;
# switch main valve to upside down T position &lt;br /&gt;
# open vent valve&lt;br /&gt;
# air should now enter the system, draining all water from the TPC pipes into the vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
# water pump will drain the vacuum vessel into supply tank, turn off PID control before the vessel is completely empty to avoid air in the water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
The water system should be close to plug-and-play, but here are some failure modes and solution suggestions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; frontend won&#039;t connect, error messages in Midas&lt;br /&gt;
: try to resolve reported errors, ssh into cc00 and try to run frontend manually&lt;br /&gt;
; water pump running, but doesn&#039;t appear to pump much water&lt;br /&gt;
: most likely air in the water pump. Follow the priming procedure outlined above.&lt;br /&gt;
; vacuum pump comes on often (more than every 10 min)&lt;br /&gt;
: probably an air leak in the system. Check for bubbles and try to find leak.&lt;br /&gt;
; water level reading very high or nonsensical, visual level indicator shows vacuum vessel full&lt;br /&gt;
: turn off PID control, vent vacuum vessel, and turn on water pump to go down to about half full, turn PID back on&lt;br /&gt;
; frontend refuses to run in PID mode, complains about water level&lt;br /&gt;
: see previous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Air Cooling =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes the cooling system for the BSC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dry air flow in the BSC sleeve aims at reducing the risk of condensation due to the temperature gradient caused by the hotter PWB.&lt;br /&gt;
The constant flow has also affords a minimal control over the overall temperature of the BSC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dry cold air in the SiPM enclosure is intended to set a fixed temperature for the SiPM operation and to cool &#039;Analog Sum Discriminator&#039; modules or &#039;ASD&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aircooling.svg|Schematic view of the distribution of cold air to the SiPM and the BSC sleeve.|292x523px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Air cooling scheme mediated by heat exchangers, fueled by the water chiller is shown below.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aircooling2.svg|Schematic view of the cooling circuit at the service rack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the circuit to cool the SiPM is going to be replaced in 2021 by &#039;Vortex cooler&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Power distribution =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section covers the different voltages and power requirements for the operation of the rTPC. This includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# High Voltage for the rTPC electron drift and amplification operation&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Anode wire frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provision of power to the different components of the detector is distributed from the top end plate of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice12.png|507x354px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965261&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684500&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684892&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== High Voltage for the rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three main components of the rTPC require High Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Main cathode wall (Negative ~5KV)&lt;br /&gt;
* Field wires (Negative ~ few hundred volts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Anode wires (Positive ~3.2KV )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These voltages are provided by a Quad High Voltage unit from CAEN. Three independent cables will be fed to the top of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High Voltage provision to the bottom endplate HV ring is taken from the central cathode near the bottom endplate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Field wire voltage is connected to all the field wire crimp-pins through a dedicated socket chain inserted on each of the crimp-pin on the top and bottom endplates. The field wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK20&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK21&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK22&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The High Voltage for the anode wires is delivered to the Anode Wire Card (AWC) which will distribute it to its 16 wires, Figure 11. There are 16 AWC cards covering each end of the anode wires. All the top and bottom 32 AWC are connected serially. The anode wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The anode wires pre-amplifiers boards (AWB) are sitting on the top of the Anode Wire Card (AWC) Figure 10. As the wire is powered by the HV, each anode wire has a high Voltage decoupling capacitor to isolate the pre-amp stage from the HV. This circuit resides on the AWC. The AWB will see the AC coupled anode signal only. With a new design of the AWC Figure 12, the decoupling capacitors are potted in epoxy to ensure proper isolation of the HV toward the surrounding circuit as well to prevent corona discharge due to relative humidity of the surrounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice13.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684196&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684501&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684893&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice14.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684198&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684502&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684894&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice15.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684370&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684503&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684895&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Anode wire frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AWB pre-amp board requires 2 voltages (+5V, -5V) which are fed through dedicated cable connections to each of the AWB. There are 16 AWB per end of the rTPC, therefore, 16 individual cable bundle will be reaching the top and another 16 the bottom of the rTPC. The cable bundle is to also provide the power return lines to the Power Supply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PL508 Low Voltage power Supply from Wiener will provide the main power source for all the 32 pre-amplifiers. A dedicated connection breakout board with current monitoring capability splits the source power to the 2 x 16 necessary connections to the Anode wire boards. Based on a RaspeberryPi card, a 16 power distribution board is already implemented for the prototype. This board has extra 4 channels of temperature monitoring which can be used later on. In the same process we produce a similar board for 16 channel of NTC, RTC temperature monitoring. They will be used for overall detector and cooling system monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Anode Pre-amp&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice16.jpg|239x363px]] [[File:imageservice17.png|239x363px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965262&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684504&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684896&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Anode wire pre-amplifier voltage distribution scheme, the Barrel Scintillators will require several low voltages for power and control. The Barrel Scintillator Boards (BSB) are mounted on both ends of the Scintillator bar with the same segmentation as the Anode wires i.e.: 16 BSB per end. The design of the electronic chain for the barrel scintillator is not fully designed yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SiPM sensors require a bias voltage of the order of 28V. This voltage will be provided through the same mean as the low voltage power. Expected threshold voltage for the local signal level discriminator is also foreseen.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564363&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cathode pads electronics mounted on the external cylinder surface is composed of the analog frontend and the digital conversion electronics. Two voltages are required (+5.3V, +2.3V). The delivery is done through dedicated “power bar” running the full length of the rTPC. A set of 3 bars covers the 8 axial cathode pad electronics boards. 8 of them cover the circumference of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+2.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Padwing board&lt;br /&gt;
| 10W (1.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 2W (0.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the low power supplies are provided by a PL508-3U with 8 modules of either single or dual channels from Wiener.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice18.png|469x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684505&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684897&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564365&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding scheme challenge in this setup is the far distance between the 2 end of the rTPC (2.3m) and the lack of accessibility to the bottom of the detector. The proposal is to use a Copper sheet mounted on the inner surface of the inner cylinder. This ground path will connect the 2 endplates to the High Voltage return. All the pre-amps will merge their ground to this central ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional ground lugs have been included in the Anode wire pre-amplifier boards to strengthen the ground as each anode wire is readout out from both end. This may be used once the full detector is assembled to address possible ground loop issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684506&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;[[File:imageservice19.png|439x409px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Safety and Hazard considerations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gas ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ar and CO2 do not require special health safety system. The detector will be operated in the ventilated hall of the AD building at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow, detector gas pressure, and gas inlet temperature are constantly monitored and can trigger adequate response for shutdown or closure of the gas system for safety purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooling water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water cooling system operates in negative pressure mode preventing any water leak to flood the detector outer surface. In addition water flow and inlet/outlet temperature are constantly monitored to allow fast response to off range parameter in order to shut down the electronics. The cooling water system requires a primary cooling tap water loop from the AD building. Water quality, water flow and water temperature are not under our responsibility. This aspect will be dealt during the initial phase of the rTPC commissioning at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All electronics voltages are below 48V. No special safety circuits are envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high-voltage circuit is fully protected outside the detector. The access to the high-voltage on the detector is restricted to the two end-plates. Interlock scheme will be put in place to ensure the shutdown of the HV in case of manual access to the detector itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LV (Low Voltage) power units are also interlocked to prevent false powering sequence which can damage the downstream electronics modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice20.png|571x411px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684507&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684899&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=872</id>
		<title>Detector Services</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=872"/>
		<updated>2021-11-11T00:23:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Operation */ Manual control info&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684884|Figure 1 - Gas system schematic 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684885|Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684886|Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684887|Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684888|Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test. 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684889|Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system. 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684890|Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684891|Figure 8 - Temperature Monitor Board 14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684892|Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684893|Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684894|Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684895|Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire 18]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684896|Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684897|Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads 21]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684898|Figure 15 - High Voltage &amp;amp;amp; Grounding scheme for the rTPC 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684899|Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization 23]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Introduction =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684457&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document is to describe the different services for the rTPC detector. 3 main sections cover the &#039;&#039;Gas system&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;Water cooling system&#039;&#039; and the &#039;&#039;Power distribution&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References and related Documents =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dedicated TRIUMF Wiki site gathers all documentations for the rTPC detector system and equipment. Gas system, cooling water system and power distribution can be found there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Gas system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas system as described below includes the entire gas infrastructure required to deliver gas to the detector, monitor and control the gas flow into the detector. It also includes the necessary equipment to notify any change from the nominal gas flow or gas mixture ratio delivered to the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of mixed gas system is well understood by the Triumf detector group staff and no issue in its realization is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system is a stand-alone infrastructure assembled and delivered to CERN. It will be placed in the Alpha-g experimental area floor. The delivery of the different gases to the experimental area is under the responsibility of the Gas handling group from CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas delivery system for the radial TPC (rTPC) is to provide Ar/CO2 gas mixture between 90/10 to 50/50 depending on the user requirements. This system does not recycle the gas as the environmental impact of either gas is minimal and the operation cost versus a recycling system would not be economic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event of an additional quenching gas requirement, the overall gas system will have to be reconsidered and possible recycling system envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple gas mixer using digital flow meters will provide the precise mixture dialed by hand in the control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the prototype phase, an ad-hoc gas system will be put in place. A portable gas system is available for such a test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas mixture&lt;br /&gt;
| Ar/CO2 (90/10..50/50)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas flow requirements&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.3l/min (50%), 0.3l/min (50%)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Detector gas Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.18m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flushing time&lt;br /&gt;
| 5h @ 600cc/min&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flow rate&lt;br /&gt;
| 100 to 300 cc/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gas system is quite simple as it takes 2 or 3 (spare) gas supplies and mixes them in a manifold before delivery to the rTPC detector. Necessary valves for purging lines and by-passing the detector are foreseen. The individual in-flows are controlled by gas dedicated mass flow controllers (MFC-x). The return flow is measured for leak assessment. An additional manometer monitors the internal detector pressure for evaluation of the electron drift characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
­­­­[[File:imageservice2.png|575x315px|PA_doc-1.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684492&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684884&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 - Gas system schematic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow controller and monitoring is performed by industrial devices from MKS. We added analog flowmeters on each gas line to provide a quick visual inspection of the gas mixing system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system will be hooked to the CERN AD-Gas facility. The CERN gas delivers gas through 2 switchable packs of 12 bottles for each gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas exhaust is evacuated to the exterior of the experimental area with an elevation of about 8m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice3.png|366x263px|PA_doc-2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684493&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684885&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450557826&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice4.png|324x364px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684494&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684886&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181205 103217.jpg|thumb|Normal configuration of the manual valves of the GHS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
From-scratch (Neither gas supply lines to the GHS nor connections to and from the TPC connected) connection of the GHS should follow the following procedure:&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush supply lines:&#039;&#039;&#039; Gas lines from outside bottles going to the GHS should be briefly (5 min or so) flushed with a high gas flow &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039; connecting to the GHS to remove possible dust, and to minimize the amount of air in the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush GHS:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Close BV1 and BV3, open BV2 and BV4 to flush input lines, only briefly.&lt;br /&gt;
## Open BV1 and BV3, close BV2 and BV4 (normal operation configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
## With Midas frontend running, use the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page to set a desired flow, for flushing probably between 1l/min and 1.5l/min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface), then press the &amp;quot;Bypass Flow&amp;quot; button, and let flow for a while (5-15min?)&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush TPC input line:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Connect the line that will go from the GHS to the TPC input-tee on the GHS side, but leave disconnected from the tee&lt;br /&gt;
## do the same for the pressure gauge line&lt;br /&gt;
## On the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page, press the &amp;quot;Flow TPC&amp;quot; button and let flow for 5 min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface).&lt;br /&gt;
# Make all remaining connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; No flow &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that the black valves on the gas rack at the entrance of the zone are open (right on the pictures).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20190109 165410.jpg|thumb|The rightmost valve (black) must be open during operation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Telnet Interface ==&lt;br /&gt;
If the Midas frontend is not available the GHS can be controlled via telnet. Connect with&lt;br /&gt;
 telnet algas&lt;br /&gt;
then use the following command to control solenoid valves:&lt;br /&gt;
 cowr do i 1&lt;br /&gt;
to energize SVi, i.e. to switch it from its normal closed or open state to the other state,&lt;br /&gt;
 cowr do i 0&lt;br /&gt;
to de-energize, i.e. switch to default state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow is set with:&lt;br /&gt;
 mfcwr ao i &amp;lt;desired flow&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where i is 1 for Ar and 2 for CO&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and the desired flow is in the internal units of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Water cooling system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outer surface of the detector has an arrangement of 8x8 electronics boards handling the readout of the cathode pads. These boards require operating at a controlled temperature to prevent heat build-up at the surface of the detector and improving the reliability of the system. In order to do so, 8 independent water pipe loops running from the bottom-up and down in the longitudinal axis of the detector are in a thermal contact to 8 successive readout boards. From the bottom, a pair of water hoses connect to 2 custom 3D-printed manifolds supplying the water feed and return to the 8 water loops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These 8 loops are run in parallel to a negative pressure water cooling system. This negative pressure system is to ensure that no water leak will damage the electronics even during possible pipe or delivery hose breakage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice5.png|516x273px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960816&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684495&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684887&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice6.jpg|249x429px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960817&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684496&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684888&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Values&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of parallel water loops&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Copper pipe OD/ID&lt;br /&gt;
| ¼” / 4.7mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Length of one loop (on the rTPC)&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.6m&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power extraction per water loop&lt;br /&gt;
| 8x15W= 120W&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total cooling power&lt;br /&gt;
| 1KW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Inlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 16..20 degC (to be confirmed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Outlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 20..24 degC&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total water flow&lt;br /&gt;
| 3..6 l/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cooling page.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole control system is operated from a Midas frontend running on a raspberry pi inside the black main control box. The sensors and controls are implemented using easy to use USB operated devices from http://phidgets.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A pressure sensor measures the vacuum inside the vacuum vessel and controls an electric vacuum pump to keep it in the operating range. This is a simple on/off control using two set points, a high pressure, above which the pump gets turned on, and a low pressure below which it gets turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This vacuum is then used to draw water through the detector into the vessel, from the Open Tank. The vacuum vessel&#039;s water level is monitored by an IR distance sensor mounted on the lid of the vessel, looking down at a reflective float in the water. This value is used in a PID loop in the control code to vary the speed of the water pump, thus changing the overall flow of water from the vacuum vessel to keep the water level in the vessel constant despite water being constantly drawn in by the vacuum. The water pulled from the vacuum vessel is pushed through the filter and into the Open Tank, completing the circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling is accomplished in the water pump leg of the system, as coolant pulled from the vacuum vessel passes through a heat exchanger coupled to a secondary cooling water loop on its way to the pump. This cooling loop is operated by a ThermoFisher ThermoChill III chiller. The rate that water flows through the system can be determined by many obstacles in the loop, but ideally it should be dominated by the position of the main Throttle Valve. Other valves should generally be set either fully open of fully closed, but there are individual valves on each of the 8 TPC loops, in case the flow doesn&#039;t balance evenly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data outputs: there are five data outputs planned. The two process variables, the vacuum vessel absolute pressure, and differential water column pressure, will be sent to the Detector DAQ system. As well, the total flow rate is monitored by the flow meter, whose output is sent to the DAQ system. This data is not used by the circulation system itself. Likewise, the back pressure on the water filter is only sent to the DAQ system to indicate if the filter may need changing, and the temperature of the open tank is monitored and sent to the DAQ system, but currently there is no plan to use it in a temperature control feedback. The temperature of CERN&#039;s cooling water supply is not yet known, but we expect we can set the heat exchanger to run at a rate to hold the system temperature near 20°C without feedback control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the negative pressure to work effectively to prevent leaks, the water pressure in the detector ought to be down at least to half an atmosphere. With the detector cooling tubes 8x 4.6m of parallel 4.7mm ID copper tubes (2.3m down then 2.3 back-ups), and the supply using (perhaps 6m, 3 to the detector then 3 back) 9.7mm ID (=1/2&amp;amp;quot; OD) poly tubing, the flow needs to be somewhat greater than the required 3 l/min in order to maintain that degree of vacuum in the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water pump leg of the circuit residing in the water cooling/gas rack is placed far enough from the fringe field of the superconducting magnet to prevent disruptive effects on the solenoid valves and electric motors. Therefore the main 1/2&amp;amp;quot; poly line to and from the water pump and its flow loop will add a pressure drop which is estimated at 0.4atm for a 10m line at 6 l/min (9.7mmID), which is within our requirements. The splitting (and recombination) of the line to the 8 cooling lines close to detector is be accomplished with the use of 2 separate manifolds equipped with temperature sensors for constant in/out global water temperature monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice7.png|286x206px]][[File:imageservice8.jpg|286x206px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684497&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684889&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Data outputs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the system runs off a raspberry pi, all variables and sensor values can be communicated to Midas. The main observables are:&lt;br /&gt;
- vacuum pressure&lt;br /&gt;
- water level in vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
- temperature in the water reservoir&lt;br /&gt;
- flow through the TPC loop, measured at the input of the vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
- flow from the vacuum vessel to the reservoir, through the water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Plumbing and maintenance ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, the water pump is not isolated from the system with valves, so replacement of a defective unit requires draining the system. Meanwhile a valved bypass to the water filter is provided to allow easily changing filter elements with the system running. If the system is leak free, the vacuum in the vessel should only be degraded by the dissolved air absorbed in the Open Tank and extracted in the vacuum vessel. However, this does not appear to be the case, and the vacuum pump currently turns on every ten minutes or so, but only for a few seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wetted surfaces of this system are mainly PVC and Polyethylene for the valves, tubing and vessels, plus brass fittings, and the copper cooling tubes, and the stainless steel surfaces of the heat exchanger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A silver strip in the water reservoir serves as a biocide, but it has not been investigated how effective it really is, so the water should probably be replaced regularly. There is also the worry of corrosion due to the deionized water, so some regular check of the brass fittings and copper pipes should be performed. Any obstruction of the plumbing should be visible in the read back flows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Priming the water pump ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water pump will not start properly if it is&lt;br /&gt;
# not filled with water and&lt;br /&gt;
# working against the vacuum vessel vacuum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to prime the pump, the vacuum vessel must contain water and be vented to atmospheric pressure. If the setup is otherwise set up correctly, this can be done automatically, using the &#039;&#039;&#039;Prime pump&#039;&#039;&#039; function in the manual control program detailed below. From a drained system starting point it will go through these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# pump down vacuum vessel to start sucking in water&lt;br /&gt;
# when water level is high enough, vent vessel to atmospheric pressure&lt;br /&gt;
# turn on water pump at medium speed&lt;br /&gt;
# wait for a few seconds&lt;br /&gt;
# check &#039;&#039;&#039;Output flow&#039;&#039;&#039; to see if water is flowing at expected rate&lt;br /&gt;
# display status message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manual Control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the Midas frontend there is a manual control program called fulltest (should probably be renamed at some point). It reads back the phidget sensors and allows control via simple commands, which are given by the user as single letters followed by enter.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Command !! Key !! Comment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| toggle vacuum || &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; || turn vacuum pump on/off&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| toggle vent || &#039;&#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039;&#039; || open/close vent valve (also turns off vacuum pump)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| toggle water pump || &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; || turn water pump on/off (should not be used as main mode for water pump control)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| set water pump speed || &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; || prompts user to input a new speed setting in percent&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| set PID parameters || &#039;&#039;&#039;p/i/d&#039;&#039;&#039; || prompts user for new value for parameter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| toggle PID control || &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; || switch PID control on/off&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prime water pump || &#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039; || runs pump priming procedure (see [[Detector_Services#Operation#Priming_the_water_pump|Priming the Water Pump]])&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start ==&lt;br /&gt;
This assumes all water lines are connected, and both the blue water tank and the chiller are filled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Begin running ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PWBmainOpen.jpg|thumb|Cooling system main valve open]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Close vent valve and main valve (3-way valve in T position)&lt;br /&gt;
# Switch on control box with power switch in the front&lt;br /&gt;
# confirm the raspberry pi (cc00) is reachable from the network&lt;br /&gt;
# start the Midas frontend (assuming everything is set up)&lt;br /&gt;
# on the Cooling custom page check the *PID enable* box&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacuum pump should now be running and the pressure in the vessel should drop. Wait for it to turn back off, once the pressure drops below the setpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
# Open main valve, i.e. vertical connection open, connection to vent valve closed&lt;br /&gt;
# water should start flowing through the PWB cooling system and coming back through the clear pipe connected to the vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
# check there is somewhat balanced flow through all 8 loops&lt;br /&gt;
# if there is not, close the individual manual valves on the manifold and open one at a time, cycling through all 8 lines, to make sure all lines are filled with water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Drain system ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PWBmainVent.jpg|thumb|Cooling system main valve to vent valve]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# from normal operation, i.e. vacuum pump and water pump running&lt;br /&gt;
# switch main valve to upside down T position &lt;br /&gt;
# open vent valve&lt;br /&gt;
# air should now enter the system, draining all water from the TPC pipes into the vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
# water pump will drain the vacuum vessel into supply tank, turn off PID control before the vessel is completely empty to avoid air in the water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
The water system should be close to plug-and-play, but here are some failure modes and solution suggestions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; frontend won&#039;t connect, error messages in Midas&lt;br /&gt;
: try to resolve reported errors, ssh into cc00 and try to run frontend manually&lt;br /&gt;
; water pump running, but doesn&#039;t appear to pump much water&lt;br /&gt;
: most likely air in the water pump. Follow the priming procedure outlined above.&lt;br /&gt;
; vacuum pump comes on often (more than every 10 min)&lt;br /&gt;
: probably an air leak in the system. Check for bubbles and try to find leak.&lt;br /&gt;
; water level reading very high or nonsensical, visual level indicator shows vacuum vessel full&lt;br /&gt;
: turn off PID control, vent vacuum vessel, and turn on water pump to go down to about half full, turn PID back on&lt;br /&gt;
; frontend refuses to run in PID mode, complains about water level&lt;br /&gt;
: see previous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Air Cooling =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes the cooling system for the BSC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dry air flow in the BSC sleeve aims at reducing the risk of condensation due to the temperature gradient caused by the hotter PWB.&lt;br /&gt;
The constant flow has also affords a minimal control over the overall temperature of the BSC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dry cold air in the SiPM enclosure is intended to set a fixed temperature for the SiPM operation and to cool &#039;Analog Sum Discriminator&#039; modules or &#039;ASD&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aircooling.svg|Schematic view of the distribution of cold air to the SiPM and the BSC sleeve.|292x523px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Air cooling scheme mediated by heat exchangers, fueled by the water chiller is shown below.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aircooling2.svg|Schematic view of the cooling circuit at the service rack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the circuit to cool the SiPM is going to be replaced in 2021 by &#039;Vortex cooler&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Power distribution =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section covers the different voltages and power requirements for the operation of the rTPC. This includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# High Voltage for the rTPC electron drift and amplification operation&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Anode wire frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provision of power to the different components of the detector is distributed from the top end plate of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice12.png|507x354px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965261&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684500&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684892&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== High Voltage for the rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three main components of the rTPC require High Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Main cathode wall (Negative ~5KV)&lt;br /&gt;
* Field wires (Negative ~ few hundred volts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Anode wires (Positive ~3.2KV )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These voltages are provided by a Quad High Voltage unit from CAEN. Three independent cables will be fed to the top of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High Voltage provision to the bottom endplate HV ring is taken from the central cathode near the bottom endplate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Field wire voltage is connected to all the field wire crimp-pins through a dedicated socket chain inserted on each of the crimp-pin on the top and bottom endplates. The field wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK20&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK21&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK22&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The High Voltage for the anode wires is delivered to the Anode Wire Card (AWC) which will distribute it to its 16 wires, Figure 11. There are 16 AWC cards covering each end of the anode wires. All the top and bottom 32 AWC are connected serially. The anode wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The anode wires pre-amplifiers boards (AWB) are sitting on the top of the Anode Wire Card (AWC) Figure 10. As the wire is powered by the HV, each anode wire has a high Voltage decoupling capacitor to isolate the pre-amp stage from the HV. This circuit resides on the AWC. The AWB will see the AC coupled anode signal only. With a new design of the AWC Figure 12, the decoupling capacitors are potted in epoxy to ensure proper isolation of the HV toward the surrounding circuit as well to prevent corona discharge due to relative humidity of the surrounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice13.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684196&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684501&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684893&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice14.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684198&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684502&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684894&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice15.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684370&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684503&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684895&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Anode wire frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AWB pre-amp board requires 2 voltages (+5V, -5V) which are fed through dedicated cable connections to each of the AWB. There are 16 AWB per end of the rTPC, therefore, 16 individual cable bundle will be reaching the top and another 16 the bottom of the rTPC. The cable bundle is to also provide the power return lines to the Power Supply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PL508 Low Voltage power Supply from Wiener will provide the main power source for all the 32 pre-amplifiers. A dedicated connection breakout board with current monitoring capability splits the source power to the 2 x 16 necessary connections to the Anode wire boards. Based on a RaspeberryPi card, a 16 power distribution board is already implemented for the prototype. This board has extra 4 channels of temperature monitoring which can be used later on. In the same process we produce a similar board for 16 channel of NTC, RTC temperature monitoring. They will be used for overall detector and cooling system monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Anode Pre-amp&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice16.jpg|239x363px]] [[File:imageservice17.png|239x363px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965262&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684504&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684896&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Anode wire pre-amplifier voltage distribution scheme, the Barrel Scintillators will require several low voltages for power and control. The Barrel Scintillator Boards (BSB) are mounted on both ends of the Scintillator bar with the same segmentation as the Anode wires i.e.: 16 BSB per end. The design of the electronic chain for the barrel scintillator is not fully designed yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SiPM sensors require a bias voltage of the order of 28V. This voltage will be provided through the same mean as the low voltage power. Expected threshold voltage for the local signal level discriminator is also foreseen.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564363&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cathode pads electronics mounted on the external cylinder surface is composed of the analog frontend and the digital conversion electronics. Two voltages are required (+5.3V, +2.3V). The delivery is done through dedicated “power bar” running the full length of the rTPC. A set of 3 bars covers the 8 axial cathode pad electronics boards. 8 of them cover the circumference of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+2.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Padwing board&lt;br /&gt;
| 10W (1.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 2W (0.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the low power supplies are provided by a PL508-3U with 8 modules of either single or dual channels from Wiener.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice18.png|469x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684505&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684897&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564365&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding scheme challenge in this setup is the far distance between the 2 end of the rTPC (2.3m) and the lack of accessibility to the bottom of the detector. The proposal is to use a Copper sheet mounted on the inner surface of the inner cylinder. This ground path will connect the 2 endplates to the High Voltage return. All the pre-amps will merge their ground to this central ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional ground lugs have been included in the Anode wire pre-amplifier boards to strengthen the ground as each anode wire is readout out from both end. This may be used once the full detector is assembled to address possible ground loop issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684506&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;[[File:imageservice19.png|439x409px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Safety and Hazard considerations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gas ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ar and CO2 do not require special health safety system. The detector will be operated in the ventilated hall of the AD building at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow, detector gas pressure, and gas inlet temperature are constantly monitored and can trigger adequate response for shutdown or closure of the gas system for safety purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooling water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water cooling system operates in negative pressure mode preventing any water leak to flood the detector outer surface. In addition water flow and inlet/outlet temperature are constantly monitored to allow fast response to off range parameter in order to shut down the electronics. The cooling water system requires a primary cooling tap water loop from the AD building. Water quality, water flow and water temperature are not under our responsibility. This aspect will be dealt during the initial phase of the rTPC commissioning at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All electronics voltages are below 48V. No special safety circuits are envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high-voltage circuit is fully protected outside the detector. The access to the high-voltage on the detector is restricted to the two end-plates. Interlock scheme will be put in place to ensure the shutdown of the HV in case of manual access to the detector itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LV (Low Voltage) power units are also interlocked to prevent false powering sequence which can damage the downstream electronics modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice20.png|571x411px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684507&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684899&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=871</id>
		<title>Detector Services</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=871"/>
		<updated>2021-11-10T23:53:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Troubleshooting */ new system&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684884|Figure 1 - Gas system schematic 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684885|Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684886|Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684887|Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684888|Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test. 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684889|Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system. 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684890|Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684891|Figure 8 - Temperature Monitor Board 14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684892|Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684893|Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684894|Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684895|Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire 18]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684896|Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684897|Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads 21]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684898|Figure 15 - High Voltage &amp;amp;amp; Grounding scheme for the rTPC 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684899|Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization 23]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Introduction =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684457&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document is to describe the different services for the rTPC detector. 3 main sections cover the &#039;&#039;Gas system&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;Water cooling system&#039;&#039; and the &#039;&#039;Power distribution&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References and related Documents =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dedicated TRIUMF Wiki site gathers all documentations for the rTPC detector system and equipment. Gas system, cooling water system and power distribution can be found there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Gas system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas system as described below includes the entire gas infrastructure required to deliver gas to the detector, monitor and control the gas flow into the detector. It also includes the necessary equipment to notify any change from the nominal gas flow or gas mixture ratio delivered to the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of mixed gas system is well understood by the Triumf detector group staff and no issue in its realization is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system is a stand-alone infrastructure assembled and delivered to CERN. It will be placed in the Alpha-g experimental area floor. The delivery of the different gases to the experimental area is under the responsibility of the Gas handling group from CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas delivery system for the radial TPC (rTPC) is to provide Ar/CO2 gas mixture between 90/10 to 50/50 depending on the user requirements. This system does not recycle the gas as the environmental impact of either gas is minimal and the operation cost versus a recycling system would not be economic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event of an additional quenching gas requirement, the overall gas system will have to be reconsidered and possible recycling system envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple gas mixer using digital flow meters will provide the precise mixture dialed by hand in the control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the prototype phase, an ad-hoc gas system will be put in place. A portable gas system is available for such a test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas mixture&lt;br /&gt;
| Ar/CO2 (90/10..50/50)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas flow requirements&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.3l/min (50%), 0.3l/min (50%)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Detector gas Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.18m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flushing time&lt;br /&gt;
| 5h @ 600cc/min&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flow rate&lt;br /&gt;
| 100 to 300 cc/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gas system is quite simple as it takes 2 or 3 (spare) gas supplies and mixes them in a manifold before delivery to the rTPC detector. Necessary valves for purging lines and by-passing the detector are foreseen. The individual in-flows are controlled by gas dedicated mass flow controllers (MFC-x). The return flow is measured for leak assessment. An additional manometer monitors the internal detector pressure for evaluation of the electron drift characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
­­­­[[File:imageservice2.png|575x315px|PA_doc-1.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684492&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684884&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 - Gas system schematic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow controller and monitoring is performed by industrial devices from MKS. We added analog flowmeters on each gas line to provide a quick visual inspection of the gas mixing system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system will be hooked to the CERN AD-Gas facility. The CERN gas delivers gas through 2 switchable packs of 12 bottles for each gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas exhaust is evacuated to the exterior of the experimental area with an elevation of about 8m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice3.png|366x263px|PA_doc-2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684493&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684885&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450557826&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice4.png|324x364px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684494&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684886&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181205 103217.jpg|thumb|Normal configuration of the manual valves of the GHS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
From-scratch (Neither gas supply lines to the GHS nor connections to and from the TPC connected) connection of the GHS should follow the following procedure:&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush supply lines:&#039;&#039;&#039; Gas lines from outside bottles going to the GHS should be briefly (5 min or so) flushed with a high gas flow &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039; connecting to the GHS to remove possible dust, and to minimize the amount of air in the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush GHS:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Close BV1 and BV3, open BV2 and BV4 to flush input lines, only briefly.&lt;br /&gt;
## Open BV1 and BV3, close BV2 and BV4 (normal operation configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
## With Midas frontend running, use the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page to set a desired flow, for flushing probably between 1l/min and 1.5l/min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface), then press the &amp;quot;Bypass Flow&amp;quot; button, and let flow for a while (5-15min?)&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush TPC input line:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Connect the line that will go from the GHS to the TPC input-tee on the GHS side, but leave disconnected from the tee&lt;br /&gt;
## do the same for the pressure gauge line&lt;br /&gt;
## On the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page, press the &amp;quot;Flow TPC&amp;quot; button and let flow for 5 min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface).&lt;br /&gt;
# Make all remaining connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; No flow &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that the black valves on the gas rack at the entrance of the zone are open (right on the pictures).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20190109 165410.jpg|thumb|The rightmost valve (black) must be open during operation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Telnet Interface ==&lt;br /&gt;
If the Midas frontend is not available the GHS can be controlled via telnet. Connect with&lt;br /&gt;
 telnet algas&lt;br /&gt;
then use the following command to control solenoid valves:&lt;br /&gt;
 cowr do i 1&lt;br /&gt;
to energize SVi, i.e. to switch it from its normal closed or open state to the other state,&lt;br /&gt;
 cowr do i 0&lt;br /&gt;
to de-energize, i.e. switch to default state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow is set with:&lt;br /&gt;
 mfcwr ao i &amp;lt;desired flow&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where i is 1 for Ar and 2 for CO&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and the desired flow is in the internal units of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Water cooling system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outer surface of the detector has an arrangement of 8x8 electronics boards handling the readout of the cathode pads. These boards require operating at a controlled temperature to prevent heat build-up at the surface of the detector and improving the reliability of the system. In order to do so, 8 independent water pipe loops running from the bottom-up and down in the longitudinal axis of the detector are in a thermal contact to 8 successive readout boards. From the bottom, a pair of water hoses connect to 2 custom 3D-printed manifolds supplying the water feed and return to the 8 water loops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These 8 loops are run in parallel to a negative pressure water cooling system. This negative pressure system is to ensure that no water leak will damage the electronics even during possible pipe or delivery hose breakage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice5.png|516x273px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960816&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684495&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684887&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice6.jpg|249x429px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960817&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684496&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684888&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Values&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of parallel water loops&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Copper pipe OD/ID&lt;br /&gt;
| ¼” / 4.7mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Length of one loop (on the rTPC)&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.6m&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power extraction per water loop&lt;br /&gt;
| 8x15W= 120W&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total cooling power&lt;br /&gt;
| 1KW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Inlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 16..20 degC (to be confirmed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Outlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 20..24 degC&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total water flow&lt;br /&gt;
| 3..6 l/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole control system is operated from a Midas frontend running on a raspberry pi inside the black main control box. The sensors and controls are implemented using easy to use USB operated devices from [[phidgets.com]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cooling page.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A pressure sensor measures the vacuum inside the vacuum vessel and controls an electric vacuum pump to keep it in the operating range. This is a simple on/off control using two set points, a high pressure, above which the pump gets turned on, and a low pressure below which it gets turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This vacuum is then used to draw water through the detector into the vessel, from the Open Tank. The vacuum vessel&#039;s water level is monitored by an IR distance sensor mounted on the lid of the vessel, looking down at a reflective float in the water. This value is used in a PID loop in the control code to vary the speed of the water pump, thus changing the overall flow of water from the vacuum vessel to keep the water level in the vessel constant despite water being constantly drawn in by the vacuum. The water pulled from the vacuum vessel is pushed through the filter and into the Open Tank, completing the circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling is accomplished in the water pump leg of the system, as coolant pulled from the vacuum vessel passes through a heat exchanger coupled to a secondary cooling water loop on its way to the pump. This cooling loop is operated by a ThermoFisher ThermoChill III chiller. The rate that water flows through the system can be determined by many obstacles in the loop, but ideally it should be dominated by the position of the main Throttle Valve. Other valves should generally be set either fully open of fully closed, but there are individual valves on each of the 8 TPC loops, in case the flow doesn&#039;t balance evenly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data outputs: there are five data outputs planned. The two process variables, the vacuum vessel absolute pressure, and differential water column pressure, will be sent to the Detector DAQ system. As well, the total flow rate is monitored by the flow meter, whose output is sent to the DAQ system. This data is not used by the circulation system itself. Likewise, the back pressure on the water filter is only sent to the DAQ system to indicate if the filter may need changing, and the temperature of the open tank is monitored and sent to the DAQ system, but currently there is no plan to use it in a temperature control feedback. The temperature of CERN&#039;s cooling water supply is not yet known, but we expect we can set the heat exchanger to run at a rate to hold the system temperature near 20°C without feedback control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the negative pressure to work effectively to prevent leaks, the water pressure in the detector ought to be down at least to half an atmosphere. With the detector cooling tubes 8x 4.6m of parallel 4.7mm ID copper tubes (2.3m down then 2.3 back-ups), and the supply using (perhaps 6m, 3 to the detector then 3 back) 9.7mm ID (=1/2&amp;amp;quot; OD) poly tubing, the flow needs to be somewhat greater than the required 3 l/min in order to maintain that degree of vacuum in the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water pump leg of the circuit residing in the water cooling/gas rack is placed far enough from the fringe field of the superconducting magnet to prevent disruptive effects on the solenoid valves and electric motors. Therefore the main 1/2&amp;amp;quot; poly line to and from the water pump and its flow loop will add a pressure drop which is estimated at 0.4atm for a 10m line at 6 l/min (9.7mmID), which is within our requirements. The splitting (and recombination) of the line to the 8 cooling lines close to detector is be accomplished with the use of 2 separate manifolds equipped with temperature sensors for constant in/out global water temperature monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice7.png|286x206px]][[File:imageservice8.jpg|286x206px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684497&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684889&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Data outputs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the system runs off a raspberry pi, all variables and sensor values can be communicated to Midas. The main observables are:&lt;br /&gt;
- vacuum pressure&lt;br /&gt;
- water level in vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
- temperature in the water reservoir&lt;br /&gt;
- flow through the TPC loop, measured at the input of the vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
- flow from the vacuum vessel to the reservoir, through the water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Plumbing and maintenance ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, the water pump is not isolated from the system with valves, so replacement of a defective unit requires draining the system. Meanwhile a valved bypass to the water filter is provided to allow easily changing filter elements with the system running. If the system is leak free, the vacuum in the vessel should only be degraded by the dissolved air absorbed in the Open Tank and extracted in the vacuum vessel. However, this does not appear to be the case, and the vacuum pump currently turns on every ten minutes or so, but only for a few seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wetted surfaces of this system are mainly PVC and Polyethylene for the valves, tubing and vessels, plus brass fittings, and the copper cooling tubes, and the stainless steel surfaces of the heat exchanger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A silver strip in the water reservoir serves as a biocide, but it has not been investigated how effective it really is, so the water should probably be replaced regularly. There is also the worry of corrosion due to the deionized water, so some regular check of the brass fittings and copper pipes should be performed. Any obstruction of the plumbing should be visible in the read back flows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start ==&lt;br /&gt;
This assumes all water lines are connected, and both the blue water tank and the chiller are filled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Begin running ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PWBmainOpen.jpg|thumb|Cooling system main valve open]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Close vent valve and main valve (3-way valve in T position)&lt;br /&gt;
# Switch on control box with power switch in the front&lt;br /&gt;
# confirm the raspberry pi (cc00) is reachable from the network&lt;br /&gt;
# start the Midas frontend (assuming everything is set up)&lt;br /&gt;
# on the Cooling custom page check the *PID enable* box&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacuum pump should now be running and the pressure in the vessel should drop. Wait for it to turn back off, once the pressure drops below the setpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
# Open main valve, i.e. vertical connection open, connection to vent valve closed&lt;br /&gt;
# water should start flowing through the PWB cooling system and coming back through the clear pipe connected to the vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
# check there is somewhat balanced flow through all 8 loops&lt;br /&gt;
# if there is not, close the individual manual valves on the manifold and open one at a time, cycling through all 8 lines, to make sure all lines are filled with water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Drain system ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PWBmainVent.jpg|thumb|Cooling system main valve to vent valve]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# from normal operation, i.e. vacuum pump and water pump running&lt;br /&gt;
# switch main valve to upside down T position &lt;br /&gt;
# open vent valve&lt;br /&gt;
# air should now enter the system, draining all water from the TPC pipes into the vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
# water pump will drain the vacuum vessel into supply tank, turn off PID control before the vessel is completely empty to avoid air in the water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
The water system should be close to plug-and-play, but here are some failure modes and solution suggestions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; frontend won&#039;t connect, error messages in Midas&lt;br /&gt;
: try to resolve reported errors, ssh into cc00 and try to run frontend manually&lt;br /&gt;
; water pump running, but doesn&#039;t appear to pump much water&lt;br /&gt;
: most likely air in the water pump. Follow the priming procedure outlined above.&lt;br /&gt;
; vacuum pump comes on often (more than every 10 min)&lt;br /&gt;
: probably an air leak in the system. Check for bubbles and try to find leak.&lt;br /&gt;
; water level reading very high or nonsensical, visual level indicator shows vacuum vessel full&lt;br /&gt;
: turn off PID control, vent vacuum vessel, and turn on water pump to go down to about half full, turn PID back on&lt;br /&gt;
; frontend refuses to run in PID mode, complains about water level&lt;br /&gt;
: see previous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Air Cooling =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes the cooling system for the BSC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dry air flow in the BSC sleeve aims at reducing the risk of condensation due to the temperature gradient caused by the hotter PWB.&lt;br /&gt;
The constant flow has also affords a minimal control over the overall temperature of the BSC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dry cold air in the SiPM enclosure is intended to set a fixed temperature for the SiPM operation and to cool &#039;Analog Sum Discriminator&#039; modules or &#039;ASD&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aircooling.svg|Schematic view of the distribution of cold air to the SiPM and the BSC sleeve.|292x523px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Air cooling scheme mediated by heat exchangers, fueled by the water chiller is shown below.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aircooling2.svg|Schematic view of the cooling circuit at the service rack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the circuit to cool the SiPM is going to be replaced in 2021 by &#039;Vortex cooler&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Power distribution =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section covers the different voltages and power requirements for the operation of the rTPC. This includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# High Voltage for the rTPC electron drift and amplification operation&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Anode wire frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provision of power to the different components of the detector is distributed from the top end plate of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice12.png|507x354px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965261&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684500&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684892&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== High Voltage for the rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three main components of the rTPC require High Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Main cathode wall (Negative ~5KV)&lt;br /&gt;
* Field wires (Negative ~ few hundred volts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Anode wires (Positive ~3.2KV )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These voltages are provided by a Quad High Voltage unit from CAEN. Three independent cables will be fed to the top of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High Voltage provision to the bottom endplate HV ring is taken from the central cathode near the bottom endplate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Field wire voltage is connected to all the field wire crimp-pins through a dedicated socket chain inserted on each of the crimp-pin on the top and bottom endplates. The field wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK20&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK21&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK22&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The High Voltage for the anode wires is delivered to the Anode Wire Card (AWC) which will distribute it to its 16 wires, Figure 11. There are 16 AWC cards covering each end of the anode wires. All the top and bottom 32 AWC are connected serially. The anode wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The anode wires pre-amplifiers boards (AWB) are sitting on the top of the Anode Wire Card (AWC) Figure 10. As the wire is powered by the HV, each anode wire has a high Voltage decoupling capacitor to isolate the pre-amp stage from the HV. This circuit resides on the AWC. The AWB will see the AC coupled anode signal only. With a new design of the AWC Figure 12, the decoupling capacitors are potted in epoxy to ensure proper isolation of the HV toward the surrounding circuit as well to prevent corona discharge due to relative humidity of the surrounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice13.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684196&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684501&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684893&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice14.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684198&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684502&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684894&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice15.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684370&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684503&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684895&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Anode wire frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AWB pre-amp board requires 2 voltages (+5V, -5V) which are fed through dedicated cable connections to each of the AWB. There are 16 AWB per end of the rTPC, therefore, 16 individual cable bundle will be reaching the top and another 16 the bottom of the rTPC. The cable bundle is to also provide the power return lines to the Power Supply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PL508 Low Voltage power Supply from Wiener will provide the main power source for all the 32 pre-amplifiers. A dedicated connection breakout board with current monitoring capability splits the source power to the 2 x 16 necessary connections to the Anode wire boards. Based on a RaspeberryPi card, a 16 power distribution board is already implemented for the prototype. This board has extra 4 channels of temperature monitoring which can be used later on. In the same process we produce a similar board for 16 channel of NTC, RTC temperature monitoring. They will be used for overall detector and cooling system monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Anode Pre-amp&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice16.jpg|239x363px]] [[File:imageservice17.png|239x363px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965262&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684504&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684896&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Anode wire pre-amplifier voltage distribution scheme, the Barrel Scintillators will require several low voltages for power and control. The Barrel Scintillator Boards (BSB) are mounted on both ends of the Scintillator bar with the same segmentation as the Anode wires i.e.: 16 BSB per end. The design of the electronic chain for the barrel scintillator is not fully designed yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SiPM sensors require a bias voltage of the order of 28V. This voltage will be provided through the same mean as the low voltage power. Expected threshold voltage for the local signal level discriminator is also foreseen.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564363&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cathode pads electronics mounted on the external cylinder surface is composed of the analog frontend and the digital conversion electronics. Two voltages are required (+5.3V, +2.3V). The delivery is done through dedicated “power bar” running the full length of the rTPC. A set of 3 bars covers the 8 axial cathode pad electronics boards. 8 of them cover the circumference of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+2.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Padwing board&lt;br /&gt;
| 10W (1.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 2W (0.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the low power supplies are provided by a PL508-3U with 8 modules of either single or dual channels from Wiener.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice18.png|469x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684505&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684897&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564365&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding scheme challenge in this setup is the far distance between the 2 end of the rTPC (2.3m) and the lack of accessibility to the bottom of the detector. The proposal is to use a Copper sheet mounted on the inner surface of the inner cylinder. This ground path will connect the 2 endplates to the High Voltage return. All the pre-amps will merge their ground to this central ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional ground lugs have been included in the Anode wire pre-amplifier boards to strengthen the ground as each anode wire is readout out from both end. This may be used once the full detector is assembled to address possible ground loop issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684506&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;[[File:imageservice19.png|439x409px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Safety and Hazard considerations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gas ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ar and CO2 do not require special health safety system. The detector will be operated in the ventilated hall of the AD building at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow, detector gas pressure, and gas inlet temperature are constantly monitored and can trigger adequate response for shutdown or closure of the gas system for safety purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooling water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water cooling system operates in negative pressure mode preventing any water leak to flood the detector outer surface. In addition water flow and inlet/outlet temperature are constantly monitored to allow fast response to off range parameter in order to shut down the electronics. The cooling water system requires a primary cooling tap water loop from the AD building. Water quality, water flow and water temperature are not under our responsibility. This aspect will be dealt during the initial phase of the rTPC commissioning at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All electronics voltages are below 48V. No special safety circuits are envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high-voltage circuit is fully protected outside the detector. The access to the high-voltage on the detector is restricted to the two end-plates. Interlock scheme will be put in place to ensure the shutdown of the HV in case of manual access to the detector itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LV (Low Voltage) power units are also interlocked to prevent false powering sequence which can damage the downstream electronics modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice20.png|571x411px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684507&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684899&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=869</id>
		<title>Detector Services</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=869"/>
		<updated>2021-11-10T00:31:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Water cooling system */ Working on new system documentation, not finished&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684884|Figure 1 - Gas system schematic 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684885|Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684886|Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684887|Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684888|Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test. 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684889|Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system. 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684890|Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684891|Figure 8 - Temperature Monitor Board 14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684892|Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684893|Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684894|Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684895|Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire 18]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684896|Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684897|Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads 21]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684898|Figure 15 - High Voltage &amp;amp;amp; Grounding scheme for the rTPC 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684899|Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization 23]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Introduction =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684457&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document is to describe the different services for the rTPC detector. 3 main sections cover the &#039;&#039;Gas system&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;Water cooling system&#039;&#039; and the &#039;&#039;Power distribution&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References and related Documents =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dedicated TRIUMF Wiki site gathers all documentations for the rTPC detector system and equipment. Gas system, cooling water system and power distribution can be found there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Gas system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas system as described below includes the entire gas infrastructure required to deliver gas to the detector, monitor and control the gas flow into the detector. It also includes the necessary equipment to notify any change from the nominal gas flow or gas mixture ratio delivered to the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of mixed gas system is well understood by the Triumf detector group staff and no issue in its realization is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system is a stand-alone infrastructure assembled and delivered to CERN. It will be placed in the Alpha-g experimental area floor. The delivery of the different gases to the experimental area is under the responsibility of the Gas handling group from CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas delivery system for the radial TPC (rTPC) is to provide Ar/CO2 gas mixture between 90/10 to 50/50 depending on the user requirements. This system does not recycle the gas as the environmental impact of either gas is minimal and the operation cost versus a recycling system would not be economic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event of an additional quenching gas requirement, the overall gas system will have to be reconsidered and possible recycling system envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple gas mixer using digital flow meters will provide the precise mixture dialed by hand in the control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the prototype phase, an ad-hoc gas system will be put in place. A portable gas system is available for such a test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas mixture&lt;br /&gt;
| Ar/CO2 (90/10..50/50)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas flow requirements&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.3l/min (50%), 0.3l/min (50%)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Detector gas Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.18m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flushing time&lt;br /&gt;
| 5h @ 600cc/min&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flow rate&lt;br /&gt;
| 100 to 300 cc/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gas system is quite simple as it takes 2 or 3 (spare) gas supplies and mixes them in a manifold before delivery to the rTPC detector. Necessary valves for purging lines and by-passing the detector are foreseen. The individual in-flows are controlled by gas dedicated mass flow controllers (MFC-x). The return flow is measured for leak assessment. An additional manometer monitors the internal detector pressure for evaluation of the electron drift characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
­­­­[[File:imageservice2.png|575x315px|PA_doc-1.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684492&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684884&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 - Gas system schematic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow controller and monitoring is performed by industrial devices from MKS. We added analog flowmeters on each gas line to provide a quick visual inspection of the gas mixing system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system will be hooked to the CERN AD-Gas facility. The CERN gas delivers gas through 2 switchable packs of 12 bottles for each gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas exhaust is evacuated to the exterior of the experimental area with an elevation of about 8m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice3.png|366x263px|PA_doc-2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684493&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684885&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450557826&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice4.png|324x364px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684494&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684886&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181205 103217.jpg|thumb|Normal configuration of the manual valves of the GHS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
From-scratch (Neither gas supply lines to the GHS nor connections to and from the TPC connected) connection of the GHS should follow the following procedure:&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush supply lines:&#039;&#039;&#039; Gas lines from outside bottles going to the GHS should be briefly (5 min or so) flushed with a high gas flow &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039; connecting to the GHS to remove possible dust, and to minimize the amount of air in the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush GHS:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Close BV1 and BV3, open BV2 and BV4 to flush input lines, only briefly.&lt;br /&gt;
## Open BV1 and BV3, close BV2 and BV4 (normal operation configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
## With Midas frontend running, use the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page to set a desired flow, for flushing probably between 1l/min and 1.5l/min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface), then press the &amp;quot;Bypass Flow&amp;quot; button, and let flow for a while (5-15min?)&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush TPC input line:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Connect the line that will go from the GHS to the TPC input-tee on the GHS side, but leave disconnected from the tee&lt;br /&gt;
## do the same for the pressure gauge line&lt;br /&gt;
## On the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page, press the &amp;quot;Flow TPC&amp;quot; button and let flow for 5 min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface).&lt;br /&gt;
# Make all remaining connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; No flow &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that the black valves on the gas rack at the entrance of the zone are open (right on the pictures).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20190109 165410.jpg|thumb|The rightmost valve (black) must be open during operation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Telnet Interface ==&lt;br /&gt;
If the Midas frontend is not available the GHS can be controlled via telnet. Connect with&lt;br /&gt;
 telnet algas&lt;br /&gt;
then use the following command to control solenoid valves:&lt;br /&gt;
 cowr do i 1&lt;br /&gt;
to energize SVi, i.e. to switch it from its normal closed or open state to the other state,&lt;br /&gt;
 cowr do i 0&lt;br /&gt;
to de-energize, i.e. switch to default state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow is set with:&lt;br /&gt;
 mfcwr ao i &amp;lt;desired flow&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where i is 1 for Ar and 2 for CO&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and the desired flow is in the internal units of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Water cooling system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outer surface of the detector has an arrangement of 8x8 electronics boards handling the readout of the cathode pads. These boards require operating at a controlled temperature to prevent heat build-up at the surface of the detector and improving the reliability of the system. In order to do so, 8 independent water pipe loops running from the bottom-up and down in the longitudinal axis of the detector are in a thermal contact to 8 successive readout boards. From the bottom, a pair of water hoses connect to 2 custom 3D-printed manifolds supplying the water feed and return to the 8 water loops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These 8 loops are run in parallel to a negative pressure water cooling system. This negative pressure system is to ensure that no water leak will damage the electronics even during possible pipe or delivery hose breakage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice5.png|516x273px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960816&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684495&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684887&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice6.jpg|249x429px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960817&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684496&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684888&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Values&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of parallel water loops&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Copper pipe OD/ID&lt;br /&gt;
| ¼” / 4.7mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Length of one loop (on the rTPC)&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.6m&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power extraction per water loop&lt;br /&gt;
| 8x15W= 120W&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total cooling power&lt;br /&gt;
| 1KW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Inlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 16..20 degC (to be confirmed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Outlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 20..24 degC&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total water flow&lt;br /&gt;
| 3..6 l/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole control system is operated from a Midas frontend running on a raspberry pi inside the black main control box. The sensors and controls are implemented using easy to use USB operated devices from [[phidgets.com]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cooling page.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A pressure sensor measures the vacuum inside the vacuum vessel and controls an electric vacuum pump to keep it in the operating range. This is a simple on/off control using two set points, a high pressure, above which the pump gets turned on, and a low pressure below which it gets turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This vacuum is then used to draw water through the detector into the vessel, from the Open Tank. The vacuum vessel&#039;s water level is monitored by an IR distance sensor mounted on the lid of the vessel, looking down at a reflective float in the water. This value is used in a PID loop in the control code to vary the speed of the water pump, thus changing the overall flow of water from the vacuum vessel to keep the water level in the vessel constant despite water being constantly drawn in by the vacuum. The water pulled from the vacuum vessel is pushed through the filter and into the Open Tank, completing the circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling is accomplished in the water pump leg of the system, as coolant pulled from the vacuum vessel passes through a heat exchanger coupled to a secondary cooling water loop on its way to the pump. This cooling loop is operated by a ThermoFisher ThermoChill III chiller. The rate that water flows through the system can be determined by many obstacles in the loop, but ideally it should be dominated by the position of the main Throttle Valve. Other valves should generally be set either fully open of fully closed, but there are individual valves on each of the 8 TPC loops, in case the flow doesn&#039;t balance evenly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data outputs: there are five data outputs planned. The two process variables, the vacuum vessel absolute pressure, and differential water column pressure, will be sent to the Detector DAQ system. As well, the total flow rate is monitored by the flow meter, whose output is sent to the DAQ system. This data is not used by the circulation system itself. Likewise, the back pressure on the water filter is only sent to the DAQ system to indicate if the filter may need changing, and the temperature of the open tank is monitored and sent to the DAQ system, but currently there is no plan to use it in a temperature control feedback. The temperature of CERN&#039;s cooling water supply is not yet known, but we expect we can set the heat exchanger to run at a rate to hold the system temperature near 20°C without feedback control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the negative pressure to work effectively to prevent leaks, the water pressure in the detector ought to be down at least to half an atmosphere. With the detector cooling tubes 8x 4.6m of parallel 4.7mm ID copper tubes (2.3m down then 2.3 back-ups), and the supply using (perhaps 6m, 3 to the detector then 3 back) 9.7mm ID (=1/2&amp;amp;quot; OD) poly tubing, the flow needs to be somewhat greater than the required 3 l/min in order to maintain that degree of vacuum in the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water pump leg of the circuit residing in the water cooling/gas rack is placed far enough from the fringe field of the superconducting magnet to prevent disruptive effects on the solenoid valves and electric motors. Therefore the main 1/2&amp;amp;quot; poly line to and from the water pump and its flow loop will add a pressure drop which is estimated at 0.4atm for a 10m line at 6 l/min (9.7mmID), which is within our requirements. The splitting (and recombination) of the line to the 8 cooling lines close to detector is be accomplished with the use of 2 separate manifolds equipped with temperature sensors for constant in/out global water temperature monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice7.png|286x206px]][[File:imageservice8.jpg|286x206px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684497&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684889&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Data outputs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the system runs off a raspberry pi, all variables and sensor values can be communicated to Midas. The main observables are:&lt;br /&gt;
- vacuum pressure&lt;br /&gt;
- water level in vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
- temperature in the water reservoir&lt;br /&gt;
- flow through the TPC loop, measured at the input of the vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
- flow from the vacuum vessel to the reservoir, through the water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Plumbing and maintenance ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, the water pump is not isolated from the system with valves, so replacement of a defective unit requires draining the system. Meanwhile a valved bypass to the water filter is provided to allow easily changing filter elements with the system running. If the system is leak free, the vacuum in the vessel should only be degraded by the dissolved air absorbed in the Open Tank and extracted in the vacuum vessel. However, this does not appear to be the case, and the vacuum pump currently turns on every ten minutes or so, but only for a few seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wetted surfaces of this system are mainly PVC and Polyethylene for the valves, tubing and vessels, plus brass fittings, and the copper cooling tubes, and the stainless steel surfaces of the heat exchanger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A silver strip in the water reservoir serves as a biocide, but it has not been investigated how effective it really is, so the water should probably be replaced regularly. There is also the worry of corrosion due to the deionized water, so some regular check of the brass fittings and copper pipes should be performed. Any obstruction of the plumbing should be visible in the read back flows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start ==&lt;br /&gt;
This assumes all water lines are connected, and both the blue water tank and the chiller are filled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Begin running ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PWBmainOpen.jpg|thumb|Cooling system main valve open]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Close vent valve and main valve (3-way valve in T position)&lt;br /&gt;
# Switch on control box with power switch in the front&lt;br /&gt;
# confirm the raspberry pi (cc00) is reachable from the network&lt;br /&gt;
# start the Midas frontend (assuming everything is set up)&lt;br /&gt;
# on the Cooling custom page check the *PID enable* box&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacuum pump should now be running and the pressure in the vessel should drop. Wait for it to turn back off, once the pressure drops below the setpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
# Open main valve, i.e. vertical connection open, connection to vent valve closed&lt;br /&gt;
# water should start flowing through the PWB cooling system and coming back through the clear pipe connected to the vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
# check there is somewhat balanced flow through all 8 loops&lt;br /&gt;
# if there is not, close the individual manual valves on the manifold and open one at a time, cycling through all 8 lines, to make sure all lines are filled with water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Drain system ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PWBmainVent.jpg|thumb|Cooling system main valve to vent valve]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# from normal operation, i.e. vacuum pump and water pump running&lt;br /&gt;
# switch main valve to upside down T position &lt;br /&gt;
# open vent valve&lt;br /&gt;
# air should now enter the system, draining all water from the TPC pipes into the vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
# water pump will drain the vacuum vessel into supply tank, turn off PID control before the vessel is completely empty to avoid air in the water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
The water system is temperamental, and not intuitive at all. Common problems and solution attempts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; water pump very loud, doesn&#039;t appear to pump water&lt;br /&gt;
: most likely air in the water pump. Open the vent of the vacuum vessel to allow water to enter pump by gravity alone, pump should stop screaming and start pumping. Close vent.&lt;br /&gt;
; vacuum pump comes on often (more then every 10-20 min)&lt;br /&gt;
: probably an air leak in the system. Check for bubbles and try to find leak.&lt;br /&gt;
; water level/flow/vacuum oscillate between extreme values&lt;br /&gt;
: unclear, try playing with PID settings, throttle valve, possibly orange ball valves by the water pump.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Air Cooling =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes the cooling system for the BSC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dry air flow in the BSC sleeve aims at reducing the risk of condensation due to the temperature gradient caused by the hotter PWB.&lt;br /&gt;
The constant flow has also affords a minimal control over the overall temperature of the BSC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dry cold air in the SiPM enclosure is intended to set a fixed temperature for the SiPM operation and to cool &#039;Analog Sum Discriminator&#039; modules or &#039;ASD&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aircooling.svg|Schematic view of the distribution of cold air to the SiPM and the BSC sleeve.|292x523px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Air cooling scheme mediated by heat exchangers, fueled by the water chiller is shown below.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aircooling2.svg|Schematic view of the cooling circuit at the service rack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the circuit to cool the SiPM is going to be replaced in 2021 by &#039;Vortex cooler&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Power distribution =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section covers the different voltages and power requirements for the operation of the rTPC. This includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# High Voltage for the rTPC electron drift and amplification operation&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Anode wire frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provision of power to the different components of the detector is distributed from the top end plate of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice12.png|507x354px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965261&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684500&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684892&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== High Voltage for the rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three main components of the rTPC require High Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Main cathode wall (Negative ~5KV)&lt;br /&gt;
* Field wires (Negative ~ few hundred volts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Anode wires (Positive ~3.2KV )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These voltages are provided by a Quad High Voltage unit from CAEN. Three independent cables will be fed to the top of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High Voltage provision to the bottom endplate HV ring is taken from the central cathode near the bottom endplate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Field wire voltage is connected to all the field wire crimp-pins through a dedicated socket chain inserted on each of the crimp-pin on the top and bottom endplates. The field wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK20&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK21&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK22&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The High Voltage for the anode wires is delivered to the Anode Wire Card (AWC) which will distribute it to its 16 wires, Figure 11. There are 16 AWC cards covering each end of the anode wires. All the top and bottom 32 AWC are connected serially. The anode wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The anode wires pre-amplifiers boards (AWB) are sitting on the top of the Anode Wire Card (AWC) Figure 10. As the wire is powered by the HV, each anode wire has a high Voltage decoupling capacitor to isolate the pre-amp stage from the HV. This circuit resides on the AWC. The AWB will see the AC coupled anode signal only. With a new design of the AWC Figure 12, the decoupling capacitors are potted in epoxy to ensure proper isolation of the HV toward the surrounding circuit as well to prevent corona discharge due to relative humidity of the surrounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice13.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684196&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684501&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684893&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice14.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684198&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684502&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684894&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice15.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684370&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684503&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684895&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Anode wire frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AWB pre-amp board requires 2 voltages (+5V, -5V) which are fed through dedicated cable connections to each of the AWB. There are 16 AWB per end of the rTPC, therefore, 16 individual cable bundle will be reaching the top and another 16 the bottom of the rTPC. The cable bundle is to also provide the power return lines to the Power Supply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PL508 Low Voltage power Supply from Wiener will provide the main power source for all the 32 pre-amplifiers. A dedicated connection breakout board with current monitoring capability splits the source power to the 2 x 16 necessary connections to the Anode wire boards. Based on a RaspeberryPi card, a 16 power distribution board is already implemented for the prototype. This board has extra 4 channels of temperature monitoring which can be used later on. In the same process we produce a similar board for 16 channel of NTC, RTC temperature monitoring. They will be used for overall detector and cooling system monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Anode Pre-amp&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice16.jpg|239x363px]] [[File:imageservice17.png|239x363px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965262&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684504&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684896&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Anode wire pre-amplifier voltage distribution scheme, the Barrel Scintillators will require several low voltages for power and control. The Barrel Scintillator Boards (BSB) are mounted on both ends of the Scintillator bar with the same segmentation as the Anode wires i.e.: 16 BSB per end. The design of the electronic chain for the barrel scintillator is not fully designed yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SiPM sensors require a bias voltage of the order of 28V. This voltage will be provided through the same mean as the low voltage power. Expected threshold voltage for the local signal level discriminator is also foreseen.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564363&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cathode pads electronics mounted on the external cylinder surface is composed of the analog frontend and the digital conversion electronics. Two voltages are required (+5.3V, +2.3V). The delivery is done through dedicated “power bar” running the full length of the rTPC. A set of 3 bars covers the 8 axial cathode pad electronics boards. 8 of them cover the circumference of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+2.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Padwing board&lt;br /&gt;
| 10W (1.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 2W (0.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the low power supplies are provided by a PL508-3U with 8 modules of either single or dual channels from Wiener.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice18.png|469x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684505&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684897&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564365&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding scheme challenge in this setup is the far distance between the 2 end of the rTPC (2.3m) and the lack of accessibility to the bottom of the detector. The proposal is to use a Copper sheet mounted on the inner surface of the inner cylinder. This ground path will connect the 2 endplates to the High Voltage return. All the pre-amps will merge their ground to this central ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional ground lugs have been included in the Anode wire pre-amplifier boards to strengthen the ground as each anode wire is readout out from both end. This may be used once the full detector is assembled to address possible ground loop issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684506&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;[[File:imageservice19.png|439x409px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Safety and Hazard considerations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gas ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ar and CO2 do not require special health safety system. The detector will be operated in the ventilated hall of the AD building at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow, detector gas pressure, and gas inlet temperature are constantly monitored and can trigger adequate response for shutdown or closure of the gas system for safety purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooling water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water cooling system operates in negative pressure mode preventing any water leak to flood the detector outer surface. In addition water flow and inlet/outlet temperature are constantly monitored to allow fast response to off range parameter in order to shut down the electronics. The cooling water system requires a primary cooling tap water loop from the AD building. Water quality, water flow and water temperature are not under our responsibility. This aspect will be dealt during the initial phase of the rTPC commissioning at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All electronics voltages are below 48V. No special safety circuits are envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high-voltage circuit is fully protected outside the detector. The access to the high-voltage on the detector is restricted to the two end-plates. Interlock scheme will be put in place to ensure the shutdown of the HV in case of manual access to the detector itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LV (Low Voltage) power units are also interlocked to prevent false powering sequence which can damage the downstream electronics modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice20.png|571x411px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684507&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684899&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Cooling_page.png&amp;diff=868</id>
		<title>File:Cooling page.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Cooling_page.png&amp;diff=868"/>
		<updated>2021-11-10T00:28:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Custom MIDAS page for the PWB cooling system&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Equipment&amp;diff=785</id>
		<title>Equipment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Equipment&amp;diff=785"/>
		<updated>2021-07-30T08:51:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: Added chiller manual&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= UPS - Tripp-Lite - Model SUINT1500LCD2U =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SmartOnline 208/230V 1.5kVA 1.35kW Double-Conversion UPS, 2U, Extended Run, no(SNMP Card Option), LCD, USB, DB9, ENERGY STAR&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:UPS-TRIPP LITE-SUINT1500LCD2U.pdf|thumb|UPS-Tripp-Lite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= PL512 - WIENER - Low Voltage Power unit =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cable plug STAK3N with the locking retainer STASI3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hirschmann connector: https://sc2.premierfarnell.com/sc/product.aspx?productid=1176412&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:Manual_PL512_PL506_00679_A4.pdf|thumb|LV-PL512]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= R1471 - CAEN - High Voltage Power Supply =&lt;br /&gt;
4 channels 0..8KV 3mA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:R14xx_rev7.pdf|thumb|HV-R1470]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= MV2 - Metrolab - 3-axis Hall device =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:MagVector-MV2-Datasheet-v1.1.pdf|thumb|MV2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= ETH002 - 2 x 16A ethernet relay =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.robot-electronics.co.uk/eth002-16amp-2-channel-ethernet-relay.html Online Documentation]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Eth002.pdf|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Quantel Laser power supply ICE450 and Laser system Ultra =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Brio_ICE450_Power_Supply_Manual.pdf|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Full Laser System Short Manual.pdf|thumb|Full Laser System Short Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:LaserSpecs.pdf|thumb|Laser Specifications]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= ThermoFisher ThermoChill III chiller =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Thermochill 3 Manual.pdf|thumb|Thermochill 3 Manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Thermochill_3_Manual.pdf&amp;diff=784</id>
		<title>File:Thermochill 3 Manual.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Thermochill_3_Manual.pdf&amp;diff=784"/>
		<updated>2021-07-30T08:51:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Manual for the ThermoFisher ThermoChill III chiller&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=528</id>
		<title>Detector Calibration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=528"/>
		<updated>2019-09-04T19:24:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Specifications */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167186|Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production. 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167187|Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167188|Figure 3 - Optical head assembly to be mounted on the endplate 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167189|Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854563|Figure 5 - Pulse height vs pad row from prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854564|Figure 6 - Laser shutter positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854565|Figure 7 - Interlock cabling]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854566|Figure 8 - MIDAS laser page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854567|Figure 9 - Laser trigger setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167190|Figure 10 - UBC setup for laser test]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167191|Figure 11 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167192|Figure 12 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167193|Figure 13 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purpose =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calibration system for the ALPHA-g rTPC is to provide a reference measurement of the electron drift direction and speed for a known configuration. These parameters are subject to environmental changes (pressure, temperature, gas mixture) as well as external drift voltage and magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparing to a reference measurement, a consistent number of primary electrons at a defined geometrical location are required. Two methods have been considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alpha source (Am241) mounted on the central cathode surface. This technique is well understood and working well in particular for a long drift detector. The emission rate from the calibration source can be adjusted but cannot be controlled. In our case, the impact of the calibration event rate on the overall physics trigger rates is to be considered as once the source are installed, the emission cannot be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
* Laser beam striking aluminized surface on the central cathode to achieve electron emission. This technique has been used for the T2K TPC detector with success. The work function of the aluminum being lower than the one of copper, an increase of electron emission from the aluminum will be distinguishable relative to the copper. In our case cathode surface is copper with aluminum strips at known locations. Therefore it is possible to “image” the aluminum positions from the emitted drifting electrons to the anodes. The intended laser wavelength is to be the same as in T2K (Nd:YAG frequency-quadrupled to 266nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser method with its external trigger capability and better defined electron emission has been deemed the preferred solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://daq.triumf.ca/elog-alphag/alphag/170217_115329/LaserTests.pdf Elog entry and pdf document]: Laser test results by Lars Martin&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Brio ICE450 Power Supply Manual.pdf|ICE450 power supply serial communication manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Full Laser System Short Manual.pdf|thumb|Full Laser System Short Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:LaserSpecs.pdf|thumb|Laser Specifications]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Concept =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top and bottom endplates have provisions for inserting the necessary optic module to deliver a laser plane intersecting the inner cathode cylinder. The initial laser beam in the order of 0.5mm in diameter is converted into a plane through a transparent cylindrical quartz rod of 5mm diameter within the detector volume. The plane has an aperture angle in the order of 90deg illuminating both sides of the drift path. Aluminum strips on pre-defined locations along the inner cathode will emit electrons when struck by the 266nm laser light. Using a triggered pulse laser source, the electron arrival on the anode wire and the induced charge on the cathode pads along the anode wire will provide the timing and Z position of the intersection point of the aluminum strip and the laser plane. The light plane is slightly rotated and tilted off the z-axis in order separate the Al strip electron cloud from reaching all the same wires. For the given rotation and tilt angles (45deg, 1deg) we have spaced the Al strips such that 2 anode wires will be separating the 2 electron clouds of two consecutive Al strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec2.png|546x138px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref450313614&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167186&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mechanical design =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanical modification to the endplate for the laser calibration option is minimal. They consist in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Placing 2 laser access holes in each endplate, giving us the option to feed 4 laser optic modules to the rTPC, see Figure 3. The advantage of multiple access points is to better cover the whole drift volume and to illuminate both ends of the detector with similar incident angles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional 9 Aluminum strips of 6mm width wrapped around the inner cylinder at 9 locations see Figure 7. Table 1 list the position of the 9 strips, the final column shows the phi coordinate at which the laser light hits the given strip for one possible set of geometric parameters of the optics package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Strip number&lt;br /&gt;
! Nominal z [mm]&lt;br /&gt;
! Laser phi in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| -1060&lt;br /&gt;
| -17.647&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| -795&lt;br /&gt;
| -7.450&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| -530&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.447&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
| -265&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.225&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| 13.328&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5&lt;br /&gt;
| 265&lt;br /&gt;
| 18.978&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6&lt;br /&gt;
| 530&lt;br /&gt;
| 24.310&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7&lt;br /&gt;
| 795&lt;br /&gt;
| 29.412&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
| 1060&lt;br /&gt;
| 34.348&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026846&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026835&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Table 1 - Al strip position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec3.png|576x268px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167187&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec4.jpeg|305x229px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec5.jpeg|207x155px]][[File:imagec6.jpeg|210x157px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec7.png|416x318px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479591070&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167189&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser Pulsed beam&lt;br /&gt;
| 0..100Hz triggerable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Wavelength&lt;br /&gt;
| 266 nm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power&lt;br /&gt;
| 2uW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pulse Energy&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6mJ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pulse Width&lt;br /&gt;
| 8.8ns&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Near Field Beam Diameter&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.7mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Divergence at 86.5%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.8mrad&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip width&lt;br /&gt;
| 6mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip length&lt;br /&gt;
| Full circumference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip pitch in the z-direction&lt;br /&gt;
| 265mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
| 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aperture angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 90 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tilt angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Rotation angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 45 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tests of the laser calibration system using the prototype show a clear pattern of the Al strips. Analysis of the pattern reproduces the strip position with good accuracy. Despite the strip pitch in the prototype being much tighter at 40mm instead of 265mm the peaks are very clearly separated in the z-pads. The amplitude variation between peaks is due to the laser intensity distribution which has not been investigated in detail. It is not a high priority because the laser system is not meant for pulse height calibration, but rather for time and position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec8.png|550x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783653&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854563&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - Pulse height vs pad row from prototype&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser plane is not inclined in the prototype, so a separation on the anode wires is impossible. The wider spacing for the final detector was chosen to allow for a good separation in the anodes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above the laser intensity distribution is not well understood yet, but we are confident we can illuminate the 4-5 strips closest to each laser port. The combination of shallow incidence angle and low geometric efficiency makes it questionable whether enough light can reach the far end of the TPC. It may be possible to increase the laser intensity to reach further strips at the expense of saturating the signals in the intensity maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Physical safety measures and Interlock ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser is equipped with a physical shutter, that prevents laser light from coming out even if the laser is firing. &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the shutter is closed before disconnecting fiber. Ensure it&#039;s open when trying to operate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter closed.png|thumb|Physical shutter closed, laser is safe]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter open.png|thumb|Physical shutter open, laser can operate]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783654&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854564&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Laser shutter positions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interlock ensures the laser is enclosed before operating. In order to satisfy it the fiber cover has to be screwed on and the entire enclosing box has to be screwed down.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143307.jpg|thumb|Interlock cover: Unscrew before being able to switch fiber]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143313 HDR.jpg|thumb|Interlock connector: BNC cable connects to Interlock In on laser power supply ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783655&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854565&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Interlock cabling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manual operation / Switching on ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser gets turned on with the key at the front of the power supply unit. After turning on it may take a while (~5min) to warm up the cooling water (interlock message is displayed on the handheld control unit). Other interlock messages indicate something is wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system is started up it can be operated from the handheld control unit, by pressing first the flash start, then after a mandatory waiting period the QS start buttons. This manual operatio should not be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Midas operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Midas laser page mirrors the important parts of the manual control. In order to use it the feLaser frontend must be running. To start firing the laser, press the &amp;quot;Start flash lamp&amp;quot; button, then wait until the status line shows &amp;quot;flash&amp;quot;, then press &amp;quot;Start Q-Switch&amp;quot;. Pausing the laser briefly can be done by just stopping the Q-Switch, for longer breaks turn off the flash lamp. (Turning off the flash lamp automatically turns off the Q-Switch, so there is no need to turn it off manually.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot from 2018-11-08 14-55-42.png|thumb|Midas laser page: operate laser by starting flash lamp, then QS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783656&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854566&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 - MIDAS laser page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trigger setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser outputs a positive 5V TTL signal of a considerable length, while the Alpha16 NIM trigger requires an inverted NIM-type signal, i.e. +500mV or so, nanoseconds to tens of nanoseconds in length. We found that the TTL-NIM converter actually only inverts the TTL signal (when switched to COMPL), without changing the length, while a simple NIM discriminator only works on a negative analog signal, not the positive TTL. So the TTL gets inverted by the TTL-NIM, that inverted signal then goes into a discriminator, creating a short NIM-like pulse. Using the complement output gives us the positive instead of negative pulse. (DC offsets should not affect these electronics too much.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A previous attempt resulted in cryptic error messages from the laser, as apparently the discriminator fed some sort of signal back into the laser QS-out. This arrangement seems to avoid that.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser trigger.svg|thumb|Trigger conversion setup, with approximate signal shapes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783657&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854567&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 9 - Laser trigger setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Problem !! Possible solution&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| feLaser doesn&#039;t start || Check messages if both ICE450 and MVAT were found, if not check USB-serial connections&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  || If everything seems connected, on the handheld control unit, navigate to &#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039; and switch &#039;&#039;Serial Link&#039;&#039; on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BNC interlock || Make sure laser enclosure and fiber cover are screwed down correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser shows &#039;&#039;PSU error&#039;&#039; || Disconnect cable from QS out, if error goes away, re-think/re-build trigger system&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other interlocks / errors || Refer to manual [[File:Brio ICE450 Power Supply Manual.pdf|manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ doesn&#039;t trigger || Confirm NIM mask is correct in ODB, and &#039;&#039;TrigEsataNimGrandOr&#039;&#039; is selected as trigger source [[Daq#NIM_trigger_from_ADC_front_panel|(DAQ manual)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ shows low rate || Try adjusting pulse width on discriminator&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ shows double rate (100Hz instead of 50Hz) || Try increasing threshold on discriminator&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= &#039;&#039;Appendix I – Bench tests&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reproduce the T2K laser calibration configuration in the Alpha-g rTPC, it would require shining the laser normal to the inner cathode surface. While the drift region is about 1m long for T2K, it is about 5cm in the Alpha-g. In addition the outer surface of the rTPC is fully occupied with the cathode pad readout electronics boards preventing any acceptable insertion of laser light direction normal to the tangent of its surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining possible solution for the Alpha-g laser calibration is to shine the laser from its endplates. There the space is also quite restricted but available. In this configuration see Figure 1, the incident light angle varies from about 45 deg to less than 1deg due to the rTPC geometrical proportions. The electron emission efficiency at these incident angles varies substantially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The shallow angle of the laser light on the central cathode cylinder is a concern for the electron emission efficiency. In order to quantify the parameter for the laser source specification, we have gone through multiple tests at UBC where a vacuum chamber with a 266nm laser was available. A dedicated mounting setup within the vacuum chamber permitted to rotate a plane holding our material sample, see Figure 2. The setup consisted in a double plate “capacitor-like” configuration, with one of the electrodes holding the sample and the other collecting the emitted electrons, see Figure 3. The signal was then collected through a dedicated DAQ for signal charge analysis versus incident angle on different material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec9.png|394x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322156&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167190&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 10 - UBC setup for laser test&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec10.png|298x223px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec11.png|464x347px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322142&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167191&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 11 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aluminum and copper have different “work function” values. The results from T2K showed electron extraction from the aluminum to be about 2 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; while for copper around 0.03 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This ratio of 70 provides the necessary contrast for strip localization and therefore local drift time calibration. Similar tests at UBC were set up to possibly confirm these numbers. In addition the work function values found in literature fluctuate sufficiently that the selected materials may overlap with a 266nm wavelength. Therefore we added to our test the target composition (Al, Cu, C) as a variable to see if a better suited material can be identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Alpha-g case, the laser incident angle is grazing the cathode surface. Hence we included in the incident angle of the laser beam on target as a variable as well (see. Figure 4). Our tests did not reproduce the T2K results. That ratio of collected electron to the estimated number of photons on target versus the photon (laser beam) incident angle is not as large as seen in T2K at normal incidence. But we did expect to see a large variation of electron emission as we move away of a normal incidence. A proposed method to recover those “missing” electron due to the grazing incident angle, was to “scratch” the surface of the target (aluminum) to have some normal area to the incident laser light (note that 90deg incident angle is normal to the surface). This is visible with the “Al scratched 2” plot (the Alpha-g incident angle range is between 0.5 and 45deg). The effect of the scratching does increase the emission at grazing angle quite substantially, which is what we were looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately it was not possible to get reasonable values comparing different target materials. It remains unclear why this is the case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material options for strip/cathode combinations were aluminum on copper or aluminum on carbon loaded Kapton. Both cathode materials are suitable for the rTPC. In light of the prototype results shown above it was decided to stick with the copper cathode and scratched aluminum strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wavelength 266nm, Photon energy: 4.66 eV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Material&lt;br /&gt;
! Work function (eV)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cu&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.53 – 5.10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Al&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.06 – 4.26&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| C&lt;br /&gt;
| ~5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec12.png|270x197px]][[File:imagec13.png|280x201px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479691369&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167192&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 12 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec14.png|465x342px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322103&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167193&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 13 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=527</id>
		<title>Detector Calibration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=527"/>
		<updated>2019-09-04T19:20:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167186|Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production. 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167187|Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167188|Figure 3 - Optical head assembly to be mounted on the endplate 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167189|Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854563|Figure 5 - Pulse height vs pad row from prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854564|Figure 6 - Laser shutter positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854565|Figure 7 - Interlock cabling]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854566|Figure 8 - MIDAS laser page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854567|Figure 9 - Laser trigger setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167190|Figure 10 - UBC setup for laser test]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167191|Figure 11 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167192|Figure 12 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167193|Figure 13 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purpose =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calibration system for the ALPHA-g rTPC is to provide a reference measurement of the electron drift direction and speed for a known configuration. These parameters are subject to environmental changes (pressure, temperature, gas mixture) as well as external drift voltage and magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparing to a reference measurement, a consistent number of primary electrons at a defined geometrical location are required. Two methods have been considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alpha source (Am241) mounted on the central cathode surface. This technique is well understood and working well in particular for a long drift detector. The emission rate from the calibration source can be adjusted but cannot be controlled. In our case, the impact of the calibration event rate on the overall physics trigger rates is to be considered as once the source are installed, the emission cannot be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
* Laser beam striking aluminized surface on the central cathode to achieve electron emission. This technique has been used for the T2K TPC detector with success. The work function of the aluminum being lower than the one of copper, an increase of electron emission from the aluminum will be distinguishable relative to the copper. In our case cathode surface is copper with aluminum strips at known locations. Therefore it is possible to “image” the aluminum positions from the emitted drifting electrons to the anodes. The intended laser wavelength is to be the same as in T2K (Nd:YAG frequency-quadrupled to 266nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser method with its external trigger capability and better defined electron emission has been deemed the preferred solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://daq.triumf.ca/elog-alphag/alphag/170217_115329/LaserTests.pdf Elog entry and pdf document]: Laser test results by Lars Martin&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Brio ICE450 Power Supply Manual.pdf|ICE450 power supply serial communication manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Full Laser System Short Manual.pdf|thumb|Full Laser System Short Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:LaserSpecs.pdf|thumb|Laser Specifications]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Concept =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top and bottom endplates have provisions for inserting the necessary optic module to deliver a laser plane intersecting the inner cathode cylinder. The initial laser beam in the order of 0.5mm in diameter is converted into a plane through a transparent cylindrical quartz rod of 5mm diameter within the detector volume. The plane has an aperture angle in the order of 90deg illuminating both sides of the drift path. Aluminum strips on pre-defined locations along the inner cathode will emit electrons when struck by the 266nm laser light. Using a triggered pulse laser source, the electron arrival on the anode wire and the induced charge on the cathode pads along the anode wire will provide the timing and Z position of the intersection point of the aluminum strip and the laser plane. The light plane is slightly rotated and tilted off the z-axis in order separate the Al strip electron cloud from reaching all the same wires. For the given rotation and tilt angles (45deg, 1deg) we have spaced the Al strips such that 2 anode wires will be separating the 2 electron clouds of two consecutive Al strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec2.png|546x138px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref450313614&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167186&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mechanical design =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanical modification to the endplate for the laser calibration option is minimal. They consist in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Placing 2 laser access holes in each endplate, giving us the option to feed 4 laser optic modules to the rTPC, see Figure 3. The advantage of multiple access points is to better cover the whole drift volume and to illuminate both ends of the detector with similar incident angles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional 9 Aluminum strips of 6mm width wrapped around the inner cylinder at 9 locations see Figure 7. Table 1 list the position of the 9 strips, the final column shows the phi coordinate at which the laser light hits the given strip for one possible set of geometric parameters of the optics package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Strip number&lt;br /&gt;
! Nominal z [mm]&lt;br /&gt;
! Laser phi in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| -1060&lt;br /&gt;
| -17.647&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| -795&lt;br /&gt;
| -7.450&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| -530&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.447&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
| -265&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.225&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| 13.328&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5&lt;br /&gt;
| 265&lt;br /&gt;
| 18.978&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6&lt;br /&gt;
| 530&lt;br /&gt;
| 24.310&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7&lt;br /&gt;
| 795&lt;br /&gt;
| 29.412&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
| 1060&lt;br /&gt;
| 34.348&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026846&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026835&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Table 1 - Al strip position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec3.png|576x268px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167187&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec4.jpeg|305x229px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec5.jpeg|207x155px]][[File:imagec6.jpeg|210x157px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec7.png|416x318px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479591070&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167189&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser Pulsed beam&lt;br /&gt;
| 0..100Hz triggerable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Wavelength&lt;br /&gt;
| 266 nm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power&lt;br /&gt;
| 2uW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip width&lt;br /&gt;
| 6mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip length&lt;br /&gt;
| Full circumference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip pitch in the z-direction&lt;br /&gt;
| 265mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
| 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aperture angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 90 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tilt angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Rotation angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 45 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tests of the laser calibration system using the prototype show a clear pattern of the Al strips. Analysis of the pattern reproduces the strip position with good accuracy. Despite the strip pitch in the prototype being much tighter at 40mm instead of 265mm the peaks are very clearly separated in the z-pads. The amplitude variation between peaks is due to the laser intensity distribution which has not been investigated in detail. It is not a high priority because the laser system is not meant for pulse height calibration, but rather for time and position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec8.png|550x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783653&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854563&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - Pulse height vs pad row from prototype&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser plane is not inclined in the prototype, so a separation on the anode wires is impossible. The wider spacing for the final detector was chosen to allow for a good separation in the anodes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above the laser intensity distribution is not well understood yet, but we are confident we can illuminate the 4-5 strips closest to each laser port. The combination of shallow incidence angle and low geometric efficiency makes it questionable whether enough light can reach the far end of the TPC. It may be possible to increase the laser intensity to reach further strips at the expense of saturating the signals in the intensity maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Physical safety measures and Interlock ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser is equipped with a physical shutter, that prevents laser light from coming out even if the laser is firing. &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the shutter is closed before disconnecting fiber. Ensure it&#039;s open when trying to operate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter closed.png|thumb|Physical shutter closed, laser is safe]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter open.png|thumb|Physical shutter open, laser can operate]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783654&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854564&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Laser shutter positions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interlock ensures the laser is enclosed before operating. In order to satisfy it the fiber cover has to be screwed on and the entire enclosing box has to be screwed down.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143307.jpg|thumb|Interlock cover: Unscrew before being able to switch fiber]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143313 HDR.jpg|thumb|Interlock connector: BNC cable connects to Interlock In on laser power supply ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783655&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854565&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Interlock cabling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manual operation / Switching on ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser gets turned on with the key at the front of the power supply unit. After turning on it may take a while (~5min) to warm up the cooling water (interlock message is displayed on the handheld control unit). Other interlock messages indicate something is wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system is started up it can be operated from the handheld control unit, by pressing first the flash start, then after a mandatory waiting period the QS start buttons. This manual operatio should not be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Midas operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Midas laser page mirrors the important parts of the manual control. In order to use it the feLaser frontend must be running. To start firing the laser, press the &amp;quot;Start flash lamp&amp;quot; button, then wait until the status line shows &amp;quot;flash&amp;quot;, then press &amp;quot;Start Q-Switch&amp;quot;. Pausing the laser briefly can be done by just stopping the Q-Switch, for longer breaks turn off the flash lamp. (Turning off the flash lamp automatically turns off the Q-Switch, so there is no need to turn it off manually.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot from 2018-11-08 14-55-42.png|thumb|Midas laser page: operate laser by starting flash lamp, then QS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783656&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854566&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 - MIDAS laser page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trigger setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser outputs a positive 5V TTL signal of a considerable length, while the Alpha16 NIM trigger requires an inverted NIM-type signal, i.e. +500mV or so, nanoseconds to tens of nanoseconds in length. We found that the TTL-NIM converter actually only inverts the TTL signal (when switched to COMPL), without changing the length, while a simple NIM discriminator only works on a negative analog signal, not the positive TTL. So the TTL gets inverted by the TTL-NIM, that inverted signal then goes into a discriminator, creating a short NIM-like pulse. Using the complement output gives us the positive instead of negative pulse. (DC offsets should not affect these electronics too much.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A previous attempt resulted in cryptic error messages from the laser, as apparently the discriminator fed some sort of signal back into the laser QS-out. This arrangement seems to avoid that.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser trigger.svg|thumb|Trigger conversion setup, with approximate signal shapes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783657&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854567&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 9 - Laser trigger setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Problem !! Possible solution&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| feLaser doesn&#039;t start || Check messages if both ICE450 and MVAT were found, if not check USB-serial connections&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  || If everything seems connected, on the handheld control unit, navigate to &#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039; and switch &#039;&#039;Serial Link&#039;&#039; on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BNC interlock || Make sure laser enclosure and fiber cover are screwed down correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser shows &#039;&#039;PSU error&#039;&#039; || Disconnect cable from QS out, if error goes away, re-think/re-build trigger system&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other interlocks / errors || Refer to manual [[File:Brio ICE450 Power Supply Manual.pdf|manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ doesn&#039;t trigger || Confirm NIM mask is correct in ODB, and &#039;&#039;TrigEsataNimGrandOr&#039;&#039; is selected as trigger source [[Daq#NIM_trigger_from_ADC_front_panel|(DAQ manual)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ shows low rate || Try adjusting pulse width on discriminator&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ shows double rate (100Hz instead of 50Hz) || Try increasing threshold on discriminator&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= &#039;&#039;Appendix I – Bench tests&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reproduce the T2K laser calibration configuration in the Alpha-g rTPC, it would require shining the laser normal to the inner cathode surface. While the drift region is about 1m long for T2K, it is about 5cm in the Alpha-g. In addition the outer surface of the rTPC is fully occupied with the cathode pad readout electronics boards preventing any acceptable insertion of laser light direction normal to the tangent of its surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining possible solution for the Alpha-g laser calibration is to shine the laser from its endplates. There the space is also quite restricted but available. In this configuration see Figure 1, the incident light angle varies from about 45 deg to less than 1deg due to the rTPC geometrical proportions. The electron emission efficiency at these incident angles varies substantially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The shallow angle of the laser light on the central cathode cylinder is a concern for the electron emission efficiency. In order to quantify the parameter for the laser source specification, we have gone through multiple tests at UBC where a vacuum chamber with a 266nm laser was available. A dedicated mounting setup within the vacuum chamber permitted to rotate a plane holding our material sample, see Figure 2. The setup consisted in a double plate “capacitor-like” configuration, with one of the electrodes holding the sample and the other collecting the emitted electrons, see Figure 3. The signal was then collected through a dedicated DAQ for signal charge analysis versus incident angle on different material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec9.png|394x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322156&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167190&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 10 - UBC setup for laser test&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec10.png|298x223px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec11.png|464x347px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322142&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167191&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 11 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aluminum and copper have different “work function” values. The results from T2K showed electron extraction from the aluminum to be about 2 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; while for copper around 0.03 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This ratio of 70 provides the necessary contrast for strip localization and therefore local drift time calibration. Similar tests at UBC were set up to possibly confirm these numbers. In addition the work function values found in literature fluctuate sufficiently that the selected materials may overlap with a 266nm wavelength. Therefore we added to our test the target composition (Al, Cu, C) as a variable to see if a better suited material can be identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Alpha-g case, the laser incident angle is grazing the cathode surface. Hence we included in the incident angle of the laser beam on target as a variable as well (see. Figure 4). Our tests did not reproduce the T2K results. That ratio of collected electron to the estimated number of photons on target versus the photon (laser beam) incident angle is not as large as seen in T2K at normal incidence. But we did expect to see a large variation of electron emission as we move away of a normal incidence. A proposed method to recover those “missing” electron due to the grazing incident angle, was to “scratch” the surface of the target (aluminum) to have some normal area to the incident laser light (note that 90deg incident angle is normal to the surface). This is visible with the “Al scratched 2” plot (the Alpha-g incident angle range is between 0.5 and 45deg). The effect of the scratching does increase the emission at grazing angle quite substantially, which is what we were looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately it was not possible to get reasonable values comparing different target materials. It remains unclear why this is the case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material options for strip/cathode combinations were aluminum on copper or aluminum on carbon loaded Kapton. Both cathode materials are suitable for the rTPC. In light of the prototype results shown above it was decided to stick with the copper cathode and scratched aluminum strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wavelength 266nm, Photon energy: 4.66 eV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Material&lt;br /&gt;
! Work function (eV)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cu&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.53 – 5.10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Al&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.06 – 4.26&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| C&lt;br /&gt;
| ~5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec12.png|270x197px]][[File:imagec13.png|280x201px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479691369&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167192&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 12 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec14.png|465x342px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322103&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167193&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 13 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Equipment&amp;diff=526</id>
		<title>Equipment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Equipment&amp;diff=526"/>
		<updated>2019-09-04T19:16:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Quantel Laser power supply ICE450 and Laser system Ultra */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= UPS - Tripp-Lite - Model SUINT1500LCD2U =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SmartOnline 208/230V 1.5kVA 1.35kW Double-Conversion UPS, 2U, Extended Run, no(SNMP Card Option), LCD, USB, DB9, ENERGY STAR&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:UPS-TRIPP LITE-SUINT1500LCD2U.pdf|thumb|UPS-Tripp-Lite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= PL512 - WIENER - Low Voltage Power unit =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cable plug STAK3N with the locking retainer STASI3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hirschmann connector: https://sc2.premierfarnell.com/sc/product.aspx?productid=1176412&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:Manual_PL512_PL506_00679_A4.pdf|thumb|LV-PL512]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= R1471 - CAEN - High Voltage Power Supply =&lt;br /&gt;
4 channels 0..8KV 3mA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:R14xx_rev7.pdf|thumb|HV-R1470]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= MV2 - Metrolab - 3-axis Hall device =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:MagVector-MV2-Datasheet-v1.1.pdf|thumb|MV2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= ETH002 - 2 x 16A ethernet relay =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.robot-electronics.co.uk/eth002-16amp-2-channel-ethernet-relay.html Online Documentation]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Eth002.pdf|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Quantel Laser power supply ICE450 and Laser system Ultra =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Brio_ICE450_Power_Supply_Manual.pdf|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Full Laser System Short Manual.pdf|thumb|Full Laser System Short Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:LaserSpecs.pdf|thumb|Laser Specifications]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:LaserSpecs.pdf&amp;diff=525</id>
		<title>File:LaserSpecs.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:LaserSpecs.pdf&amp;diff=525"/>
		<updated>2019-09-04T19:15:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Measured characteristics of laser system&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Equipment&amp;diff=524</id>
		<title>Equipment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Equipment&amp;diff=524"/>
		<updated>2019-09-04T19:14:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Quantel ICE450 - Laser power supply */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= UPS - Tripp-Lite - Model SUINT1500LCD2U =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SmartOnline 208/230V 1.5kVA 1.35kW Double-Conversion UPS, 2U, Extended Run, no(SNMP Card Option), LCD, USB, DB9, ENERGY STAR&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:UPS-TRIPP LITE-SUINT1500LCD2U.pdf|thumb|UPS-Tripp-Lite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= PL512 - WIENER - Low Voltage Power unit =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cable plug STAK3N with the locking retainer STASI3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hirschmann connector: https://sc2.premierfarnell.com/sc/product.aspx?productid=1176412&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:Manual_PL512_PL506_00679_A4.pdf|thumb|LV-PL512]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= R1471 - CAEN - High Voltage Power Supply =&lt;br /&gt;
4 channels 0..8KV 3mA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:R14xx_rev7.pdf|thumb|HV-R1470]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= MV2 - Metrolab - 3-axis Hall device =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:MagVector-MV2-Datasheet-v1.1.pdf|thumb|MV2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= ETH002 - 2 x 16A ethernet relay =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.robot-electronics.co.uk/eth002-16amp-2-channel-ethernet-relay.html Online Documentation]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Eth002.pdf|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Quantel Laser power supply ICE450 and Laser system Ultra =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Brio_ICE450_Power_Supply_Manual.pdf|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Full Laser System Short Manual.pdf|thumb|Full Laser System Short Manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Full_Laser_System_Short_Manual.pdf&amp;diff=523</id>
		<title>File:Full Laser System Short Manual.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Full_Laser_System_Short_Manual.pdf&amp;diff=523"/>
		<updated>2019-09-04T19:12:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Brief summary manual of the whole power supply + laser head + attenuator system&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Equipment&amp;diff=522</id>
		<title>Equipment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Equipment&amp;diff=522"/>
		<updated>2019-09-04T19:09:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= UPS - Tripp-Lite - Model SUINT1500LCD2U =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SmartOnline 208/230V 1.5kVA 1.35kW Double-Conversion UPS, 2U, Extended Run, no(SNMP Card Option), LCD, USB, DB9, ENERGY STAR&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:UPS-TRIPP LITE-SUINT1500LCD2U.pdf|thumb|UPS-Tripp-Lite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= PL512 - WIENER - Low Voltage Power unit =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cable plug STAK3N with the locking retainer STASI3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hirschmann connector: https://sc2.premierfarnell.com/sc/product.aspx?productid=1176412&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:Manual_PL512_PL506_00679_A4.pdf|thumb|LV-PL512]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= R1471 - CAEN - High Voltage Power Supply =&lt;br /&gt;
4 channels 0..8KV 3mA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:R14xx_rev7.pdf|thumb|HV-R1470]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= MV2 - Metrolab - 3-axis Hall device =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:MagVector-MV2-Datasheet-v1.1.pdf|thumb|MV2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= ETH002 - 2 x 16A ethernet relay =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.robot-electronics.co.uk/eth002-16amp-2-channel-ethernet-relay.html Online Documentation]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Eth002.pdf|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Quantel ICE450 - Laser power supply =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Brio_ICE450_Power_Supply_Manual.pdf|thumb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Daq&amp;diff=516</id>
		<title>Daq</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Daq&amp;diff=516"/>
		<updated>2019-05-05T13:52:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* NIM trigger from ADC front panel */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Links =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* https://alphacpc05.cern.ch/agdaq/ -- midas daq page for the agdaq system at CERN&lt;br /&gt;
* https://daq16.triumf.ca -- midas daq page for the agmini system at TRIUMF&lt;br /&gt;
* https://daq.triumf.ca/elog-alphag/alphag/ -- elog&lt;br /&gt;
* https://daqstore.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php/Main_Page -- this wiki&lt;br /&gt;
* https://bitbucket.org/ttriumfdaq/agdaq - git repository for agdaq&lt;br /&gt;
* https://bitbucket.org/teamalphag/profile/repositories -- git repository on bitbucket&lt;br /&gt;
* https://edev-group.triumf.ca/fw/exp/alphag -- git repository on edev gitlab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Hardware manuals =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[TRG]] - trigger board (GRIF-C) manual&lt;br /&gt;
* CDM - https://daq.triumf.ca/DaqWiki/index.php/VME-CDM -- clock VME-CDM manual&lt;br /&gt;
* ADC - https://daq.triumf.ca/DaqWiki/index.php/VME-GRIF-ADC16-Rev1 -- GRIF-16 ADC manual&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PWB]] - TPC Pad Wing Board manual&lt;br /&gt;
* TDC - https://www.triumf.info/wiki/DAQwiki/index.php/GSI_TRB3&lt;br /&gt;
* [[chronobox]] - chronobox manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Network connections =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The experiment private network number is: 192.168.1.x, gateway 192.168.1.1, netmask 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
network map:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
---- TRIUMF/CERN network --1gige-- alphagdaq --10gige-- juniper switch --1gige-- centrecom switch&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== alphagdaq network connections ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
on the rear of the machine:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-----------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
|   | rj45 | rj45 |         | sfp | sfp |&lt;br /&gt;
-----------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- left rj45 - copper 1gige - eno1 - spare (inactive)&lt;br /&gt;
- right rj45 - copper 1gige - eno2 - dhcp - cern/triumf network&lt;br /&gt;
- left sfp - 10gige - enp1s0f1 - spare (inactive)&lt;br /&gt;
- right sfp - 10gige - enp1s0f0 - static 192.168.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== connections between switches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* alphagdaq to juniper switch: direct attach (DAC) 10gige cable into any port of juniper switch&lt;br /&gt;
* juniper switch to centrecom switch: rj45 sfp in any port of juniper switch - cat5e/cat6 cable - to any port of centrecom switch&lt;br /&gt;
* cat5e/cat6 cable from any port of centrecom switch to the XXX port on the back of the juniper switch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== juniper switch ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
connected to juniper switch front is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* everything that sends event data to alphagdaq, specifically:&lt;br /&gt;
** TRG (rj45 sfp)&lt;br /&gt;
** 16x ADC (fiber sfp)&lt;br /&gt;
** 64x PWB (fiber sfp)&lt;br /&gt;
* 10gige uplink to alphagdaq (10gige DAC cable)&lt;br /&gt;
* 1gige link to centrecom switch (rj45 sfp)&lt;br /&gt;
* 40gige ports are not used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
connected to the juniper switch rear:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CON is the serial console via RJ45-to-DB9 to USB-serial adapter to alphagdaq USB port (9600bps, 8N1, no flow control)&lt;br /&gt;
* C0 is the management ethernet interface port, connect to any port on the centrecom switch (juniper-private will ping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== centrecom switch ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* everything with copper rj45 connections, specifically:&lt;br /&gt;
** CDM boards&lt;br /&gt;
** HV, LV and VME power supplies&lt;br /&gt;
** RaspberryPi3 boards&lt;br /&gt;
** gas handling MFCs (algas)&lt;br /&gt;
** cooling system controller (moxa01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= USB connections =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:&lt;br /&gt;
* alphagdaq has USB2 and USB3 connections. They are not the same, they are not generally interchangeable.&lt;br /&gt;
* USB3 connections and cables are generally blue coloured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
List of USB connections from alphagdaq:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* front USB3 port (blue): USB-A-to-B cable to USB blaster connected to the trigger board (front of rack)&lt;br /&gt;
* rear USB3 port (blue): USB3 short jumper to USB3 hub&lt;br /&gt;
* rear USB2 port (black): USB2 unpowered hub (Logiix) to USB-A-to-B cable to UPS USB connector&lt;br /&gt;
* rear USB2 port (black): USB-to-Serial adaper to DB9 to RJ45 adapter to Juniper switch console port&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: UPS USB connection does not work with alphagdaq USB ports (both usb2 and usb3), but combination&lt;br /&gt;
using the unpowered USB2 hub seems to work ok.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
List of USB connections from the USB hub:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* this is a powered USB3 hub&lt;br /&gt;
* USB-A-to-MicroUSB - to lvdb boards&lt;br /&gt;
* USB-A-to-Wiener interlock cable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Clock and trigger distribution =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Explanation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trigger is generated by the trigger board (aka TRG, aka GRIF-C),&lt;br /&gt;
from the TRG eSATA output through the eSATA splitter it is fed into&lt;br /&gt;
the master CDM. The master CDM outputs the trigger on all MiniSAS output ports.&lt;br /&gt;
One of the master CDM MiniSAS outputs is connected to the CDM slave eSATA input.&lt;br /&gt;
The same as the master CDM, the slave CDM outputs the trigger on all MiniSAS output ports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The master 62.5MHz clock is generated by the master CDM using the internal 10MHz oscillator&lt;br /&gt;
or the external 10MHz AD clock. Also on MiniSAS port 6 the master CDM generates&lt;br /&gt;
the 200MHz clock for the TDC. This clock is frequency-locked to the master 62.5MHz clock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Master CDM clock selection (external CD 10MHz clock or internal oscillator 10MHz clock)&lt;br /&gt;
is done by a magic esper command (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the master CDM, the clock is fed to: the slave CDM, the TRG (via the eSATA splitter)&lt;br /&gt;
and to the TDC (via the RJ45 splitter).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slave CDM sends the clock and the trigger to the ADCs and PWBs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schematic ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
TRG (GRIF-C)&lt;br /&gt;
------------&lt;br /&gt;
eSATA &amp;lt;------&amp;gt; eSATA splitter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
eSATA splitter&lt;br /&gt;
--------------&lt;br /&gt;
trigger ---&amp;gt; eSATA ---&amp;gt; CDM-Master eSATA (trigger signal)&lt;br /&gt;
clock &amp;lt;--- (eSATA --- MiniSAS) &amp;lt;--- CDM MiniSAS (62.5MHz clock)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CDM-Master&lt;br /&gt;
----------&lt;br /&gt;
eSATA &amp;lt;--- eSATA splitter &amp;lt;--- eSATA from TRG (trigger signal)&lt;br /&gt;
MiniSAS 1 --&amp;gt; (MiniSAS --- eSATA) --&amp;gt; CDM-Slave eSATA (62.5 MHz)&lt;br /&gt;
MiniSAS 6 --&amp;gt; (MiniSAS --- eSATA) --&amp;gt; eSATA splitter --&amp;gt; RJ45 --&amp;gt; TDC (200 MHz)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CDM-Slave&lt;br /&gt;
---------&lt;br /&gt;
eSATA &amp;lt;--- trigger and 62.5MHz clock from CDM-Master&lt;br /&gt;
MiniSAS 1 --&amp;gt; ADC trigger and 62.5MHz clock&lt;br /&gt;
MiniSAS 2 --&amp;gt; same&lt;br /&gt;
MiniSAS 3 --&amp;gt; same&lt;br /&gt;
MiniSAS 4 --&amp;gt; same&lt;br /&gt;
MiniSAS 5 --&amp;gt; PWB trigger and 62.5MHz clock&lt;br /&gt;
MiniSAS 6 --&amp;gt; same&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup of CDM boards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALPHA-g uses the Rev3 CDM boards. The 4 CDM boards that belong to ALPHA-g&lt;br /&gt;
have serial numbers 0, 1, 2 and 3 and are labeled cdm00, cdm01, cdm02, cdm03.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the boards can be used as master and slave positions, but have to be&lt;br /&gt;
configured appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Slave setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* install the board&lt;br /&gt;
* connect ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
* connect esata external clock&lt;br /&gt;
* esper-tool cdmNN ### i.e. esper-tool cdm01&lt;br /&gt;
* cd template&lt;br /&gt;
* write current_setup 4&lt;br /&gt;
* cd /cdm&lt;br /&gt;
* read&lt;br /&gt;
* observe clock frequency counters report correct values. &amp;quot;ext_clk&amp;quot; will only count if the lemo jumper is installed (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11    esata_clk        uint32           R                 [62500246]                      &lt;br /&gt;
12    ext_clk          uint32           R                 [62500246]                      &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* cd /lmk&lt;br /&gt;
* read&lt;br /&gt;
* observe both PLL1 and PLL2 are locked: both values should be &amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
144   pll1_ld          uint8            R                 [1]                             &lt;br /&gt;
147   pll2_ld          uint8            R                 [1]                             &lt;br /&gt;
156   ld1_counter      uint32           RW                [3]                             &lt;br /&gt;
157   ld2_counter      uint32           RW                [3]                             &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, check correct operation of the pll lock monitoring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* unplug the esata cable from the master CDM&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;red&amp;quot; light should go off&lt;br /&gt;
* read of lmk should report &amp;quot;pll1_ld&amp;quot; value 0 and &amp;quot;ld1_counter&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;ld2_counter&amp;quot; should increment&lt;br /&gt;
* reconnect the esata cable&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;red&amp;quot; light should return&lt;br /&gt;
* read of lmk should report both pll1_ld and pll2_ld locked (values &amp;quot;1&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Master setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* install the board&lt;br /&gt;
* connect ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
* esper-tool cdmNN ### i.e. esper-tool cdm01&lt;br /&gt;
* cd template&lt;br /&gt;
* write current_setup 3&lt;br /&gt;
* cd /lmk&lt;br /&gt;
* write clkin_sel_mode 0&lt;br /&gt;
* cd /cdm&lt;br /&gt;
* read&lt;br /&gt;
* observe clock frequency counters report correct values. &amp;quot;ext_clk&amp;quot; will only count if the &amp;quot;clock loopback&amp;quot; lemo jumper is installed (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12    ext_clk          uint32           R                 [62500189]                      &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* cd /lmk&lt;br /&gt;
* read&lt;br /&gt;
* observe both PLL1 and PLL2 are locked: both values should be &amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
144   pll1_ld          uint8            R                 [1]                             &lt;br /&gt;
147   pll2_ld          uint8            R                 [1]                             &lt;br /&gt;
156   ld1_counter      uint32           RW                [3]                             &lt;br /&gt;
157   ld2_counter      uint32           RW                [3]                             &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check the 200MHz clock:&lt;br /&gt;
* connect MiniSAS-eSATA splitter cable to MiniSAS output 6, connect eSATA end to CDM eSATA input&lt;br /&gt;
* in esper-tool, read cdm: esata_clk should report 200MHz clock&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11    esata_clk        uint32           R                 [200000603]                     &lt;br /&gt;
12    ext_clk          uint32           R                 [62500188]                      &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Master setup with external 10 MHz clock ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* setup master CDM as above (using internal clock)&lt;br /&gt;
* connect 10MHz external clock to right LEMO #1&lt;br /&gt;
* esper-tool cdmNN&lt;br /&gt;
* cd /cdm&lt;br /&gt;
* write sel_nim 1 # if clock is NIM signal&lt;br /&gt;
* write sel_nim 0 # if clock is TTL signal (i.e. chronobox LEMO output)&lt;br /&gt;
* read ext_clk&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[http://cdm00:/cdm]&amp;gt; read ext_clk&lt;br /&gt;
9999556&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* if ext_clk reads 0 or does not read something close to 10MHz, stop here. debug the signal, try changing sel_nim, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* cd /lmk&lt;br /&gt;
* write clkin_sel_mode 2 # select external clock&lt;br /&gt;
* read&lt;br /&gt;
* observe both PLL1 and PLL2 are locked: both values should be &amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
150   clkin2_sel       bool             R                 [True]                          &lt;br /&gt;
144   pll1_ld          uint8            R                 [1]                             &lt;br /&gt;
147   pll2_ld          uint8            R                 [1]                             &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* on the MIDAS TRG page, observe that TRG measured external clock frequency is close to 62.5 MHz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== clkin_sel_mode positions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 0 = 10MHz internal oscillator (use on master CDM in standalone mode)&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 = eSATA clock (use on slave CDM)&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 = external clock, should be 10MHz (use on master CDM to run from AD clock)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== LEMO connections ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* clock loopback jumper: to read the frequency of the generated 62.5MHz clock, connect LEMO cable from left LEMO #2 to the right LEMO #1&lt;br /&gt;
* 10MHz internal clock jumper: to feed 10MHz internal oscillator to the external clock, connect LEMO cable from right  LEMO #3 to the right LEMO #1.&lt;br /&gt;
* 10MHz external clock: to feed 10MHz external clock, connect LEMO cable to right LEMO #1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= MIDAS frontends =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== UDP ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
feudp receives udp packets from the ADC and PWB boards. For each udp packet 1 midas event is created,&lt;br /&gt;
with 1 data bank containing the udp data. Events are sent into the MIDAS event buffer BUFUDP. The names&lt;br /&gt;
of the data banks are assigned in ODB /eq/feudp/settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ADC,PWB} --&amp;gt; 1gige --&amp;gt; switch --&amp;gt; 10gige --&amp;gt; alphagdaq --&amp;gt; feudp -&amp;gt; BUFUDP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTRL ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fectrl controls all the ADC, PWB and trigger boards. It provides run start and stop sequencing,&lt;br /&gt;
runs the event synchronization sequence at the begin of the run, and records slow controls data (temperatures,&lt;br /&gt;
voltages, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fectrl receives UDP data packets from the trigger board and sends them to the MIDAS event buffer BUFUDP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fectrl receives commands from the control web pages (for ADC, PWB and trigger) to reboot, initialize, etc the boards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fectrl configures the event builder via odb /eq/fectrl/evbconfig.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ADC &amp;lt;-&amp;gt; http esper &amp;lt;-&amp;gt; fectrl -&amp;gt; slow control data into midas history&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PWB &amp;lt;-&amp;gt; http esper &amp;lt;-&amp;gt; fectrl -&amp;gt; slow control data into midas history&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TRG &amp;lt;-&amp;gt; udp comm &amp;lt;-&amp;gt; fectrl -&amp;gt; BUFUDP, slow control and counters into midas history&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fectrl &amp;lt;-&amp;gt; midas rpc &amp;lt;-&amp;gt; mhttpd &amp;lt;-&amp;gt; json rpc &amp;lt;-&amp;gt; control web pages for ADC, PWB and trigger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EVB ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
feevb receives udp packet data from the MIDAS event buffer BUFUDP, inspects the packet timestamps&lt;br /&gt;
and collects the data with matching timestamps into physics events. feevb has provisions to do&lt;br /&gt;
data suppression, reduction and compression in addition to the data reduction done&lt;br /&gt;
in the ADC and PWB firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
feevb event synchronization relies on the event synchronization sequence done by fectrl when a run is started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ADC, PWB, TRG} -&amp;gt; BUFUDP -&amp;gt; feevb -&amp;gt; SYSTEM -&amp;gt; mlogger -&amp;gt; compression -&amp;gt; disk storage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= ODB entries =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== /Equipment/CTRL/Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
* TBW&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== /Equipment/CTRL/Settings/TrigSrc - trigger source selection ==&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigPulser                      - trigger on the pulser&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigEsataNimGrandOr             - trigger on external NIM inputs of GRIF-16 ADC modules&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigAdc16GrandOr                - trigger on any adc16 signals (see adc16_masks)&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigAdc32GrandOr                - trigger on any adc32 signals (see adc32_masks)&lt;br /&gt;
* Trig1ormore                     - trigger on adc16 multiplicity 1 or more&lt;br /&gt;
* Trig2ormore                     - ditto, 2 or more&lt;br /&gt;
* Trig3ormore                     - ditto, 3 or more&lt;br /&gt;
* Trig4ormore                     - ditto, 4 or more&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigAdcGrandOr                  - trigger on any ADC signal&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigAwCoincA                    - trigger on TPC AW coincidence (see [[TRG]] manual)&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigAwCoincB                    - ditto&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigAwCoincC                    - ditto&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigAwCoincD                    - ditto&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigAwCoinc                     - ditto&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigAw1ormore	- trigger on TPC AW per-preamp multiplicity 1 or more (see [[TRG]] manual)&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigAw2ormore	- ditto, 2 or more&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigAw3ormore	- ditto, 3 or more&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigAw4ormore - ditto, 4 or more&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigAwMLU                       - trigger on TPC AW MLU signal (see [[TRG]] manual)&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigBscGrandOr                  - trigger on any BSC signal&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigBscMult                     - trigger on predefined BSC multiplicity (see [[TRG]] manual)&lt;br /&gt;
* TrigCoinc                       - trigger on predefined coincidence of TPC AW, BSC and external signal (see [[TRG]] manual)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== /Equipment/CTRL/Settings/TRG - trigger settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable - if set to &amp;quot;n&amp;quot;, fectrl will not do anything with the trigger board. Normal value &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Modules - hostnames of the trigger board. Normal value &amp;quot;alphat01&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* NimMask - 32-bit mask for the 32x NIM inputs (see TRG manual). Normal value 0, unless external trigger is in use.&lt;br /&gt;
* EsataMask - 32-bit mask for the 32x eSATA signals (see TRG manual). Normal value 0.&lt;br /&gt;
* adc16_mask[16] - 16x 16-bit mask for the 100MHz GRIF-16 onboard ADCs (see TRG manual). Normal value 0xFFFF for all 16 data links.&lt;br /&gt;
* adc32_mask[16] - 16x 32-bit mask for the 62.5MHz FMC-ADC32 ADCs (see TRG manual). Normal value 0xFFFFFFFF for all 16 data links.&lt;br /&gt;
* PassThrough - if set to &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;, trigger is passed through the trigger module without generating any events and without causing deadtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* AwCoincA, B, C and D - 32-bit masks for the aw16 coincidence trigger (see TRG manual)&lt;br /&gt;
* Aw16FromAdc16 - route AW trigger (aw16) from adc16 (100MHz ADCs 0..15)&lt;br /&gt;
* Aw16FromAdc32a - route AW trigger (aw16) from adc32 group 15..0 (62.5MHz FMC-ADC32 in ADCs 0..7)&lt;br /&gt;
* Aw16FromAdc32b - route AW trigger (aw16) from adc32 group 31..16 (62.5MHz FMC-ADC32 in ADCs 8..15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== /Equipment/CTRL/Settings/PWB - PWB settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable - if set to &amp;quot;n&amp;quot;, fectrl will not do anything with PWBs. Normal value &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* enable_boot_user_page - if set to &amp;quot;n&amp;quot;, fectrl will not try to reboot PWBs into the user page firmware. Normal value &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* enable_trigger - if set to &amp;quot;n&amp;quot;, all PWBs will be set to ignore the trigger. Normal value &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* enable_trigger_group_a - field wire pulser defeats the data suppression (every channel has a pulse) resulting in too much data overwhelming the DAQ (lost UDP packets). To permit correct data taking of field wire pulser data, PWBs are split into two groups (a and b), only one of the two groups should be enabled for field wire pulser runs. Both groups should be enabled for normal data taking. Normal value is &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* enable_trigger_group_b - see &amp;quot;enable_trigger_group_a&amp;quot;. Normal value is &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* modules[64] - hostnames of PWB boards&lt;br /&gt;
* boot_user_page[64] - if set to &amp;quot;y&amp;quot; and enable_boot_user_page is &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;, fectrl will reboot the corresponding PWB to the user page firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
* trigger[64] - if set to &amp;quot;y&amp;quot; and enable_trigget is &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;, fectrl will set the PWB to accept the trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
* ch_enable - if set to &amp;quot;n&amp;quot; disables all PWB channels. Normal value is &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* ch_force - is set to &amp;quot;y&amp;quot; disables channel suppression (all PWB channels are read)&lt;br /&gt;
* suppress_reset - if set to &amp;quot;y&amp;quot; enables channel suppression for reset channels (threshold has to be set correctly)&lt;br /&gt;
* suppress_fpn - if set to &amp;quot;y&amp;quot; enables channel suppression for fpn channels (threshold has to be set correctly)&lt;br /&gt;
* suppress_pads -  set to &amp;quot;y&amp;quot; enables channel suppression for TPC pad channels (threshold has to be set correctly)&lt;br /&gt;
* disable_reset1 - data suppression algorithm does not work for the channel &amp;quot;reset1&amp;quot; and it has to be suppressed explicitly by setting this value to &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;. Normal value is &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* baseline_{reset,fpn,pads}[64] - waveform baseline for each PWB position&lt;br /&gt;
* threshold_{reset,fpn,pads} - waveform suppression threshold, see below:&lt;br /&gt;
* ch_threshold - PWB sca_N_ch_threshold, if set to 0, threshold is computed as &amp;quot;baseline_pads[seqpwb]-threshold_pads&amp;quot;. Normal value is 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== /Equipment/CTRL/Settings/TDC - TDC settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable - if set to &amp;quot;n&amp;quot;, fectrl will tell the event builder that the TDC is not running. Normal value is &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Trigger configuration =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These trigger modes are implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
* (manual trigger from web page)&lt;br /&gt;
* software pulser trigger (from fectrl)&lt;br /&gt;
* hardware pulser trigger (from the trigger board)&lt;br /&gt;
* NIM and eSATA trigger from ADC front panel inputs&lt;br /&gt;
* adc16 and adc32 discriminator triggers:&lt;br /&gt;
** adc16 grand-or trigger&lt;br /&gt;
** adc32 grand-or trigger&lt;br /&gt;
** adc (adc16+adc32) grand-or trigger&lt;br /&gt;
** adc16 multiplicity trigger (1ormore, 2ormore, 3ormore, 4ormore) for use with barrel scintillator&lt;br /&gt;
** anode wire multiplicity trigger (1ormore, 2ormore, 3ormore, 4ormore) (anode wire signals can be fed from adc16 or from adc32 signals)&lt;br /&gt;
** anode wire coincidence trigger&lt;br /&gt;
** anode wire MLU (memory lookup) trigger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== NIM trigger from ADC front panel ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trigger path:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
NIM signal --&amp;gt; LEMO input on ADC front panel --&amp;gt; data encoder --&amp;gt; data link to trigger board --&amp;gt; data decoder --&amp;gt; mask --&amp;gt; nim-esata-grand-or --&amp;gt; trigger&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable NIM trigger, do this:&lt;br /&gt;
* connect NIM signal to ADC front panel input&lt;br /&gt;
** Note1: NIM signal must be inverted&lt;br /&gt;
** Note2: LEMO connectors should be set to &amp;quot;NIM input&amp;quot; mode by ADC on-board jumpers (see ADC manual)&lt;br /&gt;
* observe correct bit goes to zero in the TRG web page: data link high work should change:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
0xNF00&#039;0000 (N is the module id) to&lt;br /&gt;
0xN700&#039;0000 (left lemo) or&lt;br /&gt;
0xNB00&#039;0000 (right lemo)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Note3: if data link bits do not change, most likely the LEMO connectors are set to &amp;quot;DAC output&amp;quot; mode. Try to use LEMO inputs of a different ADC.&lt;br /&gt;
* compute the NIM mask: there are 32 bits, 2 bits per ADC data link. Bit 0x1 is right LEMO, bit 0x2 is left LEMO&lt;br /&gt;
* for example, to use left LEMO of ADC data link 12, set nim mask to (0x2)&amp;lt;&amp;lt;(2*12) = 0x02000000&lt;br /&gt;
* development branch of the git repository contains &#039;&#039;scripts/nim_mask.py&#039;&#039;, which can compute forwards and backwards&lt;br /&gt;
* initialize the trigger board (on the TRG web page press button &amp;quot;initialize&amp;quot;), or start a new run&lt;br /&gt;
* on the history plot with &amp;quot;NIM grand or&amp;quot; counter, the rate should change from zero&lt;br /&gt;
* if a run is active, if one of the ADC LEMO outputs is set to output the trigger signal as a NIM pulse, one should see it fire use a scope. The delay or jitter between NIM trigger in and NIM trigger out should be around 100-200 ns (FIXME - measure this!)&lt;br /&gt;
* to set the DAQ to trigger on the NIM signal, on the run start page, check the box &amp;quot;TrigEsataNimGrandOr&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: remember to set the scaledown to 0 if so desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= TPC field wire pulser =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TPC field wire pulser input should be connected directly to the DAC output of adc01 (right lemo connector).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= TDC connections =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SFP8 - fiber SFP to Juniper switch&lt;br /&gt;
* right RJ45 - 200MHz clock&lt;br /&gt;
* left RJ45 - external trigger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= MIDAS Data banks =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ATAT - trigger board UDP packets&lt;br /&gt;
* TRBA - TDC data&lt;br /&gt;
* AAnn - ADC UDP packet before the event builder, &amp;quot;nn&amp;quot; is the ADC module number (1..20)&lt;br /&gt;
* BBxx - obsolete PWB UDP packet&lt;br /&gt;
* Bnnm, Cnnm - ADC UDP packet after the event builder, &amp;quot;nn&amp;quot; is the ADC module number (1..20), &amp;quot;m&amp;quot; is the channel number (0..9,A..F)&lt;br /&gt;
* PAnn, PBnn - PWB UDP packet, &amp;quot;nn&amp;quot; is the PWB module number (00..99)&lt;br /&gt;
* PCnn - PWB UDP packet, &amp;quot;nn&amp;quot; is the PWB module number (00..99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= ZZZ =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ZZZ&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=515</id>
		<title>Detector Calibration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=515"/>
		<updated>2019-05-05T13:37:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Troubleshooting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167186|Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production. 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167187|Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167188|Figure 3 - Optical head assembly to be mounted on the endplate 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167189|Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854563|Figure 5 - Pulse height vs pad row from prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854564|Figure 6 - Laser shutter positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854565|Figure 7 - Interlock cabling]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854566|Figure 8 - MIDAS laser page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854567|Figure 9 - Laser trigger setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167190|Figure 10 - UBC setup for laser test]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167191|Figure 11 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167192|Figure 12 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167193|Figure 13 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purpose =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calibration system for the ALPHA-g rTPC is to provide a reference measurement of the electron drift direction and speed for a known configuration. These parameters are subject to environmental changes (pressure, temperature, gas mixture) as well as external drift voltage and magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparing to a reference measurement, a consistent number of primary electrons at a defined geometrical location are required. Two methods have been considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alpha source (Am241) mounted on the central cathode surface. This technique is well understood and working well in particular for a long drift detector. The emission rate from the calibration source can be adjusted but cannot be controlled. In our case, the impact of the calibration event rate on the overall physics trigger rates is to be considered as once the source are installed, the emission cannot be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
* Laser beam striking aluminized surface on the central cathode to achieve electron emission. This technique has been used for the T2K TPC detector with success. The work function of the aluminum being lower than the one of copper, an increase of electron emission from the aluminum will be distinguishable relative to the copper. In our case cathode surface is copper with aluminum strips at known locations. Therefore it is possible to “image” the aluminum positions from the emitted drifting electrons to the anodes. The intended laser wavelength is to be the same as in T2K (Nd:YAG frequency-quadrupled to 266nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser method with its external trigger capability and better defined electron emission has been deemed the preferred solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://daq.triumf.ca/elog-alphag/alphag/170217_115329/LaserTests.pdf Elog entry and pdf document]: Laser test results by Lars Martin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Concept =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top and bottom endplates have provisions for inserting the necessary optic module to deliver a laser plane intersecting the inner cathode cylinder. The initial laser beam in the order of 0.5mm in diameter is converted into a plane through a transparent cylindrical quartz rod of 5mm diameter within the detector volume. The plane has an aperture angle in the order of 90deg illuminating both sides of the drift path. Aluminum strips on pre-defined locations along the inner cathode will emit electrons when struck by the 266nm laser light. Using a triggered pulse laser source, the electron arrival on the anode wire and the induced charge on the cathode pads along the anode wire will provide the timing and Z position of the intersection point of the aluminum strip and the laser plane. The light plane is slightly rotated and tilted off the z-axis in order separate the Al strip electron cloud from reaching all the same wires. For the given rotation and tilt angles (45deg, 1deg) we have spaced the Al strips such that 2 anode wires will be separating the 2 electron clouds of two consecutive Al strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec2.png|546x138px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref450313614&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167186&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mechanical design =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanical modification to the endplate for the laser calibration option is minimal. They consist in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Placing 2 laser access holes in each endplate, giving us the option to feed 4 laser optic modules to the rTPC, see Figure 3. The advantage of multiple access points is to better cover the whole drift volume and to illuminate both ends of the detector with similar incident angles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional 9 Aluminum strips of 6mm width wrapped around the inner cylinder at 9 locations see Figure 7. Table 1 list the position of the 9 strips, the final column shows the phi coordinate at which the laser light hits the given strip for one possible set of geometric parameters of the optics package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Strip number&lt;br /&gt;
! Nominal z [mm]&lt;br /&gt;
! Laser phi in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| -1060&lt;br /&gt;
| -17.647&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| -795&lt;br /&gt;
| -7.450&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| -530&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.447&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
| -265&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.225&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| 13.328&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5&lt;br /&gt;
| 265&lt;br /&gt;
| 18.978&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6&lt;br /&gt;
| 530&lt;br /&gt;
| 24.310&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7&lt;br /&gt;
| 795&lt;br /&gt;
| 29.412&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
| 1060&lt;br /&gt;
| 34.348&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026846&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026835&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Table 1 - Al strip position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec3.png|576x268px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167187&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec4.jpeg|305x229px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec5.jpeg|207x155px]][[File:imagec6.jpeg|210x157px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec7.png|416x318px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479591070&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167189&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser Pulsed beam&lt;br /&gt;
| 0..100Hz triggerable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Wavelength&lt;br /&gt;
| 266 nm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power&lt;br /&gt;
| 2uW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip width&lt;br /&gt;
| 6mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip length&lt;br /&gt;
| Full circumference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip pitch in the z-direction&lt;br /&gt;
| 265mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
| 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aperture angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 90 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tilt angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Rotation angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 45 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tests of the laser calibration system using the prototype show a clear pattern of the Al strips. Analysis of the pattern reproduces the strip position with good accuracy. Despite the strip pitch in the prototype being much tighter at 40mm instead of 265mm the peaks are very clearly separated in the z-pads. The amplitude variation between peaks is due to the laser intensity distribution which has not been investigated in detail. It is not a high priority because the laser system is not meant for pulse height calibration, but rather for time and position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec8.png|550x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783653&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854563&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - Pulse height vs pad row from prototype&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser plane is not inclined in the prototype, so a separation on the anode wires is impossible. The wider spacing for the final detector was chosen to allow for a good separation in the anodes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above the laser intensity distribution is not well understood yet, but we are confident we can illuminate the 4-5 strips closest to each laser port. The combination of shallow incidence angle and low geometric efficiency makes it questionable whether enough light can reach the far end of the TPC. It may be possible to increase the laser intensity to reach further strips at the expense of saturating the signals in the intensity maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Physical safety measures and Interlock ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser is equipped with a physical shutter, that prevents laser light from coming out even if the laser is firing. &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the shutter is closed before disconnecting fiber. Ensure it&#039;s open when trying to operate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter closed.png|thumb|Physical shutter closed, laser is safe]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter open.png|thumb|Physical shutter open, laser can operate]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783654&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854564&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Laser shutter positions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interlock ensures the laser is enclosed before operating. In order to satisfy it the fiber cover has to be screwed on and the entire enclosing box has to be screwed down.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143307.jpg|thumb|Interlock cover: Unscrew before being able to switch fiber]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143313 HDR.jpg|thumb|Interlock connector: BNC cable connects to Interlock In on laser power supply ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783655&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854565&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Interlock cabling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manual operation / Switching on ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser gets turned on with the key at the front of the power supply unit. After turning on it may take a while (~5min) to warm up the cooling water (interlock message is displayed on the handheld control unit). Other interlock messages indicate something is wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system is started up it can be operated from the handheld control unit, by pressing first the flash start, then after a mandatory waiting period the QS start buttons. This manual operatio should not be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Midas operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Midas laser page mirrors the important parts of the manual control. In order to use it the feLaser frontend must be running. To start firing the laser, press the &amp;quot;Start flash lamp&amp;quot; button, then wait until the status line shows &amp;quot;flash&amp;quot;, then press &amp;quot;Start Q-Switch&amp;quot;. Pausing the laser briefly can be done by just stopping the Q-Switch, for longer breaks turn off the flash lamp. (Turning off the flash lamp automatically turns off the Q-Switch, so there is no need to turn it off manually.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot from 2018-11-08 14-55-42.png|thumb|Midas laser page: operate laser by starting flash lamp, then QS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783656&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854566&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 - MIDAS laser page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trigger setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser outputs a positive 5V TTL signal of a considerable length, while the Alpha16 NIM trigger requires an inverted NIM-type signal, i.e. +500mV or so, nanoseconds to tens of nanoseconds in length. We found that the TTL-NIM converter actually only inverts the TTL signal (when switched to COMPL), without changing the length, while a simple NIM discriminator only works on a negative analog signal, not the positive TTL. So the TTL gets inverted by the TTL-NIM, that inverted signal then goes into a discriminator, creating a short NIM-like pulse. Using the complement output gives us the positive instead of negative pulse. (DC offsets should not affect these electronics too much.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A previous attempt resulted in cryptic error messages from the laser, as apparently the discriminator fed some sort of signal back into the laser QS-out. This arrangement seems to avoid that.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser trigger.svg|thumb|Trigger conversion setup, with approximate signal shapes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783657&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854567&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 9 - Laser trigger setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Problem !! Possible solution&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| feLaser doesn&#039;t start || Check messages if both ICE450 and MVAT were found, if not check USB-serial connections&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  || If everything seems connected, on the handheld control unit, navigate to &#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039; and switch &#039;&#039;Serial Link&#039;&#039; on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BNC interlock || Make sure laser enclosure and fiber cover are screwed down correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser shows &#039;&#039;PSU error&#039;&#039; || Disconnect cable from QS out, if error goes away, re-think/re-build trigger system&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other interlocks / errors || Refer to manual [[File:Brio ICE450 Power Supply Manual.pdf|manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ doesn&#039;t trigger || Confirm NIM mask is correct in ODB, and &#039;&#039;TrigEsataNimGrandOr&#039;&#039; is selected as trigger source [[Daq#NIM_trigger_from_ADC_front_panel|(DAQ manual)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ shows low rate || Try adjusting pulse width on discriminator&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ shows double rate (100Hz instead of 50Hz) || Try increasing threshold on discriminator&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= &#039;&#039;Appendix I – Bench tests&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reproduce the T2K laser calibration configuration in the Alpha-g rTPC, it would require shining the laser normal to the inner cathode surface. While the drift region is about 1m long for T2K, it is about 5cm in the Alpha-g. In addition the outer surface of the rTPC is fully occupied with the cathode pad readout electronics boards preventing any acceptable insertion of laser light direction normal to the tangent of its surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining possible solution for the Alpha-g laser calibration is to shine the laser from its endplates. There the space is also quite restricted but available. In this configuration see Figure 1, the incident light angle varies from about 45 deg to less than 1deg due to the rTPC geometrical proportions. The electron emission efficiency at these incident angles varies substantially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The shallow angle of the laser light on the central cathode cylinder is a concern for the electron emission efficiency. In order to quantify the parameter for the laser source specification, we have gone through multiple tests at UBC where a vacuum chamber with a 266nm laser was available. A dedicated mounting setup within the vacuum chamber permitted to rotate a plane holding our material sample, see Figure 2. The setup consisted in a double plate “capacitor-like” configuration, with one of the electrodes holding the sample and the other collecting the emitted electrons, see Figure 3. The signal was then collected through a dedicated DAQ for signal charge analysis versus incident angle on different material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec9.png|394x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322156&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167190&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 10 - UBC setup for laser test&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec10.png|298x223px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec11.png|464x347px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322142&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167191&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 11 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aluminum and copper have different “work function” values. The results from T2K showed electron extraction from the aluminum to be about 2 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; while for copper around 0.03 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This ratio of 70 provides the necessary contrast for strip localization and therefore local drift time calibration. Similar tests at UBC were set up to possibly confirm these numbers. In addition the work function values found in literature fluctuate sufficiently that the selected materials may overlap with a 266nm wavelength. Therefore we added to our test the target composition (Al, Cu, C) as a variable to see if a better suited material can be identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Alpha-g case, the laser incident angle is grazing the cathode surface. Hence we included in the incident angle of the laser beam on target as a variable as well (see. Figure 4). Our tests did not reproduce the T2K results. That ratio of collected electron to the estimated number of photons on target versus the photon (laser beam) incident angle is not as large as seen in T2K at normal incidence. But we did expect to see a large variation of electron emission as we move away of a normal incidence. A proposed method to recover those “missing” electron due to the grazing incident angle, was to “scratch” the surface of the target (aluminum) to have some normal area to the incident laser light (note that 90deg incident angle is normal to the surface). This is visible with the “Al scratched 2” plot (the Alpha-g incident angle range is between 0.5 and 45deg). The effect of the scratching does increase the emission at grazing angle quite substantially, which is what we were looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately it was not possible to get reasonable values comparing different target materials. It remains unclear why this is the case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material options for strip/cathode combinations were aluminum on copper or aluminum on carbon loaded Kapton. Both cathode materials are suitable for the rTPC. In light of the prototype results shown above it was decided to stick with the copper cathode and scratched aluminum strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wavelength 266nm, Photon energy: 4.66 eV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Material&lt;br /&gt;
! Work function (eV)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cu&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.53 – 5.10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Al&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.06 – 4.26&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| C&lt;br /&gt;
| ~5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec12.png|270x197px]][[File:imagec13.png|280x201px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479691369&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167192&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 12 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec14.png|465x342px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322103&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167193&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 13 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=514</id>
		<title>Detector Calibration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=514"/>
		<updated>2019-05-05T13:36:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: Updated TOF and figure numbers&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167186|Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production. 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167187|Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167188|Figure 3 - Optical head assembly to be mounted on the endplate 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167189|Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854563|Figure 5 - Pulse height vs pad row from prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854564|Figure 6 - Laser shutter positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854565|Figure 7 - Interlock cabling]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854566|Figure 8 - MIDAS laser page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc647854567|Figure 9 - Laser trigger setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167190|Figure 10 - UBC setup for laser test]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167191|Figure 11 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167192|Figure 12 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167193|Figure 13 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purpose =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calibration system for the ALPHA-g rTPC is to provide a reference measurement of the electron drift direction and speed for a known configuration. These parameters are subject to environmental changes (pressure, temperature, gas mixture) as well as external drift voltage and magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparing to a reference measurement, a consistent number of primary electrons at a defined geometrical location are required. Two methods have been considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alpha source (Am241) mounted on the central cathode surface. This technique is well understood and working well in particular for a long drift detector. The emission rate from the calibration source can be adjusted but cannot be controlled. In our case, the impact of the calibration event rate on the overall physics trigger rates is to be considered as once the source are installed, the emission cannot be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
* Laser beam striking aluminized surface on the central cathode to achieve electron emission. This technique has been used for the T2K TPC detector with success. The work function of the aluminum being lower than the one of copper, an increase of electron emission from the aluminum will be distinguishable relative to the copper. In our case cathode surface is copper with aluminum strips at known locations. Therefore it is possible to “image” the aluminum positions from the emitted drifting electrons to the anodes. The intended laser wavelength is to be the same as in T2K (Nd:YAG frequency-quadrupled to 266nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser method with its external trigger capability and better defined electron emission has been deemed the preferred solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://daq.triumf.ca/elog-alphag/alphag/170217_115329/LaserTests.pdf Elog entry and pdf document]: Laser test results by Lars Martin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Concept =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top and bottom endplates have provisions for inserting the necessary optic module to deliver a laser plane intersecting the inner cathode cylinder. The initial laser beam in the order of 0.5mm in diameter is converted into a plane through a transparent cylindrical quartz rod of 5mm diameter within the detector volume. The plane has an aperture angle in the order of 90deg illuminating both sides of the drift path. Aluminum strips on pre-defined locations along the inner cathode will emit electrons when struck by the 266nm laser light. Using a triggered pulse laser source, the electron arrival on the anode wire and the induced charge on the cathode pads along the anode wire will provide the timing and Z position of the intersection point of the aluminum strip and the laser plane. The light plane is slightly rotated and tilted off the z-axis in order separate the Al strip electron cloud from reaching all the same wires. For the given rotation and tilt angles (45deg, 1deg) we have spaced the Al strips such that 2 anode wires will be separating the 2 electron clouds of two consecutive Al strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec2.png|546x138px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref450313614&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167186&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mechanical design =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanical modification to the endplate for the laser calibration option is minimal. They consist in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Placing 2 laser access holes in each endplate, giving us the option to feed 4 laser optic modules to the rTPC, see Figure 3. The advantage of multiple access points is to better cover the whole drift volume and to illuminate both ends of the detector with similar incident angles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional 9 Aluminum strips of 6mm width wrapped around the inner cylinder at 9 locations see Figure 7. Table 1 list the position of the 9 strips, the final column shows the phi coordinate at which the laser light hits the given strip for one possible set of geometric parameters of the optics package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Strip number&lt;br /&gt;
! Nominal z [mm]&lt;br /&gt;
! Laser phi in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| -1060&lt;br /&gt;
| -17.647&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| -795&lt;br /&gt;
| -7.450&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| -530&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.447&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
| -265&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.225&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| 13.328&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5&lt;br /&gt;
| 265&lt;br /&gt;
| 18.978&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6&lt;br /&gt;
| 530&lt;br /&gt;
| 24.310&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7&lt;br /&gt;
| 795&lt;br /&gt;
| 29.412&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
| 1060&lt;br /&gt;
| 34.348&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026846&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026835&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Table 1 - Al strip position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec3.png|576x268px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167187&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec4.jpeg|305x229px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec5.jpeg|207x155px]][[File:imagec6.jpeg|210x157px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec7.png|416x318px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479591070&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167189&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser Pulsed beam&lt;br /&gt;
| 0..100Hz triggerable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Wavelength&lt;br /&gt;
| 266 nm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power&lt;br /&gt;
| 2uW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip width&lt;br /&gt;
| 6mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip length&lt;br /&gt;
| Full circumference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip pitch in the z-direction&lt;br /&gt;
| 265mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
| 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aperture angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 90 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tilt angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Rotation angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 45 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tests of the laser calibration system using the prototype show a clear pattern of the Al strips. Analysis of the pattern reproduces the strip position with good accuracy. Despite the strip pitch in the prototype being much tighter at 40mm instead of 265mm the peaks are very clearly separated in the z-pads. The amplitude variation between peaks is due to the laser intensity distribution which has not been investigated in detail. It is not a high priority because the laser system is not meant for pulse height calibration, but rather for time and position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec8.png|550x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783653&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854563&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - Pulse height vs pad row from prototype&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser plane is not inclined in the prototype, so a separation on the anode wires is impossible. The wider spacing for the final detector was chosen to allow for a good separation in the anodes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above the laser intensity distribution is not well understood yet, but we are confident we can illuminate the 4-5 strips closest to each laser port. The combination of shallow incidence angle and low geometric efficiency makes it questionable whether enough light can reach the far end of the TPC. It may be possible to increase the laser intensity to reach further strips at the expense of saturating the signals in the intensity maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Physical safety measures and Interlock ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser is equipped with a physical shutter, that prevents laser light from coming out even if the laser is firing. &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the shutter is closed before disconnecting fiber. Ensure it&#039;s open when trying to operate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter closed.png|thumb|Physical shutter closed, laser is safe]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter open.png|thumb|Physical shutter open, laser can operate]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783654&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854564&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Laser shutter positions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interlock ensures the laser is enclosed before operating. In order to satisfy it the fiber cover has to be screwed on and the entire enclosing box has to be screwed down.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143307.jpg|thumb|Interlock cover: Unscrew before being able to switch fiber]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143313 HDR.jpg|thumb|Interlock connector: BNC cable connects to Interlock In on laser power supply ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783655&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854565&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Interlock cabling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manual operation / Switching on ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser gets turned on with the key at the front of the power supply unit. After turning on it may take a while (~5min) to warm up the cooling water (interlock message is displayed on the handheld control unit). Other interlock messages indicate something is wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system is started up it can be operated from the handheld control unit, by pressing first the flash start, then after a mandatory waiting period the QS start buttons. This manual operatio should not be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Midas operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Midas laser page mirrors the important parts of the manual control. In order to use it the feLaser frontend must be running. To start firing the laser, press the &amp;quot;Start flash lamp&amp;quot; button, then wait until the status line shows &amp;quot;flash&amp;quot;, then press &amp;quot;Start Q-Switch&amp;quot;. Pausing the laser briefly can be done by just stopping the Q-Switch, for longer breaks turn off the flash lamp. (Turning off the flash lamp automatically turns off the Q-Switch, so there is no need to turn it off manually.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot from 2018-11-08 14-55-42.png|thumb|Midas laser page: operate laser by starting flash lamp, then QS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783656&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854566&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 - MIDAS laser page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trigger setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser outputs a positive 5V TTL signal of a considerable length, while the Alpha16 NIM trigger requires an inverted NIM-type signal, i.e. +500mV or so, nanoseconds to tens of nanoseconds in length. We found that the TTL-NIM converter actually only inverts the TTL signal (when switched to COMPL), without changing the length, while a simple NIM discriminator only works on a negative analog signal, not the positive TTL. So the TTL gets inverted by the TTL-NIM, that inverted signal then goes into a discriminator, creating a short NIM-like pulse. Using the complement output gives us the positive instead of negative pulse. (DC offsets should not affect these electronics too much.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A previous attempt resulted in cryptic error messages from the laser, as apparently the discriminator fed some sort of signal back into the laser QS-out. This arrangement seems to avoid that.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser trigger.svg|thumb|Trigger conversion setup, with approximate signal shapes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref567783657&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc647854567&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 9 - Laser trigger setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Problem !! Possible solution&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| feLaser doesn&#039;t start || Check messages if both ICE450 and MVAT were found, if not check USB-serial connections&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  || If everything seems connected, on the handheld control unit, navigate to &#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039; and switch &#039;&#039;Serial Link&#039;&#039; on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BNC interlock || Make sure laser enclosure and fiber cover are screwed down correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser shows &#039;&#039;PSU error&#039;&#039; || Disconnect cable from QS out, if error goes away, re-think/re-build trigger system&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other interlocks / errors || Refer to manual [[File:Brio ICE450 Power Supply Manual.pdf|manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ doesn&#039;t trigger || Confirm NIM mask is correct in ODB, and &#039;&#039;TrigEsataNimGrandOr&#039;&#039; is selected as trigger source&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ shows low rate || Try adjusting pulse width on discriminator&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ shows double rate (100Hz instead of 50Hz) || Try increasing threshold on discriminator&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= &#039;&#039;Appendix I – Bench tests&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reproduce the T2K laser calibration configuration in the Alpha-g rTPC, it would require shining the laser normal to the inner cathode surface. While the drift region is about 1m long for T2K, it is about 5cm in the Alpha-g. In addition the outer surface of the rTPC is fully occupied with the cathode pad readout electronics boards preventing any acceptable insertion of laser light direction normal to the tangent of its surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining possible solution for the Alpha-g laser calibration is to shine the laser from its endplates. There the space is also quite restricted but available. In this configuration see Figure 1, the incident light angle varies from about 45 deg to less than 1deg due to the rTPC geometrical proportions. The electron emission efficiency at these incident angles varies substantially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The shallow angle of the laser light on the central cathode cylinder is a concern for the electron emission efficiency. In order to quantify the parameter for the laser source specification, we have gone through multiple tests at UBC where a vacuum chamber with a 266nm laser was available. A dedicated mounting setup within the vacuum chamber permitted to rotate a plane holding our material sample, see Figure 2. The setup consisted in a double plate “capacitor-like” configuration, with one of the electrodes holding the sample and the other collecting the emitted electrons, see Figure 3. The signal was then collected through a dedicated DAQ for signal charge analysis versus incident angle on different material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec9.png|394x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322156&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167190&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 10 - UBC setup for laser test&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec10.png|298x223px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec11.png|464x347px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322142&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167191&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 11 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aluminum and copper have different “work function” values. The results from T2K showed electron extraction from the aluminum to be about 2 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; while for copper around 0.03 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This ratio of 70 provides the necessary contrast for strip localization and therefore local drift time calibration. Similar tests at UBC were set up to possibly confirm these numbers. In addition the work function values found in literature fluctuate sufficiently that the selected materials may overlap with a 266nm wavelength. Therefore we added to our test the target composition (Al, Cu, C) as a variable to see if a better suited material can be identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Alpha-g case, the laser incident angle is grazing the cathode surface. Hence we included in the incident angle of the laser beam on target as a variable as well (see. Figure 4). Our tests did not reproduce the T2K results. That ratio of collected electron to the estimated number of photons on target versus the photon (laser beam) incident angle is not as large as seen in T2K at normal incidence. But we did expect to see a large variation of electron emission as we move away of a normal incidence. A proposed method to recover those “missing” electron due to the grazing incident angle, was to “scratch” the surface of the target (aluminum) to have some normal area to the incident laser light (note that 90deg incident angle is normal to the surface). This is visible with the “Al scratched 2” plot (the Alpha-g incident angle range is between 0.5 and 45deg). The effect of the scratching does increase the emission at grazing angle quite substantially, which is what we were looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately it was not possible to get reasonable values comparing different target materials. It remains unclear why this is the case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material options for strip/cathode combinations were aluminum on copper or aluminum on carbon loaded Kapton. Both cathode materials are suitable for the rTPC. In light of the prototype results shown above it was decided to stick with the copper cathode and scratched aluminum strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wavelength 266nm, Photon energy: 4.66 eV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Material&lt;br /&gt;
! Work function (eV)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cu&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.53 – 5.10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Al&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.06 – 4.26&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| C&lt;br /&gt;
| ~5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec12.png|270x197px]][[File:imagec13.png|280x201px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479691369&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167192&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 12 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec14.png|465x342px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322103&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167193&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 13 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=513</id>
		<title>Detector Calibration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=513"/>
		<updated>2019-05-05T13:17:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Troubleshooting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167186|Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production. 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167187|Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167188|Figure 3 - Optical head assembly to be mounted on the endplate 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167189|Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167190|Figure 5 - UBC setup for laser test 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167191|Figure 6 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167192|Figure 7 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167193|Figure 8 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purpose =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calibration system for the ALPHA-g rTPC is to provide a reference measurement of the electron drift direction and speed for a known configuration. These parameters are subject to environmental changes (pressure, temperature, gas mixture) as well as external drift voltage and magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparing to a reference measurement, a consistent number of primary electrons at a defined geometrical location are required. Two methods have been considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alpha source (Am241) mounted on the central cathode surface. This technique is well understood and working well in particular for a long drift detector. The emission rate from the calibration source can be adjusted but cannot be controlled. In our case, the impact of the calibration event rate on the overall physics trigger rates is to be considered as once the source are installed, the emission cannot be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
* Laser beam striking aluminized surface on the central cathode to achieve electron emission. This technique has been used for the T2K TPC detector with success. The work function of the aluminum being lower than the one of copper, an increase of electron emission from the aluminum will be distinguishable relative to the copper. In our case cathode surface is copper with aluminum strips at known locations. Therefore it is possible to “image” the aluminum positions from the emitted drifting electrons to the anodes. The intended laser wavelength is to be the same as in T2K (Nd:YAG frequency-quadrupled to 266nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser method with its external trigger capability and better defined electron emission has been deemed the preferred solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://daq.triumf.ca/elog-alphag/alphag/170217_115329/LaserTests.pdf Elog entry and pdf document]: Laser test results by Lars Martin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Concept =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top and bottom endplates have provisions for inserting the necessary optic module to deliver a laser plane intersecting the inner cathode cylinder. The initial laser beam in the order of 0.5mm in diameter is converted into a plane through a transparent cylindrical quartz rod of 5mm diameter within the detector volume. The plane has an aperture angle in the order of 90deg illuminating both sides of the drift path. Aluminum strips on pre-defined locations along the inner cathode will emit electrons when struck by the 266nm laser light. Using a triggered pulse laser source, the electron arrival on the anode wire and the induced charge on the cathode pads along the anode wire will provide the timing and Z position of the intersection point of the aluminum strip and the laser plane. The light plane is slightly rotated and tilted off the z-axis in order separate the Al strip electron cloud from reaching all the same wires. For the given rotation and tilt angles (45deg, 1deg) we have spaced the Al strips such that 2 anode wires will be separating the 2 electron clouds of two consecutive Al strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec2.png|546x138px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref450313614&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167186&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mechanical design =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanical modification to the endplate for the laser calibration option is minimal. They consist in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Placing 2 laser access holes in each endplate, giving us the option to feed 4 laser optic modules to the rTPC, see Figure 3. The advantage of multiple access points is to better cover the whole drift volume and to illuminate both ends of the detector with similar incident angles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional 9 Aluminum strips of 6mm width wrapped around the inner cylinder at 9 locations see Figure 7. Table 1 list the position of the 9 strips, the final column shows the phi coordinate at which the laser light hits the given strip for one possible set of geometric parameters of the optics package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Strip number&lt;br /&gt;
! Nominal z [mm]&lt;br /&gt;
! Laser phi in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| -1060&lt;br /&gt;
| -17.647&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| -795&lt;br /&gt;
| -7.450&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| -530&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.447&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
| -265&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.225&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| 13.328&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5&lt;br /&gt;
| 265&lt;br /&gt;
| 18.978&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6&lt;br /&gt;
| 530&lt;br /&gt;
| 24.310&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7&lt;br /&gt;
| 795&lt;br /&gt;
| 29.412&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
| 1060&lt;br /&gt;
| 34.348&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026846&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026835&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Table 1 - Al strip position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec3.png|576x268px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167187&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec4.jpeg|305x229px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec5.jpeg|207x155px]][[File:imagec6.jpeg|210x157px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec7.png|416x318px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479591070&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167189&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser Pulsed beam&lt;br /&gt;
| 0..100Hz triggerable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Wavelength&lt;br /&gt;
| 266 nm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power&lt;br /&gt;
| 2uW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip width&lt;br /&gt;
| 6mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip length&lt;br /&gt;
| Full circumference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip pitch in the z-direction&lt;br /&gt;
| 265mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
| 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aperture angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 90 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tilt angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Rotation angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 45 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tests of the laser calibration system using the prototype show a clear pattern of the Al strips. Analysis of the pattern reproduces the strip position with good accuracy. Despite the strip pitch in the prototype being much tighter at 40mm instead of 265mm the peaks are very clearly separated in the z-pads. The amplitude variation between peaks is due to the laser intensity distribution which has not been investigated in detail. It is not a high priority because the laser system is not meant for pulse height calibration, but rather for time and position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec8.png|550x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser plane is not inclined in the prototype, so a separation on the anode wires is impossible. The wider spacing for the final detector was chosen to allow for a good separation in the anodes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above the laser intensity distribution is not well understood yet, but we are confident we can illuminate the 4-5 strips closest to each laser port. The combination of shallow incidence angle and low geometric efficiency makes it questionable whether enough light can reach the far end of the TPC. It may be possible to increase the laser intensity to reach further strips at the expense of saturating the signals in the intensity maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Physical safety measures and Interlock ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser is equipped with a physical shutter, that prevents laser light from coming out even if the laser is firing. &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the shutter is closed before disconnecting fiber. Ensure it&#039;s open when trying to operate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter closed.png|thumb|Physical shutter closed, laser is safe]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter open.png|thumb|Physical shutter open, laser can operate]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interlock ensures the laser is enclosed before operating. In order to satisfy it the fiber cover has to be screwed on and the entire enclosing box has to be screwed down.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143307.jpg|thumb|Interlock cover: Unscrew before being able to switch fiber]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143313 HDR.jpg|thumb|Interlock connector: BNC cable connects to Interlock In on laser power supply ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manual operation / Switching on ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser gets turned on with the key at the front of the power supply unit. After turning on it may take a while (~5min) to warm up the cooling water (interlock message is displayed on the handheld control unit). Other interlock messages indicate something is wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system is started up it can be operated from the handheld control unit, by pressing first the flash start, then after a mandatory waiting period the QS start buttons. This manual operatio should not be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Midas operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Midas laser page mirrors the important parts of the manual control. In order to use it the feLaser frontend must be running. To start firing the laser, press the &amp;quot;Start flash lamp&amp;quot; button, then wait until the status line shows &amp;quot;flash&amp;quot;, then press &amp;quot;Start Q-Switch&amp;quot;. Pausing the laser briefly can be done by just stopping the Q-Switch, for longer breaks turn off the flash lamp. (Turning off the flash lamp automatically turns off the Q-Switch, so there is no need to turn it off manually.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot from 2018-11-08 14-55-42.png|thumb|Midas laser page: operate laser by starting flash lamp, then QS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trigger setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser outputs a positive 5V TTL signal of a considerable length, while the Alpha16 NIM trigger requires an inverted NIM-type signal, i.e. +500mV or so, nanoseconds to tens of nanoseconds in length. We found that the TTL-NIM converter actually only inverts the TTL signal (when switched to COMPL), without changing the length, while a simple NIM discriminator only works on a negative analog signal, not the positive TTL. So the TTL gets inverted by the TTL-NIM, that inverted signal then goes into a discriminator, creating a short NIM-like pulse. Using the complement output gives us the positive instead of negative pulse. (DC offsets should not affect these electronics too much.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A previous attempt resulted in cryptic error messages from the laser, as apparently the discriminator fed some sort of signal back into the laser QS-out. This arrangement seems to avoid that.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser trigger.svg|thumb|Trigger conversion setup, with approximate signal shapes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Problem !! Possible solution&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| feLaser doesn&#039;t start || Check messages if both ICE450 and MVAT were found, if not check USB-serial connections&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  || If everything seems connected, on the handheld control unit, navigate to &#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039; and switch &#039;&#039;Serial Link&#039;&#039; on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BNC interlock || Make sure laser enclosure and fiber cover are screwed down correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser shows &#039;&#039;PSU error&#039;&#039; || Disconnect cable from QS out, if error goes away, re-think/re-build trigger system&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other interlocks / errors || Refer to manual [[File:Brio ICE450 Power Supply Manual.pdf|manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ doesn&#039;t trigger || Confirm NIM mask is correct in ODB, and &#039;&#039;TrigEsataNimGrandOr&#039;&#039; is selected as trigger source&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ shows low rate || Try adjusting pulse width on discriminator&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ shows double rate (100Hz instead of 50Hz) || Try increasing threshold on discriminator&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= &#039;&#039;Appendix I – Bench tests&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reproduce the T2K laser calibration configuration in the Alpha-g rTPC, it would require shining the laser normal to the inner cathode surface. While the drift region is about 1m long for T2K, it is about 5cm in the Alpha-g. In addition the outer surface of the rTPC is fully occupied with the cathode pad readout electronics boards preventing any acceptable insertion of laser light direction normal to the tangent of its surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining possible solution for the Alpha-g laser calibration is to shine the laser from its endplates. There the space is also quite restricted but available. In this configuration see Figure 1, the incident light angle varies from about 45 deg to less than 1deg due to the rTPC geometrical proportions. The electron emission efficiency at these incident angles varies substantially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The shallow angle of the laser light on the central cathode cylinder is a concern for the electron emission efficiency. In order to quantify the parameter for the laser source specification, we have gone through multiple tests at UBC where a vacuum chamber with a 266nm laser was available. A dedicated mounting setup within the vacuum chamber permitted to rotate a plane holding our material sample, see Figure 2. The setup consisted in a double plate “capacitor-like” configuration, with one of the electrodes holding the sample and the other collecting the emitted electrons, see Figure 3. The signal was then collected through a dedicated DAQ for signal charge analysis versus incident angle on different material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec9.png|394x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322156&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167190&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - UBC setup for laser test&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec10.png|298x223px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec11.png|464x347px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322142&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167191&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aluminum and copper have different “work function” values. The results from T2K showed electron extraction from the aluminum to be about 2 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; while for copper around 0.03 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This ratio of 70 provides the necessary contrast for strip localization and therefore local drift time calibration. Similar tests at UBC were set up to possibly confirm these numbers. In addition the work function values found in literature fluctuate sufficiently that the selected materials may overlap with a 266nm wavelength. Therefore we added to our test the target composition (Al, Cu, C) as a variable to see if a better suited material can be identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Alpha-g case, the laser incident angle is grazing the cathode surface. Hence we included in the incident angle of the laser beam on target as a variable as well (see. Figure 4). Our tests did not reproduce the T2K results. That ratio of collected electron to the estimated number of photons on target versus the photon (laser beam) incident angle is not as large as seen in T2K at normal incidence. But we did expect to see a large variation of electron emission as we move away of a normal incidence. A proposed method to recover those “missing” electron due to the grazing incident angle, was to “scratch” the surface of the target (aluminum) to have some normal area to the incident laser light (note that 90deg incident angle is normal to the surface). This is visible with the “Al scratched 2” plot (the Alpha-g incident angle range is between 0.5 and 45deg). The effect of the scratching does increase the emission at grazing angle quite substantially, which is what we were looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately it was not possible to get reasonable values comparing different target materials. It remains unclear why this is the case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material options for strip/cathode combinations were aluminum on copper or aluminum on carbon loaded Kapton. Both cathode materials are suitable for the rTPC. In light of the prototype results shown above it was decided to stick with the copper cathode and scratched aluminum strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wavelength 266nm, Photon energy: 4.66 eV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Material&lt;br /&gt;
! Work function (eV)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cu&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.53 – 5.10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Al&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.06 – 4.26&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| C&lt;br /&gt;
| ~5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec12.png|270x197px]][[File:imagec13.png|280x201px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479691369&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167192&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec14.png|465x342px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322103&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167193&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=512</id>
		<title>Detector Calibration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=512"/>
		<updated>2019-05-05T13:16:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Troubleshooting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167186|Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production. 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167187|Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167188|Figure 3 - Optical head assembly to be mounted on the endplate 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167189|Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167190|Figure 5 - UBC setup for laser test 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167191|Figure 6 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167192|Figure 7 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167193|Figure 8 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purpose =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calibration system for the ALPHA-g rTPC is to provide a reference measurement of the electron drift direction and speed for a known configuration. These parameters are subject to environmental changes (pressure, temperature, gas mixture) as well as external drift voltage and magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparing to a reference measurement, a consistent number of primary electrons at a defined geometrical location are required. Two methods have been considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alpha source (Am241) mounted on the central cathode surface. This technique is well understood and working well in particular for a long drift detector. The emission rate from the calibration source can be adjusted but cannot be controlled. In our case, the impact of the calibration event rate on the overall physics trigger rates is to be considered as once the source are installed, the emission cannot be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
* Laser beam striking aluminized surface on the central cathode to achieve electron emission. This technique has been used for the T2K TPC detector with success. The work function of the aluminum being lower than the one of copper, an increase of electron emission from the aluminum will be distinguishable relative to the copper. In our case cathode surface is copper with aluminum strips at known locations. Therefore it is possible to “image” the aluminum positions from the emitted drifting electrons to the anodes. The intended laser wavelength is to be the same as in T2K (Nd:YAG frequency-quadrupled to 266nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser method with its external trigger capability and better defined electron emission has been deemed the preferred solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://daq.triumf.ca/elog-alphag/alphag/170217_115329/LaserTests.pdf Elog entry and pdf document]: Laser test results by Lars Martin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Concept =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top and bottom endplates have provisions for inserting the necessary optic module to deliver a laser plane intersecting the inner cathode cylinder. The initial laser beam in the order of 0.5mm in diameter is converted into a plane through a transparent cylindrical quartz rod of 5mm diameter within the detector volume. The plane has an aperture angle in the order of 90deg illuminating both sides of the drift path. Aluminum strips on pre-defined locations along the inner cathode will emit electrons when struck by the 266nm laser light. Using a triggered pulse laser source, the electron arrival on the anode wire and the induced charge on the cathode pads along the anode wire will provide the timing and Z position of the intersection point of the aluminum strip and the laser plane. The light plane is slightly rotated and tilted off the z-axis in order separate the Al strip electron cloud from reaching all the same wires. For the given rotation and tilt angles (45deg, 1deg) we have spaced the Al strips such that 2 anode wires will be separating the 2 electron clouds of two consecutive Al strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec2.png|546x138px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref450313614&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167186&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mechanical design =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanical modification to the endplate for the laser calibration option is minimal. They consist in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Placing 2 laser access holes in each endplate, giving us the option to feed 4 laser optic modules to the rTPC, see Figure 3. The advantage of multiple access points is to better cover the whole drift volume and to illuminate both ends of the detector with similar incident angles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional 9 Aluminum strips of 6mm width wrapped around the inner cylinder at 9 locations see Figure 7. Table 1 list the position of the 9 strips, the final column shows the phi coordinate at which the laser light hits the given strip for one possible set of geometric parameters of the optics package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Strip number&lt;br /&gt;
! Nominal z [mm]&lt;br /&gt;
! Laser phi in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| -1060&lt;br /&gt;
| -17.647&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| -795&lt;br /&gt;
| -7.450&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| -530&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.447&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
| -265&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.225&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| 13.328&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5&lt;br /&gt;
| 265&lt;br /&gt;
| 18.978&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6&lt;br /&gt;
| 530&lt;br /&gt;
| 24.310&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7&lt;br /&gt;
| 795&lt;br /&gt;
| 29.412&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
| 1060&lt;br /&gt;
| 34.348&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026846&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026835&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Table 1 - Al strip position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec3.png|576x268px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167187&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec4.jpeg|305x229px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec5.jpeg|207x155px]][[File:imagec6.jpeg|210x157px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec7.png|416x318px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479591070&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167189&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser Pulsed beam&lt;br /&gt;
| 0..100Hz triggerable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Wavelength&lt;br /&gt;
| 266 nm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power&lt;br /&gt;
| 2uW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip width&lt;br /&gt;
| 6mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip length&lt;br /&gt;
| Full circumference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip pitch in the z-direction&lt;br /&gt;
| 265mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
| 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aperture angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 90 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tilt angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Rotation angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 45 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tests of the laser calibration system using the prototype show a clear pattern of the Al strips. Analysis of the pattern reproduces the strip position with good accuracy. Despite the strip pitch in the prototype being much tighter at 40mm instead of 265mm the peaks are very clearly separated in the z-pads. The amplitude variation between peaks is due to the laser intensity distribution which has not been investigated in detail. It is not a high priority because the laser system is not meant for pulse height calibration, but rather for time and position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec8.png|550x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser plane is not inclined in the prototype, so a separation on the anode wires is impossible. The wider spacing for the final detector was chosen to allow for a good separation in the anodes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above the laser intensity distribution is not well understood yet, but we are confident we can illuminate the 4-5 strips closest to each laser port. The combination of shallow incidence angle and low geometric efficiency makes it questionable whether enough light can reach the far end of the TPC. It may be possible to increase the laser intensity to reach further strips at the expense of saturating the signals in the intensity maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Physical safety measures and Interlock ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser is equipped with a physical shutter, that prevents laser light from coming out even if the laser is firing. &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the shutter is closed before disconnecting fiber. Ensure it&#039;s open when trying to operate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter closed.png|thumb|Physical shutter closed, laser is safe]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter open.png|thumb|Physical shutter open, laser can operate]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interlock ensures the laser is enclosed before operating. In order to satisfy it the fiber cover has to be screwed on and the entire enclosing box has to be screwed down.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143307.jpg|thumb|Interlock cover: Unscrew before being able to switch fiber]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143313 HDR.jpg|thumb|Interlock connector: BNC cable connects to Interlock In on laser power supply ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manual operation / Switching on ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser gets turned on with the key at the front of the power supply unit. After turning on it may take a while (~5min) to warm up the cooling water (interlock message is displayed on the handheld control unit). Other interlock messages indicate something is wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system is started up it can be operated from the handheld control unit, by pressing first the flash start, then after a mandatory waiting period the QS start buttons. This manual operatio should not be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Midas operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Midas laser page mirrors the important parts of the manual control. In order to use it the feLaser frontend must be running. To start firing the laser, press the &amp;quot;Start flash lamp&amp;quot; button, then wait until the status line shows &amp;quot;flash&amp;quot;, then press &amp;quot;Start Q-Switch&amp;quot;. Pausing the laser briefly can be done by just stopping the Q-Switch, for longer breaks turn off the flash lamp. (Turning off the flash lamp automatically turns off the Q-Switch, so there is no need to turn it off manually.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot from 2018-11-08 14-55-42.png|thumb|Midas laser page: operate laser by starting flash lamp, then QS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trigger setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser outputs a positive 5V TTL signal of a considerable length, while the Alpha16 NIM trigger requires an inverted NIM-type signal, i.e. +500mV or so, nanoseconds to tens of nanoseconds in length. We found that the TTL-NIM converter actually only inverts the TTL signal (when switched to COMPL), without changing the length, while a simple NIM discriminator only works on a negative analog signal, not the positive TTL. So the TTL gets inverted by the TTL-NIM, that inverted signal then goes into a discriminator, creating a short NIM-like pulse. Using the complement output gives us the positive instead of negative pulse. (DC offsets should not affect these electronics too much.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A previous attempt resulted in cryptic error messages from the laser, as apparently the discriminator fed some sort of signal back into the laser QS-out. This arrangement seems to avoid that.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser trigger.svg|thumb|Trigger conversion setup, with approximate signal shapes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Problem !! Possible solution&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| feLaser doesn&#039;t start || Check messages if both ICE450 and MVAT were found, if not check USB-serial connections&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  || If everything seems connected, on the handheld control unit, navigate to &#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039; and switch &#039;&#039;Serial Link&#039;&#039; on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BNC interlock || Make sure laser enclosure and fiber cover are screwed down correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser shows &#039;&#039;PSU error&#039;&#039; || Disconnect cable from QS out, if error goes away, re-think/re-build trigger system&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other interlocks / errors || Refer to manual [[File:Brio ICE450 Power Supply Manual.pdf|manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ doesn&#039;t trigger || Confirm NIM mask is correct in ODB, and TrigEsataNimGrandOr is selected as trigger source&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ shows low rate || Try adjusting pulse width on discriminator&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ shows double rate (100Hz instead of 50Hz) || Try increasing threshold on discriminator&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= &#039;&#039;Appendix I – Bench tests&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reproduce the T2K laser calibration configuration in the Alpha-g rTPC, it would require shining the laser normal to the inner cathode surface. While the drift region is about 1m long for T2K, it is about 5cm in the Alpha-g. In addition the outer surface of the rTPC is fully occupied with the cathode pad readout electronics boards preventing any acceptable insertion of laser light direction normal to the tangent of its surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining possible solution for the Alpha-g laser calibration is to shine the laser from its endplates. There the space is also quite restricted but available. In this configuration see Figure 1, the incident light angle varies from about 45 deg to less than 1deg due to the rTPC geometrical proportions. The electron emission efficiency at these incident angles varies substantially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The shallow angle of the laser light on the central cathode cylinder is a concern for the electron emission efficiency. In order to quantify the parameter for the laser source specification, we have gone through multiple tests at UBC where a vacuum chamber with a 266nm laser was available. A dedicated mounting setup within the vacuum chamber permitted to rotate a plane holding our material sample, see Figure 2. The setup consisted in a double plate “capacitor-like” configuration, with one of the electrodes holding the sample and the other collecting the emitted electrons, see Figure 3. The signal was then collected through a dedicated DAQ for signal charge analysis versus incident angle on different material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec9.png|394x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322156&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167190&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - UBC setup for laser test&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec10.png|298x223px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec11.png|464x347px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322142&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167191&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aluminum and copper have different “work function” values. The results from T2K showed electron extraction from the aluminum to be about 2 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; while for copper around 0.03 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This ratio of 70 provides the necessary contrast for strip localization and therefore local drift time calibration. Similar tests at UBC were set up to possibly confirm these numbers. In addition the work function values found in literature fluctuate sufficiently that the selected materials may overlap with a 266nm wavelength. Therefore we added to our test the target composition (Al, Cu, C) as a variable to see if a better suited material can be identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Alpha-g case, the laser incident angle is grazing the cathode surface. Hence we included in the incident angle of the laser beam on target as a variable as well (see. Figure 4). Our tests did not reproduce the T2K results. That ratio of collected electron to the estimated number of photons on target versus the photon (laser beam) incident angle is not as large as seen in T2K at normal incidence. But we did expect to see a large variation of electron emission as we move away of a normal incidence. A proposed method to recover those “missing” electron due to the grazing incident angle, was to “scratch” the surface of the target (aluminum) to have some normal area to the incident laser light (note that 90deg incident angle is normal to the surface). This is visible with the “Al scratched 2” plot (the Alpha-g incident angle range is between 0.5 and 45deg). The effect of the scratching does increase the emission at grazing angle quite substantially, which is what we were looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately it was not possible to get reasonable values comparing different target materials. It remains unclear why this is the case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material options for strip/cathode combinations were aluminum on copper or aluminum on carbon loaded Kapton. Both cathode materials are suitable for the rTPC. In light of the prototype results shown above it was decided to stick with the copper cathode and scratched aluminum strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wavelength 266nm, Photon energy: 4.66 eV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Material&lt;br /&gt;
! Work function (eV)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cu&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.53 – 5.10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Al&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.06 – 4.26&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| C&lt;br /&gt;
| ~5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec12.png|270x197px]][[File:imagec13.png|280x201px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479691369&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167192&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec14.png|465x342px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322103&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167193&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=511</id>
		<title>Detector Calibration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=511"/>
		<updated>2019-05-05T13:16:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Troubleshooting */ Added trigger-related troubles to shoot&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167186|Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production. 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167187|Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167188|Figure 3 - Optical head assembly to be mounted on the endplate 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167189|Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167190|Figure 5 - UBC setup for laser test 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167191|Figure 6 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167192|Figure 7 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167193|Figure 8 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purpose =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calibration system for the ALPHA-g rTPC is to provide a reference measurement of the electron drift direction and speed for a known configuration. These parameters are subject to environmental changes (pressure, temperature, gas mixture) as well as external drift voltage and magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparing to a reference measurement, a consistent number of primary electrons at a defined geometrical location are required. Two methods have been considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alpha source (Am241) mounted on the central cathode surface. This technique is well understood and working well in particular for a long drift detector. The emission rate from the calibration source can be adjusted but cannot be controlled. In our case, the impact of the calibration event rate on the overall physics trigger rates is to be considered as once the source are installed, the emission cannot be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
* Laser beam striking aluminized surface on the central cathode to achieve electron emission. This technique has been used for the T2K TPC detector with success. The work function of the aluminum being lower than the one of copper, an increase of electron emission from the aluminum will be distinguishable relative to the copper. In our case cathode surface is copper with aluminum strips at known locations. Therefore it is possible to “image” the aluminum positions from the emitted drifting electrons to the anodes. The intended laser wavelength is to be the same as in T2K (Nd:YAG frequency-quadrupled to 266nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser method with its external trigger capability and better defined electron emission has been deemed the preferred solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://daq.triumf.ca/elog-alphag/alphag/170217_115329/LaserTests.pdf Elog entry and pdf document]: Laser test results by Lars Martin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Concept =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top and bottom endplates have provisions for inserting the necessary optic module to deliver a laser plane intersecting the inner cathode cylinder. The initial laser beam in the order of 0.5mm in diameter is converted into a plane through a transparent cylindrical quartz rod of 5mm diameter within the detector volume. The plane has an aperture angle in the order of 90deg illuminating both sides of the drift path. Aluminum strips on pre-defined locations along the inner cathode will emit electrons when struck by the 266nm laser light. Using a triggered pulse laser source, the electron arrival on the anode wire and the induced charge on the cathode pads along the anode wire will provide the timing and Z position of the intersection point of the aluminum strip and the laser plane. The light plane is slightly rotated and tilted off the z-axis in order separate the Al strip electron cloud from reaching all the same wires. For the given rotation and tilt angles (45deg, 1deg) we have spaced the Al strips such that 2 anode wires will be separating the 2 electron clouds of two consecutive Al strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec2.png|546x138px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref450313614&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167186&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mechanical design =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanical modification to the endplate for the laser calibration option is minimal. They consist in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Placing 2 laser access holes in each endplate, giving us the option to feed 4 laser optic modules to the rTPC, see Figure 3. The advantage of multiple access points is to better cover the whole drift volume and to illuminate both ends of the detector with similar incident angles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional 9 Aluminum strips of 6mm width wrapped around the inner cylinder at 9 locations see Figure 7. Table 1 list the position of the 9 strips, the final column shows the phi coordinate at which the laser light hits the given strip for one possible set of geometric parameters of the optics package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Strip number&lt;br /&gt;
! Nominal z [mm]&lt;br /&gt;
! Laser phi in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| -1060&lt;br /&gt;
| -17.647&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| -795&lt;br /&gt;
| -7.450&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| -530&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.447&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
| -265&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.225&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| 13.328&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5&lt;br /&gt;
| 265&lt;br /&gt;
| 18.978&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6&lt;br /&gt;
| 530&lt;br /&gt;
| 24.310&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7&lt;br /&gt;
| 795&lt;br /&gt;
| 29.412&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
| 1060&lt;br /&gt;
| 34.348&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026846&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026835&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Table 1 - Al strip position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec3.png|576x268px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167187&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec4.jpeg|305x229px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec5.jpeg|207x155px]][[File:imagec6.jpeg|210x157px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec7.png|416x318px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479591070&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167189&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser Pulsed beam&lt;br /&gt;
| 0..100Hz triggerable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Wavelength&lt;br /&gt;
| 266 nm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power&lt;br /&gt;
| 2uW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip width&lt;br /&gt;
| 6mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip length&lt;br /&gt;
| Full circumference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip pitch in the z-direction&lt;br /&gt;
| 265mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
| 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aperture angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 90 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tilt angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Rotation angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 45 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tests of the laser calibration system using the prototype show a clear pattern of the Al strips. Analysis of the pattern reproduces the strip position with good accuracy. Despite the strip pitch in the prototype being much tighter at 40mm instead of 265mm the peaks are very clearly separated in the z-pads. The amplitude variation between peaks is due to the laser intensity distribution which has not been investigated in detail. It is not a high priority because the laser system is not meant for pulse height calibration, but rather for time and position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec8.png|550x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser plane is not inclined in the prototype, so a separation on the anode wires is impossible. The wider spacing for the final detector was chosen to allow for a good separation in the anodes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above the laser intensity distribution is not well understood yet, but we are confident we can illuminate the 4-5 strips closest to each laser port. The combination of shallow incidence angle and low geometric efficiency makes it questionable whether enough light can reach the far end of the TPC. It may be possible to increase the laser intensity to reach further strips at the expense of saturating the signals in the intensity maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Physical safety measures and Interlock ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser is equipped with a physical shutter, that prevents laser light from coming out even if the laser is firing. &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the shutter is closed before disconnecting fiber. Ensure it&#039;s open when trying to operate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter closed.png|thumb|Physical shutter closed, laser is safe]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter open.png|thumb|Physical shutter open, laser can operate]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interlock ensures the laser is enclosed before operating. In order to satisfy it the fiber cover has to be screwed on and the entire enclosing box has to be screwed down.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143307.jpg|thumb|Interlock cover: Unscrew before being able to switch fiber]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143313 HDR.jpg|thumb|Interlock connector: BNC cable connects to Interlock In on laser power supply ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manual operation / Switching on ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser gets turned on with the key at the front of the power supply unit. After turning on it may take a while (~5min) to warm up the cooling water (interlock message is displayed on the handheld control unit). Other interlock messages indicate something is wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system is started up it can be operated from the handheld control unit, by pressing first the flash start, then after a mandatory waiting period the QS start buttons. This manual operatio should not be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Midas operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Midas laser page mirrors the important parts of the manual control. In order to use it the feLaser frontend must be running. To start firing the laser, press the &amp;quot;Start flash lamp&amp;quot; button, then wait until the status line shows &amp;quot;flash&amp;quot;, then press &amp;quot;Start Q-Switch&amp;quot;. Pausing the laser briefly can be done by just stopping the Q-Switch, for longer breaks turn off the flash lamp. (Turning off the flash lamp automatically turns off the Q-Switch, so there is no need to turn it off manually.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot from 2018-11-08 14-55-42.png|thumb|Midas laser page: operate laser by starting flash lamp, then QS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trigger setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser outputs a positive 5V TTL signal of a considerable length, while the Alpha16 NIM trigger requires an inverted NIM-type signal, i.e. +500mV or so, nanoseconds to tens of nanoseconds in length. We found that the TTL-NIM converter actually only inverts the TTL signal (when switched to COMPL), without changing the length, while a simple NIM discriminator only works on a negative analog signal, not the positive TTL. So the TTL gets inverted by the TTL-NIM, that inverted signal then goes into a discriminator, creating a short NIM-like pulse. Using the complement output gives us the positive instead of negative pulse. (DC offsets should not affect these electronics too much.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A previous attempt resulted in cryptic error messages from the laser, as apparently the discriminator fed some sort of signal back into the laser QS-out. This arrangement seems to avoid that.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser trigger.svg|thumb|Trigger conversion setup, with approximate signal shapes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Problem !! Possible solution&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| feLaser doesn&#039;t start || Check messages if both ICE450 and MVAT were found, if not check USB-serial connections&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  || If everything seems connected, on the handheld control unit, navigate to &#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039; and switch &#039;&#039;Serial Link&#039;&#039; on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BNC interlock || Make sure laser enclosure and fiber cover are screwed down correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser shows PSU error || Disconnect cable from QS out, if error goes away, re-think/re-build trigger system&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other interlocks / errors || Refer to manual [[File:Brio ICE450 Power Supply Manual.pdf|manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ doesn&#039;t trigger || Confirm NIM mask is correct in ODB, and TrigEsataNimGrandOr is selected as trigger source&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ shows low rate || Try adjusting pulse width on discriminator&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DAQ shows double rate (100Hz instead of 50Hz) || Try increasing threshold on discriminator&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= &#039;&#039;Appendix I – Bench tests&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reproduce the T2K laser calibration configuration in the Alpha-g rTPC, it would require shining the laser normal to the inner cathode surface. While the drift region is about 1m long for T2K, it is about 5cm in the Alpha-g. In addition the outer surface of the rTPC is fully occupied with the cathode pad readout electronics boards preventing any acceptable insertion of laser light direction normal to the tangent of its surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining possible solution for the Alpha-g laser calibration is to shine the laser from its endplates. There the space is also quite restricted but available. In this configuration see Figure 1, the incident light angle varies from about 45 deg to less than 1deg due to the rTPC geometrical proportions. The electron emission efficiency at these incident angles varies substantially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The shallow angle of the laser light on the central cathode cylinder is a concern for the electron emission efficiency. In order to quantify the parameter for the laser source specification, we have gone through multiple tests at UBC where a vacuum chamber with a 266nm laser was available. A dedicated mounting setup within the vacuum chamber permitted to rotate a plane holding our material sample, see Figure 2. The setup consisted in a double plate “capacitor-like” configuration, with one of the electrodes holding the sample and the other collecting the emitted electrons, see Figure 3. The signal was then collected through a dedicated DAQ for signal charge analysis versus incident angle on different material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec9.png|394x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322156&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167190&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - UBC setup for laser test&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec10.png|298x223px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec11.png|464x347px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322142&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167191&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aluminum and copper have different “work function” values. The results from T2K showed electron extraction from the aluminum to be about 2 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; while for copper around 0.03 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This ratio of 70 provides the necessary contrast for strip localization and therefore local drift time calibration. Similar tests at UBC were set up to possibly confirm these numbers. In addition the work function values found in literature fluctuate sufficiently that the selected materials may overlap with a 266nm wavelength. Therefore we added to our test the target composition (Al, Cu, C) as a variable to see if a better suited material can be identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Alpha-g case, the laser incident angle is grazing the cathode surface. Hence we included in the incident angle of the laser beam on target as a variable as well (see. Figure 4). Our tests did not reproduce the T2K results. That ratio of collected electron to the estimated number of photons on target versus the photon (laser beam) incident angle is not as large as seen in T2K at normal incidence. But we did expect to see a large variation of electron emission as we move away of a normal incidence. A proposed method to recover those “missing” electron due to the grazing incident angle, was to “scratch” the surface of the target (aluminum) to have some normal area to the incident laser light (note that 90deg incident angle is normal to the surface). This is visible with the “Al scratched 2” plot (the Alpha-g incident angle range is between 0.5 and 45deg). The effect of the scratching does increase the emission at grazing angle quite substantially, which is what we were looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately it was not possible to get reasonable values comparing different target materials. It remains unclear why this is the case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material options for strip/cathode combinations were aluminum on copper or aluminum on carbon loaded Kapton. Both cathode materials are suitable for the rTPC. In light of the prototype results shown above it was decided to stick with the copper cathode and scratched aluminum strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wavelength 266nm, Photon energy: 4.66 eV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Material&lt;br /&gt;
! Work function (eV)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cu&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.53 – 5.10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Al&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.06 – 4.26&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| C&lt;br /&gt;
| ~5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec12.png|270x197px]][[File:imagec13.png|280x201px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479691369&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167192&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec14.png|465x342px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322103&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167193&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=510</id>
		<title>Detector Calibration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=510"/>
		<updated>2019-05-05T13:08:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Trigger setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167186|Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production. 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167187|Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167188|Figure 3 - Optical head assembly to be mounted on the endplate 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167189|Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167190|Figure 5 - UBC setup for laser test 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167191|Figure 6 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167192|Figure 7 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167193|Figure 8 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purpose =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calibration system for the ALPHA-g rTPC is to provide a reference measurement of the electron drift direction and speed for a known configuration. These parameters are subject to environmental changes (pressure, temperature, gas mixture) as well as external drift voltage and magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparing to a reference measurement, a consistent number of primary electrons at a defined geometrical location are required. Two methods have been considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alpha source (Am241) mounted on the central cathode surface. This technique is well understood and working well in particular for a long drift detector. The emission rate from the calibration source can be adjusted but cannot be controlled. In our case, the impact of the calibration event rate on the overall physics trigger rates is to be considered as once the source are installed, the emission cannot be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
* Laser beam striking aluminized surface on the central cathode to achieve electron emission. This technique has been used for the T2K TPC detector with success. The work function of the aluminum being lower than the one of copper, an increase of electron emission from the aluminum will be distinguishable relative to the copper. In our case cathode surface is copper with aluminum strips at known locations. Therefore it is possible to “image” the aluminum positions from the emitted drifting electrons to the anodes. The intended laser wavelength is to be the same as in T2K (Nd:YAG frequency-quadrupled to 266nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser method with its external trigger capability and better defined electron emission has been deemed the preferred solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://daq.triumf.ca/elog-alphag/alphag/170217_115329/LaserTests.pdf Elog entry and pdf document]: Laser test results by Lars Martin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Concept =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top and bottom endplates have provisions for inserting the necessary optic module to deliver a laser plane intersecting the inner cathode cylinder. The initial laser beam in the order of 0.5mm in diameter is converted into a plane through a transparent cylindrical quartz rod of 5mm diameter within the detector volume. The plane has an aperture angle in the order of 90deg illuminating both sides of the drift path. Aluminum strips on pre-defined locations along the inner cathode will emit electrons when struck by the 266nm laser light. Using a triggered pulse laser source, the electron arrival on the anode wire and the induced charge on the cathode pads along the anode wire will provide the timing and Z position of the intersection point of the aluminum strip and the laser plane. The light plane is slightly rotated and tilted off the z-axis in order separate the Al strip electron cloud from reaching all the same wires. For the given rotation and tilt angles (45deg, 1deg) we have spaced the Al strips such that 2 anode wires will be separating the 2 electron clouds of two consecutive Al strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec2.png|546x138px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref450313614&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167186&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mechanical design =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanical modification to the endplate for the laser calibration option is minimal. They consist in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Placing 2 laser access holes in each endplate, giving us the option to feed 4 laser optic modules to the rTPC, see Figure 3. The advantage of multiple access points is to better cover the whole drift volume and to illuminate both ends of the detector with similar incident angles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional 9 Aluminum strips of 6mm width wrapped around the inner cylinder at 9 locations see Figure 7. Table 1 list the position of the 9 strips, the final column shows the phi coordinate at which the laser light hits the given strip for one possible set of geometric parameters of the optics package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Strip number&lt;br /&gt;
! Nominal z [mm]&lt;br /&gt;
! Laser phi in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| -1060&lt;br /&gt;
| -17.647&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| -795&lt;br /&gt;
| -7.450&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| -530&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.447&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
| -265&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.225&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| 13.328&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5&lt;br /&gt;
| 265&lt;br /&gt;
| 18.978&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6&lt;br /&gt;
| 530&lt;br /&gt;
| 24.310&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7&lt;br /&gt;
| 795&lt;br /&gt;
| 29.412&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
| 1060&lt;br /&gt;
| 34.348&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026846&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026835&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Table 1 - Al strip position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec3.png|576x268px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167187&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec4.jpeg|305x229px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec5.jpeg|207x155px]][[File:imagec6.jpeg|210x157px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec7.png|416x318px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479591070&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167189&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser Pulsed beam&lt;br /&gt;
| 0..100Hz triggerable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Wavelength&lt;br /&gt;
| 266 nm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power&lt;br /&gt;
| 2uW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip width&lt;br /&gt;
| 6mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip length&lt;br /&gt;
| Full circumference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip pitch in the z-direction&lt;br /&gt;
| 265mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
| 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aperture angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 90 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tilt angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Rotation angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 45 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tests of the laser calibration system using the prototype show a clear pattern of the Al strips. Analysis of the pattern reproduces the strip position with good accuracy. Despite the strip pitch in the prototype being much tighter at 40mm instead of 265mm the peaks are very clearly separated in the z-pads. The amplitude variation between peaks is due to the laser intensity distribution which has not been investigated in detail. It is not a high priority because the laser system is not meant for pulse height calibration, but rather for time and position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec8.png|550x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser plane is not inclined in the prototype, so a separation on the anode wires is impossible. The wider spacing for the final detector was chosen to allow for a good separation in the anodes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above the laser intensity distribution is not well understood yet, but we are confident we can illuminate the 4-5 strips closest to each laser port. The combination of shallow incidence angle and low geometric efficiency makes it questionable whether enough light can reach the far end of the TPC. It may be possible to increase the laser intensity to reach further strips at the expense of saturating the signals in the intensity maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Physical safety measures and Interlock ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser is equipped with a physical shutter, that prevents laser light from coming out even if the laser is firing. &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the shutter is closed before disconnecting fiber. Ensure it&#039;s open when trying to operate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter closed.png|thumb|Physical shutter closed, laser is safe]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter open.png|thumb|Physical shutter open, laser can operate]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interlock ensures the laser is enclosed before operating. In order to satisfy it the fiber cover has to be screwed on and the entire enclosing box has to be screwed down.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143307.jpg|thumb|Interlock cover: Unscrew before being able to switch fiber]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143313 HDR.jpg|thumb|Interlock connector: BNC cable connects to Interlock In on laser power supply ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manual operation / Switching on ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser gets turned on with the key at the front of the power supply unit. After turning on it may take a while (~5min) to warm up the cooling water (interlock message is displayed on the handheld control unit). Other interlock messages indicate something is wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system is started up it can be operated from the handheld control unit, by pressing first the flash start, then after a mandatory waiting period the QS start buttons. This manual operatio should not be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Midas operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Midas laser page mirrors the important parts of the manual control. In order to use it the feLaser frontend must be running. To start firing the laser, press the &amp;quot;Start flash lamp&amp;quot; button, then wait until the status line shows &amp;quot;flash&amp;quot;, then press &amp;quot;Start Q-Switch&amp;quot;. Pausing the laser briefly can be done by just stopping the Q-Switch, for longer breaks turn off the flash lamp. (Turning off the flash lamp automatically turns off the Q-Switch, so there is no need to turn it off manually.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot from 2018-11-08 14-55-42.png|thumb|Midas laser page: operate laser by starting flash lamp, then QS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trigger setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser outputs a positive 5V TTL signal of a considerable length, while the Alpha16 NIM trigger requires an inverted NIM-type signal, i.e. +500mV or so, nanoseconds to tens of nanoseconds in length. We found that the TTL-NIM converter actually only inverts the TTL signal (when switched to COMPL), without changing the length, while a simple NIM discriminator only works on a negative analog signal, not the positive TTL. So the TTL gets inverted by the TTL-NIM, that inverted signal then goes into a discriminator, creating a short NIM-like pulse. Using the complement output gives us the positive instead of negative pulse. (DC offsets should not affect these electronics too much.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A previous attempt resulted in cryptic error messages from the laser, as apparently the discriminator fed some sort of signal back into the laser QS-out. This arrangement seems to avoid that.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser trigger.svg|thumb|Trigger conversion setup, with approximate signal shapes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Problem !! Possible solution&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| feLaser doesn&#039;t start || Check messages if both ICE450 and MVAT were found, if not check USB-serial connections&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  || If everything seems connected, on the handheld control unit, navigate to &#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039; and switch &#039;&#039;Serial Link&#039;&#039; on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BNC interlock || Make sure laser enclosure and fiber cover are screwed down correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other interlocks / errors || Refer to manual [[File:Brio ICE450 Power Supply Manual.pdf|maunal]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= &#039;&#039;Appendix I – Bench tests&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reproduce the T2K laser calibration configuration in the Alpha-g rTPC, it would require shining the laser normal to the inner cathode surface. While the drift region is about 1m long for T2K, it is about 5cm in the Alpha-g. In addition the outer surface of the rTPC is fully occupied with the cathode pad readout electronics boards preventing any acceptable insertion of laser light direction normal to the tangent of its surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining possible solution for the Alpha-g laser calibration is to shine the laser from its endplates. There the space is also quite restricted but available. In this configuration see Figure 1, the incident light angle varies from about 45 deg to less than 1deg due to the rTPC geometrical proportions. The electron emission efficiency at these incident angles varies substantially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The shallow angle of the laser light on the central cathode cylinder is a concern for the electron emission efficiency. In order to quantify the parameter for the laser source specification, we have gone through multiple tests at UBC where a vacuum chamber with a 266nm laser was available. A dedicated mounting setup within the vacuum chamber permitted to rotate a plane holding our material sample, see Figure 2. The setup consisted in a double plate “capacitor-like” configuration, with one of the electrodes holding the sample and the other collecting the emitted electrons, see Figure 3. The signal was then collected through a dedicated DAQ for signal charge analysis versus incident angle on different material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec9.png|394x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322156&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167190&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - UBC setup for laser test&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec10.png|298x223px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec11.png|464x347px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322142&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167191&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aluminum and copper have different “work function” values. The results from T2K showed electron extraction from the aluminum to be about 2 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; while for copper around 0.03 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This ratio of 70 provides the necessary contrast for strip localization and therefore local drift time calibration. Similar tests at UBC were set up to possibly confirm these numbers. In addition the work function values found in literature fluctuate sufficiently that the selected materials may overlap with a 266nm wavelength. Therefore we added to our test the target composition (Al, Cu, C) as a variable to see if a better suited material can be identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Alpha-g case, the laser incident angle is grazing the cathode surface. Hence we included in the incident angle of the laser beam on target as a variable as well (see. Figure 4). Our tests did not reproduce the T2K results. That ratio of collected electron to the estimated number of photons on target versus the photon (laser beam) incident angle is not as large as seen in T2K at normal incidence. But we did expect to see a large variation of electron emission as we move away of a normal incidence. A proposed method to recover those “missing” electron due to the grazing incident angle, was to “scratch” the surface of the target (aluminum) to have some normal area to the incident laser light (note that 90deg incident angle is normal to the surface). This is visible with the “Al scratched 2” plot (the Alpha-g incident angle range is between 0.5 and 45deg). The effect of the scratching does increase the emission at grazing angle quite substantially, which is what we were looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately it was not possible to get reasonable values comparing different target materials. It remains unclear why this is the case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material options for strip/cathode combinations were aluminum on copper or aluminum on carbon loaded Kapton. Both cathode materials are suitable for the rTPC. In light of the prototype results shown above it was decided to stick with the copper cathode and scratched aluminum strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wavelength 266nm, Photon energy: 4.66 eV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Material&lt;br /&gt;
! Work function (eV)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cu&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.53 – 5.10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Al&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.06 – 4.26&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| C&lt;br /&gt;
| ~5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec12.png|270x197px]][[File:imagec13.png|280x201px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479691369&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167192&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec14.png|465x342px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322103&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167193&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=509</id>
		<title>Detector Calibration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=509"/>
		<updated>2019-05-05T13:08:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Operation */ Laser trigger setup, hopefully preventing wasted time next time&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167186|Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production. 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167187|Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167188|Figure 3 - Optical head assembly to be mounted on the endplate 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167189|Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167190|Figure 5 - UBC setup for laser test 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167191|Figure 6 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167192|Figure 7 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167193|Figure 8 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purpose =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calibration system for the ALPHA-g rTPC is to provide a reference measurement of the electron drift direction and speed for a known configuration. These parameters are subject to environmental changes (pressure, temperature, gas mixture) as well as external drift voltage and magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparing to a reference measurement, a consistent number of primary electrons at a defined geometrical location are required. Two methods have been considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alpha source (Am241) mounted on the central cathode surface. This technique is well understood and working well in particular for a long drift detector. The emission rate from the calibration source can be adjusted but cannot be controlled. In our case, the impact of the calibration event rate on the overall physics trigger rates is to be considered as once the source are installed, the emission cannot be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
* Laser beam striking aluminized surface on the central cathode to achieve electron emission. This technique has been used for the T2K TPC detector with success. The work function of the aluminum being lower than the one of copper, an increase of electron emission from the aluminum will be distinguishable relative to the copper. In our case cathode surface is copper with aluminum strips at known locations. Therefore it is possible to “image” the aluminum positions from the emitted drifting electrons to the anodes. The intended laser wavelength is to be the same as in T2K (Nd:YAG frequency-quadrupled to 266nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser method with its external trigger capability and better defined electron emission has been deemed the preferred solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://daq.triumf.ca/elog-alphag/alphag/170217_115329/LaserTests.pdf Elog entry and pdf document]: Laser test results by Lars Martin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Concept =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top and bottom endplates have provisions for inserting the necessary optic module to deliver a laser plane intersecting the inner cathode cylinder. The initial laser beam in the order of 0.5mm in diameter is converted into a plane through a transparent cylindrical quartz rod of 5mm diameter within the detector volume. The plane has an aperture angle in the order of 90deg illuminating both sides of the drift path. Aluminum strips on pre-defined locations along the inner cathode will emit electrons when struck by the 266nm laser light. Using a triggered pulse laser source, the electron arrival on the anode wire and the induced charge on the cathode pads along the anode wire will provide the timing and Z position of the intersection point of the aluminum strip and the laser plane. The light plane is slightly rotated and tilted off the z-axis in order separate the Al strip electron cloud from reaching all the same wires. For the given rotation and tilt angles (45deg, 1deg) we have spaced the Al strips such that 2 anode wires will be separating the 2 electron clouds of two consecutive Al strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec2.png|546x138px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref450313614&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167186&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mechanical design =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanical modification to the endplate for the laser calibration option is minimal. They consist in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Placing 2 laser access holes in each endplate, giving us the option to feed 4 laser optic modules to the rTPC, see Figure 3. The advantage of multiple access points is to better cover the whole drift volume and to illuminate both ends of the detector with similar incident angles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional 9 Aluminum strips of 6mm width wrapped around the inner cylinder at 9 locations see Figure 7. Table 1 list the position of the 9 strips, the final column shows the phi coordinate at which the laser light hits the given strip for one possible set of geometric parameters of the optics package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Strip number&lt;br /&gt;
! Nominal z [mm]&lt;br /&gt;
! Laser phi in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| -1060&lt;br /&gt;
| -17.647&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| -795&lt;br /&gt;
| -7.450&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| -530&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.447&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
| -265&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.225&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| 13.328&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5&lt;br /&gt;
| 265&lt;br /&gt;
| 18.978&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6&lt;br /&gt;
| 530&lt;br /&gt;
| 24.310&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7&lt;br /&gt;
| 795&lt;br /&gt;
| 29.412&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
| 1060&lt;br /&gt;
| 34.348&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026846&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026835&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Table 1 - Al strip position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec3.png|576x268px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167187&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec4.jpeg|305x229px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec5.jpeg|207x155px]][[File:imagec6.jpeg|210x157px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec7.png|416x318px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479591070&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167189&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser Pulsed beam&lt;br /&gt;
| 0..100Hz triggerable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Wavelength&lt;br /&gt;
| 266 nm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power&lt;br /&gt;
| 2uW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip width&lt;br /&gt;
| 6mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip length&lt;br /&gt;
| Full circumference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip pitch in the z-direction&lt;br /&gt;
| 265mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
| 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aperture angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 90 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tilt angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Rotation angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 45 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tests of the laser calibration system using the prototype show a clear pattern of the Al strips. Analysis of the pattern reproduces the strip position with good accuracy. Despite the strip pitch in the prototype being much tighter at 40mm instead of 265mm the peaks are very clearly separated in the z-pads. The amplitude variation between peaks is due to the laser intensity distribution which has not been investigated in detail. It is not a high priority because the laser system is not meant for pulse height calibration, but rather for time and position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec8.png|550x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser plane is not inclined in the prototype, so a separation on the anode wires is impossible. The wider spacing for the final detector was chosen to allow for a good separation in the anodes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above the laser intensity distribution is not well understood yet, but we are confident we can illuminate the 4-5 strips closest to each laser port. The combination of shallow incidence angle and low geometric efficiency makes it questionable whether enough light can reach the far end of the TPC. It may be possible to increase the laser intensity to reach further strips at the expense of saturating the signals in the intensity maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Physical safety measures and Interlock ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser is equipped with a physical shutter, that prevents laser light from coming out even if the laser is firing. &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the shutter is closed before disconnecting fiber. Ensure it&#039;s open when trying to operate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter closed.png|thumb|Physical shutter closed, laser is safe]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter open.png|thumb|Physical shutter open, laser can operate]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interlock ensures the laser is enclosed before operating. In order to satisfy it the fiber cover has to be screwed on and the entire enclosing box has to be screwed down.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143307.jpg|thumb|Interlock cover: Unscrew before being able to switch fiber]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143313 HDR.jpg|thumb|Interlock connector: BNC cable connects to Interlock In on laser power supply ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manual operation / Switching on ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser gets turned on with the key at the front of the power supply unit. After turning on it may take a while (~5min) to warm up the cooling water (interlock message is displayed on the handheld control unit). Other interlock messages indicate something is wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system is started up it can be operated from the handheld control unit, by pressing first the flash start, then after a mandatory waiting period the QS start buttons. This manual operatio should not be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Midas operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Midas laser page mirrors the important parts of the manual control. In order to use it the feLaser frontend must be running. To start firing the laser, press the &amp;quot;Start flash lamp&amp;quot; button, then wait until the status line shows &amp;quot;flash&amp;quot;, then press &amp;quot;Start Q-Switch&amp;quot;. Pausing the laser briefly can be done by just stopping the Q-Switch, for longer breaks turn off the flash lamp. (Turning off the flash lamp automatically turns off the Q-Switch, so there is no need to turn it off manually.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot from 2018-11-08 14-55-42.png|thumb|Midas laser page: operate laser by starting flash lamp, then QS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trigger setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser outputs a positive 5V TTL signal of a considerable length, while the Alpha16 NIM trigger requires an inverted NIM-type signal, i.e. +500mV or so, nanoseconds to tens of nanoseconds in length. We found that the TTL-NIM converter actually only inverts the TTL signal (when switched to COMPL), without changing the length, while a simple NIM discriminator only works on a negative analog signal, not the positive TTL. So the TTL gets inverted by the TTL-NIM, that inverted signal then goes into a discriminator, creating a short NIM-like pulse. Using the complement output gives us the positive instead of negative pulse. (DC offsets should not affect these electronics too much.)&lt;br /&gt;
A previous attempt resulted in cryptic error messages from the laser, as apparently the discriminator fed some sort of signal back into the laser QS-out. This arrangement seems to avoid that.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser trigger.svg|thumb|Trigger conversion setup, with approximate signal shapes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Problem !! Possible solution&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| feLaser doesn&#039;t start || Check messages if both ICE450 and MVAT were found, if not check USB-serial connections&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  || If everything seems connected, on the handheld control unit, navigate to &#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039; and switch &#039;&#039;Serial Link&#039;&#039; on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BNC interlock || Make sure laser enclosure and fiber cover are screwed down correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other interlocks / errors || Refer to manual [[File:Brio ICE450 Power Supply Manual.pdf|maunal]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= &#039;&#039;Appendix I – Bench tests&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reproduce the T2K laser calibration configuration in the Alpha-g rTPC, it would require shining the laser normal to the inner cathode surface. While the drift region is about 1m long for T2K, it is about 5cm in the Alpha-g. In addition the outer surface of the rTPC is fully occupied with the cathode pad readout electronics boards preventing any acceptable insertion of laser light direction normal to the tangent of its surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining possible solution for the Alpha-g laser calibration is to shine the laser from its endplates. There the space is also quite restricted but available. In this configuration see Figure 1, the incident light angle varies from about 45 deg to less than 1deg due to the rTPC geometrical proportions. The electron emission efficiency at these incident angles varies substantially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The shallow angle of the laser light on the central cathode cylinder is a concern for the electron emission efficiency. In order to quantify the parameter for the laser source specification, we have gone through multiple tests at UBC where a vacuum chamber with a 266nm laser was available. A dedicated mounting setup within the vacuum chamber permitted to rotate a plane holding our material sample, see Figure 2. The setup consisted in a double plate “capacitor-like” configuration, with one of the electrodes holding the sample and the other collecting the emitted electrons, see Figure 3. The signal was then collected through a dedicated DAQ for signal charge analysis versus incident angle on different material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec9.png|394x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322156&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167190&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - UBC setup for laser test&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec10.png|298x223px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec11.png|464x347px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322142&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167191&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aluminum and copper have different “work function” values. The results from T2K showed electron extraction from the aluminum to be about 2 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; while for copper around 0.03 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This ratio of 70 provides the necessary contrast for strip localization and therefore local drift time calibration. Similar tests at UBC were set up to possibly confirm these numbers. In addition the work function values found in literature fluctuate sufficiently that the selected materials may overlap with a 266nm wavelength. Therefore we added to our test the target composition (Al, Cu, C) as a variable to see if a better suited material can be identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Alpha-g case, the laser incident angle is grazing the cathode surface. Hence we included in the incident angle of the laser beam on target as a variable as well (see. Figure 4). Our tests did not reproduce the T2K results. That ratio of collected electron to the estimated number of photons on target versus the photon (laser beam) incident angle is not as large as seen in T2K at normal incidence. But we did expect to see a large variation of electron emission as we move away of a normal incidence. A proposed method to recover those “missing” electron due to the grazing incident angle, was to “scratch” the surface of the target (aluminum) to have some normal area to the incident laser light (note that 90deg incident angle is normal to the surface). This is visible with the “Al scratched 2” plot (the Alpha-g incident angle range is between 0.5 and 45deg). The effect of the scratching does increase the emission at grazing angle quite substantially, which is what we were looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately it was not possible to get reasonable values comparing different target materials. It remains unclear why this is the case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material options for strip/cathode combinations were aluminum on copper or aluminum on carbon loaded Kapton. Both cathode materials are suitable for the rTPC. In light of the prototype results shown above it was decided to stick with the copper cathode and scratched aluminum strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wavelength 266nm, Photon energy: 4.66 eV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Material&lt;br /&gt;
! Work function (eV)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cu&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.53 – 5.10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Al&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.06 – 4.26&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| C&lt;br /&gt;
| ~5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec12.png|270x197px]][[File:imagec13.png|280x201px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479691369&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167192&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec14.png|465x342px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322103&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167193&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Laser_trigger.svg&amp;diff=508</id>
		<title>File:Laser trigger.svg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Laser_trigger.svg&amp;diff=508"/>
		<updated>2019-05-05T13:05:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: Laser trigger conversion setup&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Laser trigger conversion setup&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=450</id>
		<title>Detector Calibration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=450"/>
		<updated>2018-11-08T19:42:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Troubleshooting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167186|Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production. 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167187|Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167188|Figure 3 - Optical head assembly to be mounted on the endplate 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167189|Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167190|Figure 5 - UBC setup for laser test 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167191|Figure 6 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167192|Figure 7 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167193|Figure 8 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purpose =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calibration system for the ALPHA-g rTPC is to provide a reference measurement of the electron drift direction and speed for a known configuration. These parameters are subject to environmental changes (pressure, temperature, gas mixture) as well as external drift voltage and magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparing to a reference measurement, a consistent number of primary electrons at a defined geometrical location are required. Two methods have been considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alpha source (Am241) mounted on the central cathode surface. This technique is well understood and working well in particular for a long drift detector. The emission rate from the calibration source can be adjusted but cannot be controlled. In our case, the impact of the calibration event rate on the overall physics trigger rates is to be considered as once the source are installed, the emission cannot be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
* Laser beam striking aluminized surface on the central cathode to achieve electron emission. This technique has been used for the T2K TPC detector with success. The work function of the aluminum being lower than the one of copper, an increase of electron emission from the aluminum will be distinguishable relative to the copper. In our case cathode surface is copper with aluminum strips at known locations. Therefore it is possible to “image” the aluminum positions from the emitted drifting electrons to the anodes. The intended laser wavelength is to be the same as in T2K (Nd:YAG frequency-quadrupled to 266nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser method with its external trigger capability and better defined electron emission has been deemed the preferred solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://daq.triumf.ca/elog-alphag/alphag/170217_115329/LaserTests.pdf Elog entry and pdf document]: Laser test results by Lars Martin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Concept =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top and bottom endplates have provisions for inserting the necessary optic module to deliver a laser plane intersecting the inner cathode cylinder. The initial laser beam in the order of 0.5mm in diameter is converted into a plane through a transparent cylindrical quartz rod of 5mm diameter within the detector volume. The plane has an aperture angle in the order of 90deg illuminating both sides of the drift path. Aluminum strips on pre-defined locations along the inner cathode will emit electrons when struck by the 266nm laser light. Using a triggered pulse laser source, the electron arrival on the anode wire and the induced charge on the cathode pads along the anode wire will provide the timing and Z position of the intersection point of the aluminum strip and the laser plane. The light plane is slightly rotated and tilted off the z-axis in order separate the Al strip electron cloud from reaching all the same wires. For the given rotation and tilt angles (45deg, 1deg) we have spaced the Al strips such that 2 anode wires will be separating the 2 electron clouds of two consecutive Al strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec2.png|546x138px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref450313614&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167186&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mechanical design =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanical modification to the endplate for the laser calibration option is minimal. They consist in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Placing 2 laser access holes in each endplate, giving us the option to feed 4 laser optic modules to the rTPC, see Figure 3. The advantage of multiple access points is to better cover the whole drift volume and to illuminate both ends of the detector with similar incident angles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional 9 Aluminum strips of 6mm width wrapped around the inner cylinder at 9 locations see Figure 7. Table 1 list the position of the 9 strips, the final column shows the phi coordinate at which the laser light hits the given strip for one possible set of geometric parameters of the optics package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Strip number&lt;br /&gt;
! Nominal z [mm]&lt;br /&gt;
! Laser phi in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| -1060&lt;br /&gt;
| -17.647&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| -795&lt;br /&gt;
| -7.450&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| -530&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.447&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
| -265&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.225&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| 13.328&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5&lt;br /&gt;
| 265&lt;br /&gt;
| 18.978&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6&lt;br /&gt;
| 530&lt;br /&gt;
| 24.310&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7&lt;br /&gt;
| 795&lt;br /&gt;
| 29.412&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
| 1060&lt;br /&gt;
| 34.348&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026846&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026835&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Table 1 - Al strip position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec3.png|576x268px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167187&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec4.jpeg|305x229px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec5.jpeg|207x155px]][[File:imagec6.jpeg|210x157px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec7.png|416x318px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479591070&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167189&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser Pulsed beam&lt;br /&gt;
| 0..100Hz triggerable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Wavelength&lt;br /&gt;
| 266 nm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power&lt;br /&gt;
| 2uW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip width&lt;br /&gt;
| 6mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip length&lt;br /&gt;
| Full circumference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip pitch in the z-direction&lt;br /&gt;
| 265mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
| 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aperture angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 90 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tilt angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Rotation angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 45 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tests of the laser calibration system using the prototype show a clear pattern of the Al strips. Analysis of the pattern reproduces the strip position with good accuracy. Despite the strip pitch in the prototype being much tighter at 40mm instead of 265mm the peaks are very clearly separated in the z-pads. The amplitude variation between peaks is due to the laser intensity distribution which has not been investigated in detail. It is not a high priority because the laser system is not meant for pulse height calibration, but rather for time and position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec8.png|550x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser plane is not inclined in the prototype, so a separation on the anode wires is impossible. The wider spacing for the final detector was chosen to allow for a good separation in the anodes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above the laser intensity distribution is not well understood yet, but we are confident we can illuminate the 4-5 strips closest to each laser port. The combination of shallow incidence angle and low geometric efficiency makes it questionable whether enough light can reach the far end of the TPC. It may be possible to increase the laser intensity to reach further strips at the expense of saturating the signals in the intensity maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Physical safety measures and Interlock ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser is equipped with a physical shutter, that prevents laser light from coming out even if the laser is firing. &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the shutter is closed before disconnecting fiber. Ensure it&#039;s open when trying to operate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter closed.png|thumb|Physical shutter closed, laser is safe]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter open.png|thumb|Physical shutter open, laser can operate]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interlock ensures the laser is enclosed before operating. In order to satisfy it the fiber cover has to be screwed on and the entire enclosing box has to be screwed down.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143307.jpg|thumb|Interlock cover: Unscrew before being able to switch fiber]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143313 HDR.jpg|thumb|Interlock connector: BNC cable connects to Interlock In on laser power supply ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manual operation / Switching on ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser gets turned on with the key at the front of the power supply unit. After turning on it may take a while (~5min) to warm up the cooling water (interlock message is displayed on the handheld control unit). Other interlock messages indicate something is wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system is started up it can be operated from the handheld control unit, by pressing first the flash start, then after a mandatory waiting period the QS start buttons. This manual operatio should not be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Midas operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Midas laser page mirrors the important parts of the manual control. In order to use it the feLaser frontend must be running. To start firing the laser, press the &amp;quot;Start flash lamp&amp;quot; button, then wait until the status line shows &amp;quot;flash&amp;quot;, then press &amp;quot;Start Q-Switch&amp;quot;. Pausing the laser briefly can be done by just stopping the Q-Switch, for longer breaks turn off the flash lamp. (Turning off the flash lamp automatically turns off the Q-Switch, so there is no need to turn it off manually.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot from 2018-11-08 14-55-42.png|thumb|Midas laser page: operate laser by starting flash lamp, then QS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Problem !! Possible solution&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| feLaser doesn&#039;t start || Check messages if both ICE450 and MVAT were found, if not check USB-serial connections&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  || If everything seems connected, on the handheld control unit, navigate to &#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039; and switch &#039;&#039;Serial Link&#039;&#039; on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BNC interlock || Make sure laser enclosure and fiber cover are screwed down correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other interlocks / errors || Refer to manual [[File:Brio ICE450 Power Supply Manual.pdf|maunal]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= &#039;&#039;Appendix I – Bench tests&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reproduce the T2K laser calibration configuration in the Alpha-g rTPC, it would require shining the laser normal to the inner cathode surface. While the drift region is about 1m long for T2K, it is about 5cm in the Alpha-g. In addition the outer surface of the rTPC is fully occupied with the cathode pad readout electronics boards preventing any acceptable insertion of laser light direction normal to the tangent of its surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining possible solution for the Alpha-g laser calibration is to shine the laser from its endplates. There the space is also quite restricted but available. In this configuration see Figure 1, the incident light angle varies from about 45 deg to less than 1deg due to the rTPC geometrical proportions. The electron emission efficiency at these incident angles varies substantially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The shallow angle of the laser light on the central cathode cylinder is a concern for the electron emission efficiency. In order to quantify the parameter for the laser source specification, we have gone through multiple tests at UBC where a vacuum chamber with a 266nm laser was available. A dedicated mounting setup within the vacuum chamber permitted to rotate a plane holding our material sample, see Figure 2. The setup consisted in a double plate “capacitor-like” configuration, with one of the electrodes holding the sample and the other collecting the emitted electrons, see Figure 3. The signal was then collected through a dedicated DAQ for signal charge analysis versus incident angle on different material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec9.png|394x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322156&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167190&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - UBC setup for laser test&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec10.png|298x223px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec11.png|464x347px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322142&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167191&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aluminum and copper have different “work function” values. The results from T2K showed electron extraction from the aluminum to be about 2 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; while for copper around 0.03 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This ratio of 70 provides the necessary contrast for strip localization and therefore local drift time calibration. Similar tests at UBC were set up to possibly confirm these numbers. In addition the work function values found in literature fluctuate sufficiently that the selected materials may overlap with a 266nm wavelength. Therefore we added to our test the target composition (Al, Cu, C) as a variable to see if a better suited material can be identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Alpha-g case, the laser incident angle is grazing the cathode surface. Hence we included in the incident angle of the laser beam on target as a variable as well (see. Figure 4). Our tests did not reproduce the T2K results. That ratio of collected electron to the estimated number of photons on target versus the photon (laser beam) incident angle is not as large as seen in T2K at normal incidence. But we did expect to see a large variation of electron emission as we move away of a normal incidence. A proposed method to recover those “missing” electron due to the grazing incident angle, was to “scratch” the surface of the target (aluminum) to have some normal area to the incident laser light (note that 90deg incident angle is normal to the surface). This is visible with the “Al scratched 2” plot (the Alpha-g incident angle range is between 0.5 and 45deg). The effect of the scratching does increase the emission at grazing angle quite substantially, which is what we were looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately it was not possible to get reasonable values comparing different target materials. It remains unclear why this is the case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material options for strip/cathode combinations were aluminum on copper or aluminum on carbon loaded Kapton. Both cathode materials are suitable for the rTPC. In light of the prototype results shown above it was decided to stick with the copper cathode and scratched aluminum strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wavelength 266nm, Photon energy: 4.66 eV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Material&lt;br /&gt;
! Work function (eV)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cu&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.53 – 5.10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Al&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.06 – 4.26&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| C&lt;br /&gt;
| ~5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec12.png|270x197px]][[File:imagec13.png|280x201px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479691369&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167192&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec14.png|465x342px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322103&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167193&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=449</id>
		<title>Detector Calibration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Calibration&amp;diff=449"/>
		<updated>2018-11-08T14:11:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: Laser operating instructions&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167186|Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production. 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167187|Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167188|Figure 3 - Optical head assembly to be mounted on the endplate 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167189|Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167190|Figure 5 - UBC setup for laser test 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167191|Figure 6 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167192|Figure 7 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493167193|Figure 8 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purpose =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calibration system for the ALPHA-g rTPC is to provide a reference measurement of the electron drift direction and speed for a known configuration. These parameters are subject to environmental changes (pressure, temperature, gas mixture) as well as external drift voltage and magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparing to a reference measurement, a consistent number of primary electrons at a defined geometrical location are required. Two methods have been considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alpha source (Am241) mounted on the central cathode surface. This technique is well understood and working well in particular for a long drift detector. The emission rate from the calibration source can be adjusted but cannot be controlled. In our case, the impact of the calibration event rate on the overall physics trigger rates is to be considered as once the source are installed, the emission cannot be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
* Laser beam striking aluminized surface on the central cathode to achieve electron emission. This technique has been used for the T2K TPC detector with success. The work function of the aluminum being lower than the one of copper, an increase of electron emission from the aluminum will be distinguishable relative to the copper. In our case cathode surface is copper with aluminum strips at known locations. Therefore it is possible to “image” the aluminum positions from the emitted drifting electrons to the anodes. The intended laser wavelength is to be the same as in T2K (Nd:YAG frequency-quadrupled to 266nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser method with its external trigger capability and better defined electron emission has been deemed the preferred solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://daq.triumf.ca/elog-alphag/alphag/170217_115329/LaserTests.pdf Elog entry and pdf document]: Laser test results by Lars Martin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Concept =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top and bottom endplates have provisions for inserting the necessary optic module to deliver a laser plane intersecting the inner cathode cylinder. The initial laser beam in the order of 0.5mm in diameter is converted into a plane through a transparent cylindrical quartz rod of 5mm diameter within the detector volume. The plane has an aperture angle in the order of 90deg illuminating both sides of the drift path. Aluminum strips on pre-defined locations along the inner cathode will emit electrons when struck by the 266nm laser light. Using a triggered pulse laser source, the electron arrival on the anode wire and the induced charge on the cathode pads along the anode wire will provide the timing and Z position of the intersection point of the aluminum strip and the laser plane. The light plane is slightly rotated and tilted off the z-axis in order separate the Al strip electron cloud from reaching all the same wires. For the given rotation and tilt angles (45deg, 1deg) we have spaced the Al strips such that 2 anode wires will be separating the 2 electron clouds of two consecutive Al strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec2.png|546x138px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref450313614&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167186&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 – rTPC cross-section with at the bottom the central cathode with Al strips. A laser plane illuminates the central cathode for electron production.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mechanical design =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanical modification to the endplate for the laser calibration option is minimal. They consist in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Placing 2 laser access holes in each endplate, giving us the option to feed 4 laser optic modules to the rTPC, see Figure 3. The advantage of multiple access points is to better cover the whole drift volume and to illuminate both ends of the detector with similar incident angles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional 9 Aluminum strips of 6mm width wrapped around the inner cylinder at 9 locations see Figure 7. Table 1 list the position of the 9 strips, the final column shows the phi coordinate at which the laser light hits the given strip for one possible set of geometric parameters of the optics package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Strip number&lt;br /&gt;
! Nominal z [mm]&lt;br /&gt;
! Laser phi in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| -1060&lt;br /&gt;
| -17.647&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| -795&lt;br /&gt;
| -7.450&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| -530&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.447&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
| -265&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.225&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| 13.328&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5&lt;br /&gt;
| 265&lt;br /&gt;
| 18.978&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6&lt;br /&gt;
| 530&lt;br /&gt;
| 24.310&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7&lt;br /&gt;
| 795&lt;br /&gt;
| 29.412&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
| 1060&lt;br /&gt;
| 34.348&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026846&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref490026835&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Table 1 - Al strip position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec3.png|576x268px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167187&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - Inner cylinder with copper cathode and Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec4.jpeg|305x229px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec5.jpeg|207x155px]][[File:imagec6.jpeg|210x157px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec7.png|416x318px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479591070&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167189&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Model of the laser equipment at the endplate with light simulated plane on first Aluminum strip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Laser Pulsed beam&lt;br /&gt;
| 0..100Hz triggerable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Wavelength&lt;br /&gt;
| 266 nm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power&lt;br /&gt;
| 2uW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip width&lt;br /&gt;
| 6mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip length&lt;br /&gt;
| Full circumference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aluminum strip pitch in the z-direction&lt;br /&gt;
| 265mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of Aluminum strips&lt;br /&gt;
| 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aperture angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 90 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tilt angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Rotation angle&lt;br /&gt;
| 45 deg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tests of the laser calibration system using the prototype show a clear pattern of the Al strips. Analysis of the pattern reproduces the strip position with good accuracy. Despite the strip pitch in the prototype being much tighter at 40mm instead of 265mm the peaks are very clearly separated in the z-pads. The amplitude variation between peaks is due to the laser intensity distribution which has not been investigated in detail. It is not a high priority because the laser system is not meant for pulse height calibration, but rather for time and position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec8.png|550x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laser plane is not inclined in the prototype, so a separation on the anode wires is impossible. The wider spacing for the final detector was chosen to allow for a good separation in the anodes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above the laser intensity distribution is not well understood yet, but we are confident we can illuminate the 4-5 strips closest to each laser port. The combination of shallow incidence angle and low geometric efficiency makes it questionable whether enough light can reach the far end of the TPC. It may be possible to increase the laser intensity to reach further strips at the expense of saturating the signals in the intensity maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Physical safety measures and Interlock ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser is equipped with a physical shutter, that prevents laser light from coming out even if the laser is firing. &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the shutter is closed before disconnecting fiber. Ensure it&#039;s open when trying to operate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter closed.png|thumb|Physical shutter closed, laser is safe]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laser shutter open.png|thumb|Physical shutter open, laser can operate]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interlock ensures the laser is enclosed before operating. In order to satisfy it the fiber cover has to be screwed on and the entire enclosing box has to be screwed down.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143307.jpg|thumb|Interlock cover: Unscrew before being able to switch fiber]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20181108 143313 HDR.jpg|thumb|Interlock connector: BNC cable connects to Interlock In on laser power supply ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manual operation / Switching on ===&lt;br /&gt;
The laser gets turned on with the key at the front of the power supply unit. After turning on it may take a while (~5min) to warm up the cooling water (interlock message is displayed on the handheld control unit). Other interlock messages indicate something is wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system is started up it can be operated from the handheld control unit, by pressing first the flash start, then after a mandatory waiting period the QS start buttons. This manual operatio should not be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Midas operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Midas laser page mirrors the important parts of the manual control. In order to use it the feLaser frontend must be running. To start firing the laser, press the &amp;quot;Start flash lamp&amp;quot; button, then wait until the status line shows &amp;quot;flash&amp;quot;, then press &amp;quot;Start Q-Switch&amp;quot;. Pausing the laser briefly can be done by just stopping the Q-Switch, for longer breaks turn off the flash lamp. (Turning off the flash lamp automatically turns off the Q-Switch, so there is no need to turn it off manually.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot from 2018-11-08 14-55-42.png|thumb|Midas laser page: operate laser by starting flash lamp, then QS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Problem !! Possible solution&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| feLaser doesn&#039;t start || Check messages if both ICE450 and MVAT were found, if not check USB-serial connections&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BNC interlock || Make sure laser enclosure and fiber cover are screwed down correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other interlocks / errors || Refer to manual [[File:Brio ICE450 Power Supply Manual.pdf|maunal]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= &#039;&#039;Appendix I – Bench tests&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reproduce the T2K laser calibration configuration in the Alpha-g rTPC, it would require shining the laser normal to the inner cathode surface. While the drift region is about 1m long for T2K, it is about 5cm in the Alpha-g. In addition the outer surface of the rTPC is fully occupied with the cathode pad readout electronics boards preventing any acceptable insertion of laser light direction normal to the tangent of its surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining possible solution for the Alpha-g laser calibration is to shine the laser from its endplates. There the space is also quite restricted but available. In this configuration see Figure 1, the incident light angle varies from about 45 deg to less than 1deg due to the rTPC geometrical proportions. The electron emission efficiency at these incident angles varies substantially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The shallow angle of the laser light on the central cathode cylinder is a concern for the electron emission efficiency. In order to quantify the parameter for the laser source specification, we have gone through multiple tests at UBC where a vacuum chamber with a 266nm laser was available. A dedicated mounting setup within the vacuum chamber permitted to rotate a plane holding our material sample, see Figure 2. The setup consisted in a double plate “capacitor-like” configuration, with one of the electrodes holding the sample and the other collecting the emitted electrons, see Figure 3. The signal was then collected through a dedicated DAQ for signal charge analysis versus incident angle on different material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec9.png|394x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322156&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167190&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - UBC setup for laser test&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:imagec10.png|298x223px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec11.png|464x347px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322142&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167191&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Schematic of the UBC test configuration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aluminum and copper have different “work function” values. The results from T2K showed electron extraction from the aluminum to be about 2 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; while for copper around 0.03 pe/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This ratio of 70 provides the necessary contrast for strip localization and therefore local drift time calibration. Similar tests at UBC were set up to possibly confirm these numbers. In addition the work function values found in literature fluctuate sufficiently that the selected materials may overlap with a 266nm wavelength. Therefore we added to our test the target composition (Al, Cu, C) as a variable to see if a better suited material can be identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Alpha-g case, the laser incident angle is grazing the cathode surface. Hence we included in the incident angle of the laser beam on target as a variable as well (see. Figure 4). Our tests did not reproduce the T2K results. That ratio of collected electron to the estimated number of photons on target versus the photon (laser beam) incident angle is not as large as seen in T2K at normal incidence. But we did expect to see a large variation of electron emission as we move away of a normal incidence. A proposed method to recover those “missing” electron due to the grazing incident angle, was to “scratch” the surface of the target (aluminum) to have some normal area to the incident laser light (note that 90deg incident angle is normal to the surface). This is visible with the “Al scratched 2” plot (the Alpha-g incident angle range is between 0.5 and 45deg). The effect of the scratching does increase the emission at grazing angle quite substantially, which is what we were looking for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately it was not possible to get reasonable values comparing different target materials. It remains unclear why this is the case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material options for strip/cathode combinations were aluminum on copper or aluminum on carbon loaded Kapton. Both cathode materials are suitable for the rTPC. In light of the prototype results shown above it was decided to stick with the copper cathode and scratched aluminum strips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wavelength 266nm, Photon energy: 4.66 eV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! Material&lt;br /&gt;
! Work function (eV)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cu&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.53 – 5.10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Al&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.06 – 4.26&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| C&lt;br /&gt;
| ~5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec12.png|270x197px]][[File:imagec13.png|280x201px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479691369&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167192&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Photoemission versus incident angle for Aluminum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imagec14.png|465x342px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref479322103&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493167193&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 - Ratio of electron per photon versus incident angle for different base material&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Equipment&amp;diff=448</id>
		<title>Equipment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Equipment&amp;diff=448"/>
		<updated>2018-11-08T14:09:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= UPS - Tripp-Lite - Model SUINT1500LCD2U =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SmartOnline 208/230V 1.5kVA 1.35kW Double-Conversion UPS, 2U, Extended Run, no(SNMP Card Option), LCD, USB, DB9, ENERGY STAR&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:UPS-TRIPP LITE-SUINT1500LCD2U.pdf|thumb|UPS-Tripp-Lite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= PL512 - WIENER - Low Voltage Power unit =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cable plug STAK3N with the locking retainer STASI3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hirschmann connector: https://sc2.premierfarnell.com/sc/product.aspx?productid=1176412&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:Manual_PL512_PL506_00679_A4.pdf|thumb|LV-PL512]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= R1471 - CAEN - High Voltage Power Supply =&lt;br /&gt;
4 channels 0..8KV 3mA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:R14xx_rev7.pdf|thumb|HV-R1470]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= MV2 - Metrolab - 3-axis Hall device =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Image:MagVector-MV2-Datasheet-v1.1.pdf|thumb|MV2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= ETH002 - 2 x 16A ethernet relay =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.robot-electronics.co.uk/eth002-16amp-2-channel-ethernet-relay.html Online Documentation]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Eth002.pdf|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Quantel ICE450 - Laser power supply&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:Brio_ICE450_Power_Supply_Manual.pdf|thumb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Brio_ICE450_Power_Supply_Manual.pdf&amp;diff=447</id>
		<title>File:Brio ICE450 Power Supply Manual.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Brio_ICE450_Power_Supply_Manual.pdf&amp;diff=447"/>
		<updated>2018-11-08T14:08:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: Laser power supply manual&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Laser power supply manual&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_from_2018-11-08_14-55-42.png&amp;diff=446</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot from 2018-11-08 14-55-42.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_from_2018-11-08_14-55-42.png&amp;diff=446"/>
		<updated>2018-11-08T13:56:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Midas laser page&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:20181108_143313_HDR.jpg&amp;diff=445</id>
		<title>File:20181108 143313 HDR.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:20181108_143313_HDR.jpg&amp;diff=445"/>
		<updated>2018-11-08T13:43:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Interlock connector: BNC cable connects to Interlock In on laser power supply&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:20181108_143307.jpg&amp;diff=444</id>
		<title>File:20181108 143307.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:20181108_143307.jpg&amp;diff=444"/>
		<updated>2018-11-08T13:37:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Safety Interlock1&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Laser_shutter_open.png&amp;diff=443</id>
		<title>File:Laser shutter open.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Laser_shutter_open.png&amp;diff=443"/>
		<updated>2018-11-08T13:29:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: Lmartin uploaded a new version of File:Laser shutter open.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Laser shutter open&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Laser_shutter_closed.png&amp;diff=442</id>
		<title>File:Laser shutter closed.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Laser_shutter_closed.png&amp;diff=442"/>
		<updated>2018-11-08T13:28:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: Lmartin uploaded a new version of File:Laser shutter closed.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Mechanical shutter closed&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Laser_shutter_open.png&amp;diff=441</id>
		<title>File:Laser shutter open.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Laser_shutter_open.png&amp;diff=441"/>
		<updated>2018-11-08T13:22:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Laser shutter open&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Laser_shutter_closed.png&amp;diff=440</id>
		<title>File:Laser shutter closed.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=File:Laser_shutter_closed.png&amp;diff=440"/>
		<updated>2018-11-08T13:22:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Mechanical shutter closed&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=416</id>
		<title>Detector Services</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=416"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T00:37:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Water cooling system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684884|Figure 1 - Gas system schematic 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684885|Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684886|Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684887|Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684888|Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test. 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684889|Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system. 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684890|Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684891|Figure 8 - Temperature Monitor Board 14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684892|Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684893|Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684894|Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684895|Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire 18]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684896|Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684897|Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads 21]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684898|Figure 15 - High Voltage &amp;amp;amp; Grounding scheme for the rTPC 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684899|Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization 23]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Introduction =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684457&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document is to describe the different services for the rTPC detector. 3 main sections cover the &#039;&#039;Gas system&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;Water cooling system&#039;&#039; and the &#039;&#039;Power distribution&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References and related Documents =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dedicated TRIUMF Wiki site gathers all documentations for the rTPC detector system and equipment. Gas system, cooling water system and power distribution can be found there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Gas system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas system as described below includes the entire gas infrastructure required to deliver gas to the detector, monitor and control the gas flow into the detector. It also includes the necessary equipment to notify any change from the nominal gas flow or gas mixture ratio delivered to the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of mixed gas system is well understood by the Triumf detector group staff and no issue in its realization is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system is a stand-alone infrastructure assembled and delivered to CERN. It will be placed in the Alpha-g experimental area floor. The delivery of the different gases to the experimental area is under the responsibility of the Gas handling group from CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas delivery system for the radial TPC (rTPC) is to provide Ar/CO2 gas mixture between 90/10 to 50/50 depending on the user requirements. This system does not recycle the gas as the environmental impact of either gas is minimal and the operation cost versus a recycling system would not be economic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event of an additional quenching gas requirement, the overall gas system will have to be reconsidered and possible recycling system envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple gas mixer using digital flow meters will provide the precise mixture dialed by hand in the control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the prototype phase, an ad-hoc gas system will be put in place. A portable gas system is available for such a test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas mixture&lt;br /&gt;
| Ar/CO2 (90/10..50/50)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas flow requirements&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.3l/min (50%), 0.3l/min (50%)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Detector gas Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.18m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flushing time&lt;br /&gt;
| 5h @ 600cc/min&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flow rate&lt;br /&gt;
| 100 to 300 cc/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gas system is quite simple as it takes 2 or 3 (spare) gas supplies and mixes them in a manifold before delivery to the rTPC detector. Necessary valves for purging lines and by-passing the detector are foreseen. The individual in-flows are controlled by gas dedicated mass flow controllers (MFC-x). The return flow is measured for leak assessment. An additional manometer monitors the internal detector pressure for evaluation of the electron drift characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
­­­­[[File:imageservice2.png|575x315px|PA_doc-1.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684492&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684884&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 - Gas system schematic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow controller and monitoring is performed by industrial devices from MKS. We added analog flowmeters on each gas line to provide a quick visual inspection of the gas mixing system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system will be hooked to the CERN AD-Gas facility. The CERN gas delivers gas through 2 switchable packs of 12 bottles for each gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas exhaust is evacuated to the exterior of the experimental area with an elevation of about 8m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice3.png|366x263px|PA_doc-2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684493&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684885&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450557826&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice4.png|324x364px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684494&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684886&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start ==&lt;br /&gt;
From-scratch (Neither gas supply lines to the GHS nor connections to and from the TPC connected) connection of the GHS should follow the following procedure:&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush supply lines:&#039;&#039;&#039; Gas lines from outside bottles going to the GHS should be briefly (5 min or so) flushed with a high gas flow &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039; connecting to the GHS to remove possible dust, and to minimize the amount of air in the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush GHS:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Close BV3 and BV5, open BV2 and BV4 to flush input lines, only briefly.&lt;br /&gt;
## Open BV3 and BV5, close BV2 and BV4 (normal operation configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
## With Midas frontend running, use the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page to set a desired flow, for flushing probably between 1l/min and 1.5l/min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface), then press the &amp;quot;Bypass Flow&amp;quot; button, and let flow for a while (5-15min?)&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush TPC input line:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Connect the line that will go from the GHS to the TPC input-tee on the GHS side, but leave disconnected from the tee&lt;br /&gt;
## do the same for the pressure gauge line&lt;br /&gt;
## On the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page, press the &amp;quot;Flow TPC&amp;quot; button and let flow for 5 min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface).&lt;br /&gt;
# Make all remaining connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Telnet Interface ==&lt;br /&gt;
If the Midas frontend is not available the GHS can be controlled via telnet. Connect with&lt;br /&gt;
 telnet algas&lt;br /&gt;
then use the following command to control solenoid valves:&lt;br /&gt;
 cowr do i 1&lt;br /&gt;
to energize SVi, i.e. to switch it from its normal closed or open state to the other state,&lt;br /&gt;
 cowr do i 0&lt;br /&gt;
to de-energize, i.e. switch to default state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow is set with:&lt;br /&gt;
 mfcwr ao i &amp;lt;desired flow&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where i is 1 for Ar and 2 for CO&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and the desired flow is in the internal units of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Water cooling system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outer surface of the detector has an arrangement of 8x8 electronics boards handling the readout of the cathode pads. These boards require operating at a controlled temperature to prevent heat build-up at the surface of the detector and improving the reliability of the system. In order to do so, 8 independent water pipe loops running from the bottom-up and down in the longitudinal axis of the detector are in a thermal contact to 8 successive readout boards. From the bottom, a pair of water hoses connect to 2 custom 3D-printed manifolds supplying the water feed and return to the 8 water loops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These 8 loops are run in parallel to a negative pressure water cooling system. This negative pressure system is to ensure that no water leak will damage the electronics even during possible pipe or delivery hose breakage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice5.png|516x273px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960816&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684495&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684887&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice6.jpg|249x429px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960817&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684496&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684888&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Values&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of parallel water loops&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Copper pipe OD/ID&lt;br /&gt;
| ¼” / 4.7mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Length of one loop (on the rTPC)&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.6m&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Water speed per loop&lt;br /&gt;
| …&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pressure drop per loop&lt;br /&gt;
| …&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power extraction per water loop&lt;br /&gt;
| 8x15W= 120W&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total cooling power&lt;br /&gt;
| 1KW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Inlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 16..20 degC (to be confirmed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Outlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 20..24 degC&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total water flow&lt;br /&gt;
| 3..6 l/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This description corresponds to how we think the system should work, but doesn&#039;t seem fully comatible with the behaviour of the system. E.g. the air pump only seems to turn on when PID1 falls below a certain value.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pressure PID (proportional/integral/differential controller), PID2, monitors the air pressure in the vacuum vessel. When the pressure rises above a trigger value (perhaps 350mbar) it activates the aspirator vacuum pump to bring the pressure down to maintain a long time averaged pressure (say 300mbar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This vacuum is then used to draw water through the detector into the vessel, from the Open Tank. The vacuum vessel&#039;s water level is monitored by PID1, using a differential pressure transducer measuring the weight of the water column by the difference between the air pressure in the top of the vessel and the water pressure at the bottom of the vessel. PID1 provides a variable signal to the Proportional Solenoid Valve, which varies the flow through the return loop around the (fixed flow) water pump, and thus changing the overall flow of water from the vacuum vessel to keep the water level in the vessel constant despite water being constantly drawn in by the vacuum. The water pulled from the vacuum vessel is pushed through the filter and into the Open Tank, completing the circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling is accomplished in the water pump leg of the system, as coolant pulled from the vacuum vessel passes through a heat exchanger coupled to CERN’s cooling water supply on its way to the pump. The rate that water flows through the system can be determined by many obstacles in the loop, but ideally it should be dominated by the position of the main Throttle Valve. Other valves should generally be set either fully open of fully closed, except for the Proportional Valve, whose position responds to the setting of the Throttle Valve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data outputs: there are five data outputs planned. The two process variables, the vacuum vessel absolute pressure, and differential water column pressure, will be sent to the Detector DAQ system. As well, the total flow rate is monitored by the flow meter, whose output is sent to the DAQ system. This data is not used by the circulation system itself. Likewise, the back pressure on the water filter is only sent to the DAQ system to indicate if the filter may need changing, and the temperature of the open tank is monitored and sent to the DAQ system, but currently there is no plan to use it in a temperature control feedback. The temperature of CERN&#039;s cooling water supply is not yet known, but we expect we can set the heat exchanger to run at a rate to hold the system temperature near 20°C without feedback control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the negative pressure to work effectively to prevent leaks, the water pressure in the detector ought to be down at least to half an atmosphere. With the detector cooling tubes 8x 4.6m of parallel 4.7mm ID copper tubes (2.3m down then 2.3 back-ups), and the supply using (perhaps 6m, 3 to the detector then 3 back) 9.7mm ID (=1/2&amp;amp;quot; OD) poly tubing, the flow will need to be somewhat greater than the required 3 l/min in order to maintain that degree of vacuum in the detector, unless the Throttle Valve is placed upstream of the detector near the Open Tank, or an additional constriction is added in that region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water pump leg of the circuit residing in the water cooling/gas rack is placed far enough from the fringe field of the superconducting magnet to prevent disruptive effects on the solenoid valves and electric motors. Therefore the main 1/2&amp;amp;quot; poly line to and from the water pump and its flow loop will add a pressure drop which is estimated at 0.4atm for a 10m line at 6 l/min (9.7mmID), which is within our requirements. As mentioned earlier, the splitting (and reassembly) of the line to the 8 cooling lines close to detector will be accomplished with the use of 2 separate manifolds equipped with temperature sensors for constant in/out global water temperature monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice7.png|286x206px]][[File:imageservice8.jpg|286x206px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684497&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684889&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, PVC valves with &amp;amp;quot;true union&amp;amp;quot; couplings are planned to be provided around the water pump to permit it to be swapped out from the system for servicing and a valved bypass to the water filter is provided for the same purpose to allow easily changing filter elements with the system running. True union valves are generally only available to 1/2NPT and larger, so an adapter fitting is required. The vacuum pump for the system is a small (2 x 5 x 7.5cm) cascaded dual Venturi aspirator, which is operated with site air, switched with two simultaneously operated normally closed solenoid valves, one for the site air, and one for the vessel vacuum input. If the system is leak free, the vacuum in the vessel should only be degraded by the dissolved air absorbed in the Open Tank and extracted in the vacuum vessel, which from past experience might mean running for under a minute every six hours or so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wetted surfaces of this system will be mainly PVC and Polyethylene for the valves, tubing and vessels, plus brass fittings, and the copper cooling tubes, and the surfaces of the heat exchanger, which will most likely be stainless steel. It may be possible to devise an equivalent of a bellows communicating with the Open Tank, so that it is only virtually open, thus sealing the cooling water from contaminants, which may allow us to run with just distilled water plus a strip of silver as a biocide (although I&#039;m not sure if the mix of metals, copper plus stainless, may not interfere with the function of the silver, which is mostly used in computer cooling systems which are copper and plastic only). Otherwise, we will need a biocide and corrosion inhibitor. We have the latter, tolyltriazole, but the biocide is problematic. They tend to be short-lived; for systems which are open to atmosphere, typical industrial practice is chlorination, regularly refreshed, which builds up NaCl as it degrades, making the coolant corrosive. For T2K in Japan, we used the (human-nontoxic) &amp;amp;quot;Germall&amp;amp;quot;, which has a two-year lifetime, after which when its effectiveness decays it turns into food, which is the case for any solute that is not actively biocidal. Eventually, any such additives build up and require the coolant to be flushed and replaced. Silver is a lovely method, but only works for extended periods with a sealed system which remains deoxygenated. My research so far has not turned up a good candidate which does not entail recurring changes of the coolant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Power: the system needs to be able to run on European 220VAC power, but also operate here for testing purposes. The PIDs (Omega CN76160s) will accept both; for the rest of the system, I will have an a universal 90-240VAC input to 24VDC (5A) supply which will drive all the other components, including the pump, which will be a brushless 24VDC centrifugal pump, 1 - 1.5A range. The whole system will run about 125W.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information on the temperature and flow rate of the CERN cooling water system will be provided later but we don’t anticipate any major issues about the sizing of the heat exchanger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice9.png|603x344px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960818&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684498&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684890&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564356&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Temperature Measurement ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice10.jpeg|225x356px]] [[File:imageservice11.png|194x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684499&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684891&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 Temperature Monitor Board&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water temperature is read by the Temperature Monitor Board (TEMPB). Thermistors located inside the manifold connect to a 16 bit ADC on the TEMPB which is read out by a Raspberry Pi mounted on board. In a similar manner the air system temperature is read with sensors in the air manifold. The TEMPB can provide temperature readout of 32 thermistors which connect to terminal blocks. The channels can also be readout differentially providing up to 16 channels for thermocouples. An on board thermistor allows for cold junction compensation. The board is powered via USB on the Raspberry Pi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start ==&lt;br /&gt;
This assumes all water lines and compressed air are connected, and both the blue water tank and the chiller are filled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Begin running ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Close vent valve and main valve (3-way valve in T position)&lt;br /&gt;
# Switch on control box with power switch in the back&lt;br /&gt;
# confirm water pump is off, i.e. blue button is not illuminated&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacuum pump should now be running&lt;br /&gt;
# Open main valve, i.e. vertical connection open, connection to vent valve closed&lt;br /&gt;
# water should start flowing through the PWB cooling system and coming back through the clear pipe connected to the vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
# Default settings are PID1 = 200, PID2 = 300, but may have been adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
# once the water level in the vacuum vessel has risen to ~20cm, turn on the water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Drain system ===&lt;br /&gt;
# from normal operation, i.e. vacuum pump and water pump running&lt;br /&gt;
# switch main valve to upside down T position&lt;br /&gt;
# open vent valve&lt;br /&gt;
# air should now enter the system, draining all water from the TPC pipes into the vacuum vessel&lt;br /&gt;
# water pump will drain the vacuum vessel into supply tank, turn it off before the vessel is completely empty to avoid air in the water pump&lt;br /&gt;
# switch off main power&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
The water system is temperamental, and not intuitive at all. Common problems and solution attempts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; water pump very loud, doesn&#039;t appear to pump water&lt;br /&gt;
: most likely air in the water pump. Open the vent of the vacuum vessel to allow water to enter pump by gravity alone, pump should stop screaming and start pumping. Close vent.&lt;br /&gt;
; vacuum pump comes on often (more then every 10-20 min)&lt;br /&gt;
: probably an air leak in the system. Check for bubbles and try to find leak.&lt;br /&gt;
; water level/flow/vacuum oscillate between extreme values&lt;br /&gt;
: unclear, try playing with PID settings, throttle valve, possibly orange ball valves by the water pump.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Power distribution =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section covers the different voltages and power requirements for the operation of the rTPC. This includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# High Voltage for the rTPC electron drift and amplification operation&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Anode wire frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provision of power to the different components of the detector is distributed from the top end plate of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice12.png|507x354px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965261&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684500&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684892&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== High Voltage for the rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three main components of the rTPC require High Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Main cathode wall (Negative ~5KV)&lt;br /&gt;
* Field wires (Negative ~ few hundred volts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Anode wires (Positive ~3.2KV )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These voltages are provided by a Quad High Voltage unit from CAEN. Three independent cables will be fed to the top of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High Voltage provision to the bottom endplate HV ring is taken from the central cathode near the bottom endplate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Field wire voltage is connected to all the field wire crimp-pins through a dedicated socket chain inserted on each of the crimp-pin on the top and bottom endplates. The field wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK20&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK21&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK22&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The High Voltage for the anode wires is delivered to the Anode Wire Card (AWC) which will distribute it to its 16 wires, Figure 11. There are 16 AWC cards covering each end of the anode wires. All the top and bottom 32 AWC are connected serially. The anode wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The anode wires pre-amplifiers boards (AWB) are sitting on the top of the Anode Wire Card (AWC) Figure 10. As the wire is powered by the HV, each anode wire has a high Voltage decoupling capacitor to isolate the pre-amp stage from the HV. This circuit resides on the AWC. The AWB will see the AC coupled anode signal only. With a new design of the AWC Figure 12, the decoupling capacitors are potted in epoxy to ensure proper isolation of the HV toward the surrounding circuit as well to prevent corona discharge due to relative humidity of the surrounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice13.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684196&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684501&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684893&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice14.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684198&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684502&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684894&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice15.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684370&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684503&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684895&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Anode wire frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AWB pre-amp board requires 2 voltages (+5V, -5V) which are fed through dedicated cable connections to each of the AWB. There are 16 AWB per end of the rTPC, therefore, 16 individual cable bundle will be reaching the top and another 16 the bottom of the rTPC. The cable bundle is to also provide the power return lines to the Power Supply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PL508 Low Voltage power Supply from Wiener will provide the main power source for all the 32 pre-amplifiers. A dedicated connection breakout board with current monitoring capability splits the source power to the 2 x 16 necessary connections to the Anode wire boards. Based on a RaspeberryPi card, a 16 power distribution board is already implemented for the prototype. This board has extra 4 channels of temperature monitoring which can be used later on. In the same process we produce a similar board for 16 channel of NTC, RTC temperature monitoring. They will be used for overall detector and cooling system monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Anode Pre-amp&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice16.jpg|239x363px]] [[File:imageservice17.png|239x363px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965262&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684504&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684896&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Anode wire pre-amplifier voltage distribution scheme, the Barrel Scintillators will require several low voltages for power and control. The Barrel Scintillator Boards (BSB) are mounted on both ends of the Scintillator bar with the same segmentation as the Anode wires i.e.: 16 BSB per end. The design of the electronic chain for the barrel scintillator is not fully designed yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SiPM sensors require a bias voltage of the order of 28V. This voltage will be provided through the same mean as the low voltage power. Expected threshold voltage for the local signal level discriminator is also foreseen.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564363&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cathode pads electronics mounted on the external cylinder surface is composed of the analog frontend and the digital conversion electronics. Two voltages are required (+5.3V, +2.3V). The delivery is done through dedicated “power bar” running the full length of the rTPC. A set of 3 bars covers the 8 axial cathode pad electronics boards. 8 of them cover the circumference of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+2.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Padwing board&lt;br /&gt;
| 10W (1.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 2W (0.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the low power supplies are provided by a PL508-3U with 8 modules of either single or dual channels from Wiener.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice18.png|469x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684505&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684897&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564365&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding scheme challenge in this setup is the far distance between the 2 end of the rTPC (2.3m) and the lack of accessibility to the bottom of the detector. The proposal is to use a Copper sheet mounted on the inner surface of the inner cylinder. This ground path will connect the 2 endplates to the High Voltage return. All the pre-amps will merge their ground to this central ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional ground lugs have been included in the Anode wire pre-amplifier boards to strengthen the ground as each anode wire is readout out from both end. This may be used once the full detector is assembled to address possible ground loop issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684506&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;[[File:imageservice19.png|439x409px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Safety and Hazard considerations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gas ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ar and CO2 do not require special health safety system. The detector will be operated in the ventilated hall of the AD building at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow, detector gas pressure, and gas inlet temperature are constantly monitored and can trigger adequate response for shutdown or closure of the gas system for safety purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooling water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water cooling system operates in negative pressure mode preventing any water leak to flood the detector outer surface. In addition water flow and inlet/outlet temperature are constantly monitored to allow fast response to off range parameter in order to shut down the electronics. The cooling water system requires a primary cooling tap water loop from the AD building. Water quality, water flow and water temperature are not under our responsibility. This aspect will be dealt during the initial phase of the rTPC commissioning at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All electronics voltages are below 48V. No special safety circuits are envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high-voltage circuit is fully protected outside the detector. The access to the high-voltage on the detector is restricted to the two end-plates. Interlock scheme will be put in place to ensure the shutdown of the HV in case of manual access to the detector itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LV (Low Voltage) power units are also interlocked to prevent false powering sequence which can damage the downstream electronics modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice20.png|571x411px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684507&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684899&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=415</id>
		<title>Detector Services</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=415"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T00:14:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Gas system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684884|Figure 1 - Gas system schematic 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684885|Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684886|Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684887|Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684888|Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test. 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684889|Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system. 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684890|Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684891|Figure 8 - Temperature Monitor Board 14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684892|Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684893|Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684894|Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684895|Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire 18]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684896|Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684897|Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads 21]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684898|Figure 15 - High Voltage &amp;amp;amp; Grounding scheme for the rTPC 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684899|Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization 23]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Introduction =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684457&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document is to describe the different services for the rTPC detector. 3 main sections cover the &#039;&#039;Gas system&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;Water cooling system&#039;&#039; and the &#039;&#039;Power distribution&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References and related Documents =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dedicated TRIUMF Wiki site gathers all documentations for the rTPC detector system and equipment. Gas system, cooling water system and power distribution can be found there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Gas system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas system as described below includes the entire gas infrastructure required to deliver gas to the detector, monitor and control the gas flow into the detector. It also includes the necessary equipment to notify any change from the nominal gas flow or gas mixture ratio delivered to the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of mixed gas system is well understood by the Triumf detector group staff and no issue in its realization is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system is a stand-alone infrastructure assembled and delivered to CERN. It will be placed in the Alpha-g experimental area floor. The delivery of the different gases to the experimental area is under the responsibility of the Gas handling group from CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas delivery system for the radial TPC (rTPC) is to provide Ar/CO2 gas mixture between 90/10 to 50/50 depending on the user requirements. This system does not recycle the gas as the environmental impact of either gas is minimal and the operation cost versus a recycling system would not be economic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event of an additional quenching gas requirement, the overall gas system will have to be reconsidered and possible recycling system envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple gas mixer using digital flow meters will provide the precise mixture dialed by hand in the control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the prototype phase, an ad-hoc gas system will be put in place. A portable gas system is available for such a test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas mixture&lt;br /&gt;
| Ar/CO2 (90/10..50/50)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas flow requirements&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.3l/min (50%), 0.3l/min (50%)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Detector gas Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.18m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flushing time&lt;br /&gt;
| 5h @ 600cc/min&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flow rate&lt;br /&gt;
| 100 to 300 cc/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gas system is quite simple as it takes 2 or 3 (spare) gas supplies and mixes them in a manifold before delivery to the rTPC detector. Necessary valves for purging lines and by-passing the detector are foreseen. The individual in-flows are controlled by gas dedicated mass flow controllers (MFC-x). The return flow is measured for leak assessment. An additional manometer monitors the internal detector pressure for evaluation of the electron drift characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
­­­­[[File:imageservice2.png|575x315px|PA_doc-1.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684492&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684884&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 - Gas system schematic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow controller and monitoring is performed by industrial devices from MKS. We added analog flowmeters on each gas line to provide a quick visual inspection of the gas mixing system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system will be hooked to the CERN AD-Gas facility. The CERN gas delivers gas through 2 switchable packs of 12 bottles for each gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas exhaust is evacuated to the exterior of the experimental area with an elevation of about 8m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice3.png|366x263px|PA_doc-2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684493&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684885&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450557826&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice4.png|324x364px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684494&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684886&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start ==&lt;br /&gt;
From-scratch (Neither gas supply lines to the GHS nor connections to and from the TPC connected) connection of the GHS should follow the following procedure:&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush supply lines:&#039;&#039;&#039; Gas lines from outside bottles going to the GHS should be briefly (5 min or so) flushed with a high gas flow &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039; connecting to the GHS to remove possible dust, and to minimize the amount of air in the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush GHS:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Close BV3 and BV5, open BV2 and BV4 to flush input lines, only briefly.&lt;br /&gt;
## Open BV3 and BV5, close BV2 and BV4 (normal operation configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
## With Midas frontend running, use the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page to set a desired flow, for flushing probably between 1l/min and 1.5l/min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface), then press the &amp;quot;Bypass Flow&amp;quot; button, and let flow for a while (5-15min?)&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush TPC input line:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Connect the line that will go from the GHS to the TPC input-tee on the GHS side, but leave disconnected from the tee&lt;br /&gt;
## do the same for the pressure gauge line&lt;br /&gt;
## On the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page, press the &amp;quot;Flow TPC&amp;quot; button and let flow for 5 min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface).&lt;br /&gt;
# Make all remaining connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Telnet Interface ==&lt;br /&gt;
If the Midas frontend is not available the GHS can be controlled via telnet. Connect with&lt;br /&gt;
 telnet algas&lt;br /&gt;
then use the following command to control solenoid valves:&lt;br /&gt;
 cowr do i 1&lt;br /&gt;
to energize SVi, i.e. to switch it from its normal closed or open state to the other state,&lt;br /&gt;
 cowr do i 0&lt;br /&gt;
to de-energize, i.e. switch to default state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow is set with:&lt;br /&gt;
 mfcwr ao i &amp;lt;desired flow&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where i is 1 for Ar and 2 for CO&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and the desired flow is in the internal units of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Water cooling system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outer surface of the detector has an arrangement of 8x8 electronics boards handling the readout of the cathode pads. These boards require operating at a controlled temperature to prevent heat build-up at the surface of the detector and improving the reliability of the system. In order to do so, 8 independent water pipe loops running from the bottom-up and down in the longitudinal axis of the detector are in a thermal contact to 8 successive readout boards. From the bottom, a pair of water hoses connect to 2 custom 3D-printed manifolds supplying the water feed and return to the 8 water loops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These 8 loops are run in parallel to a negative pressure water cooling system. This negative pressure system is to ensure that no water leak will damage the electronics even during possible pipe or delivery hose breakage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice5.png|516x273px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960816&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684495&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684887&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice6.jpg|249x429px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960817&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684496&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684888&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Values&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of parallel water loops&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Copper pipe OD/ID&lt;br /&gt;
| ¼” / 4.7mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Length of one loop (on the rTPC)&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.6m&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Water speed per loop&lt;br /&gt;
| …&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pressure drop per loop&lt;br /&gt;
| …&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power extraction per water loop&lt;br /&gt;
| 8x15W= 120W&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total cooling power&lt;br /&gt;
| 1KW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Inlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 16..20 degC (to be confirmed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Outlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 20..24 degC&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total water flow&lt;br /&gt;
| 3..6 l/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This description corresponds to how we think the system should work, but doesn&#039;t seem fully comatible with the behaviour of the system. E.g. the air pump only seems to turn on when PID1 falls below a certain value.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pressure PID (proportional/integral/differential controller), PID2, monitors the air pressure in the vacuum vessel. When the pressure rises above a trigger value (perhaps 350mbar) it activates the aspirator vacuum pump to bring the pressure down to maintain a long time averaged pressure (say 300mbar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This vacuum is then used to draw water through the detector into the vessel, from the Open Tank. The vacuum vessel&#039;s water level is monitored by PID1, using a differential pressure transducer measuring the weight of the water column by the difference between the air pressure in the top of the vessel and the water pressure at the bottom of the vessel. PID1 provides a variable signal to the Proportional Solenoid Valve, which varies the flow through the return loop around the (fixed flow) water pump, and thus changing the overall flow of water from the vacuum vessel to keep the water level in the vessel constant despite water being constantly drawn in by the vacuum. The water pulled from the vacuum vessel is pushed through the filter and into the Open Tank, completing the circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling is accomplished in the water pump leg of the system, as coolant pulled from the vacuum vessel passes through a heat exchanger coupled to CERN’s cooling water supply on its way to the pump. The rate that water flows through the system can be determined by many obstacles in the loop, but ideally it should be dominated by the position of the main Throttle Valve. Other valves should generally be set either fully open of fully closed, except for the Proportional Valve, whose position responds to the setting of the Throttle Valve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data outputs: there are five data outputs planned. The two process variables, the vacuum vessel absolute pressure, and differential water column pressure, will be sent to the Detector DAQ system. As well, the total flow rate is monitored by the flow meter, whose output is sent to the DAQ system. This data is not used by the circulation system itself. Likewise, the back pressure on the water filter is only sent to the DAQ system to indicate if the filter may need changing, and the temperature of the open tank is monitored and sent to the DAQ system, but currently there is no plan to use it in a temperature control feedback. The temperature of CERN&#039;s cooling water supply is not yet known, but we expect we can set the heat exchanger to run at a rate to hold the system temperature near 20°C without feedback control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the negative pressure to work effectively to prevent leaks, the water pressure in the detector ought to be down at least to half an atmosphere. With the detector cooling tubes 8x 4.6m of parallel 4.7mm ID copper tubes (2.3m down then 2.3 back-ups), and the supply using (perhaps 6m, 3 to the detector then 3 back) 9.7mm ID (=1/2&amp;amp;quot; OD) poly tubing, the flow will need to be somewhat greater than the required 3 l/min in order to maintain that degree of vacuum in the detector, unless the Throttle Valve is placed upstream of the detector near the Open Tank, or an additional constriction is added in that region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water pump leg of the circuit residing in the water cooling/gas rack is placed far enough from the fringe field of the superconducting magnet to prevent disruptive effects on the solenoid valves and electric motors. Therefore the main 1/2&amp;amp;quot; poly line to and from the water pump and its flow loop will add a pressure drop which is estimated at 0.4atm for a 10m line at 6 l/min (9.7mmID), which is within our requirements. As mentioned earlier, the splitting (and reassembly) of the line to the 8 cooling lines close to detector will be accomplished with the use of 2 separate manifolds equipped with temperature sensors for constant in/out global water temperature monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice7.png|286x206px]][[File:imageservice8.jpg|286x206px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684497&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684889&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, PVC valves with &amp;amp;quot;true union&amp;amp;quot; couplings are planned to be provided around the water pump to permit it to be swapped out from the system for servicing and a valved bypass to the water filter is provided for the same purpose to allow easily changing filter elements with the system running. True union valves are generally only available to 1/2NPT and larger, so an adapter fitting is required. The vacuum pump for the system is a small (2 x 5 x 7.5cm) cascaded dual Venturi aspirator, which is operated with site air, switched with two simultaneously operated normally closed solenoid valves, one for the site air, and one for the vessel vacuum input. If the system is leak free, the vacuum in the vessel should only be degraded by the dissolved air absorbed in the Open Tank and extracted in the vacuum vessel, which from past experience might mean running for under a minute every six hours or so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wetted surfaces of this system will be mainly PVC and Polyethylene for the valves, tubing and vessels, plus brass fittings, and the copper cooling tubes, and the surfaces of the heat exchanger, which will most likely be stainless steel. It may be possible to devise an equivalent of a bellows communicating with the Open Tank, so that it is only virtually open, thus sealing the cooling water from contaminants, which may allow us to run with just distilled water plus a strip of silver as a biocide (although I&#039;m not sure if the mix of metals, copper plus stainless, may not interfere with the function of the silver, which is mostly used in computer cooling systems which are copper and plastic only). Otherwise, we will need a biocide and corrosion inhibitor. We have the latter, tolyltriazole, but the biocide is problematic. They tend to be short-lived; for systems which are open to atmosphere, typical industrial practice is chlorination, regularly refreshed, which builds up NaCl as it degrades, making the coolant corrosive. For T2K in Japan, we used the (human-nontoxic) &amp;amp;quot;Germall&amp;amp;quot;, which has a two-year lifetime, after which when its effectiveness decays it turns into food, which is the case for any solute that is not actively biocidal. Eventually, any such additives build up and require the coolant to be flushed and replaced. Silver is a lovely method, but only works for extended periods with a sealed system which remains deoxygenated. My research so far has not turned up a good candidate which does not entail recurring changes of the coolant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Power: the system needs to be able to run on European 220VAC power, but also operate here for testing purposes. The PIDs (Omega CN76160s) will accept both; for the rest of the system, I will have an a universal 90-240VAC input to 24VDC (5A) supply which will drive all the other components, including the pump, which will be a brushless 24VDC centrifugal pump, 1 - 1.5A range. The whole system will run about 125W.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information on the temperature and flow rate of the CERN cooling water system will be provided later but we don’t anticipate any major issues about the sizing of the heat exchanger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice9.png|603x344px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960818&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684498&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684890&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564356&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Temperature Measurement ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice10.jpeg|225x356px]] [[File:imageservice11.png|194x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684499&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684891&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 Temperature Monitor Board&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water temperature is read by the Temperature Monitor Board (TEMPB). Thermistors located inside the manifold connect to a 16 bit ADC on the TEMPB which is read out by a Raspberry Pi mounted on board. In a similar manner the air system temperature is read with sensors in the air manifold. The TEMPB can provide temperature readout of 32 thermistors which connect to terminal blocks. The channels can also be readout differentially providing up to 16 channels for thermocouples. An on board thermistor allows for cold junction compensation. The board is powered via USB on the Raspberry Pi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Power distribution =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section covers the different voltages and power requirements for the operation of the rTPC. This includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# High Voltage for the rTPC electron drift and amplification operation&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Anode wire frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provision of power to the different components of the detector is distributed from the top end plate of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice12.png|507x354px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965261&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684500&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684892&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== High Voltage for the rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three main components of the rTPC require High Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Main cathode wall (Negative ~5KV)&lt;br /&gt;
* Field wires (Negative ~ few hundred volts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Anode wires (Positive ~3.2KV )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These voltages are provided by a Quad High Voltage unit from CAEN. Three independent cables will be fed to the top of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High Voltage provision to the bottom endplate HV ring is taken from the central cathode near the bottom endplate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Field wire voltage is connected to all the field wire crimp-pins through a dedicated socket chain inserted on each of the crimp-pin on the top and bottom endplates. The field wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK20&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK21&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK22&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The High Voltage for the anode wires is delivered to the Anode Wire Card (AWC) which will distribute it to its 16 wires, Figure 11. There are 16 AWC cards covering each end of the anode wires. All the top and bottom 32 AWC are connected serially. The anode wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The anode wires pre-amplifiers boards (AWB) are sitting on the top of the Anode Wire Card (AWC) Figure 10. As the wire is powered by the HV, each anode wire has a high Voltage decoupling capacitor to isolate the pre-amp stage from the HV. This circuit resides on the AWC. The AWB will see the AC coupled anode signal only. With a new design of the AWC Figure 12, the decoupling capacitors are potted in epoxy to ensure proper isolation of the HV toward the surrounding circuit as well to prevent corona discharge due to relative humidity of the surrounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice13.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684196&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684501&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684893&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice14.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684198&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684502&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684894&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice15.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684370&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684503&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684895&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Anode wire frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AWB pre-amp board requires 2 voltages (+5V, -5V) which are fed through dedicated cable connections to each of the AWB. There are 16 AWB per end of the rTPC, therefore, 16 individual cable bundle will be reaching the top and another 16 the bottom of the rTPC. The cable bundle is to also provide the power return lines to the Power Supply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PL508 Low Voltage power Supply from Wiener will provide the main power source for all the 32 pre-amplifiers. A dedicated connection breakout board with current monitoring capability splits the source power to the 2 x 16 necessary connections to the Anode wire boards. Based on a RaspeberryPi card, a 16 power distribution board is already implemented for the prototype. This board has extra 4 channels of temperature monitoring which can be used later on. In the same process we produce a similar board for 16 channel of NTC, RTC temperature monitoring. They will be used for overall detector and cooling system monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Anode Pre-amp&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice16.jpg|239x363px]] [[File:imageservice17.png|239x363px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965262&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684504&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684896&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Anode wire pre-amplifier voltage distribution scheme, the Barrel Scintillators will require several low voltages for power and control. The Barrel Scintillator Boards (BSB) are mounted on both ends of the Scintillator bar with the same segmentation as the Anode wires i.e.: 16 BSB per end. The design of the electronic chain for the barrel scintillator is not fully designed yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SiPM sensors require a bias voltage of the order of 28V. This voltage will be provided through the same mean as the low voltage power. Expected threshold voltage for the local signal level discriminator is also foreseen.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564363&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cathode pads electronics mounted on the external cylinder surface is composed of the analog frontend and the digital conversion electronics. Two voltages are required (+5.3V, +2.3V). The delivery is done through dedicated “power bar” running the full length of the rTPC. A set of 3 bars covers the 8 axial cathode pad electronics boards. 8 of them cover the circumference of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+2.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Padwing board&lt;br /&gt;
| 10W (1.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 2W (0.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the low power supplies are provided by a PL508-3U with 8 modules of either single or dual channels from Wiener.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice18.png|469x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684505&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684897&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564365&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding scheme challenge in this setup is the far distance between the 2 end of the rTPC (2.3m) and the lack of accessibility to the bottom of the detector. The proposal is to use a Copper sheet mounted on the inner surface of the inner cylinder. This ground path will connect the 2 endplates to the High Voltage return. All the pre-amps will merge their ground to this central ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional ground lugs have been included in the Anode wire pre-amplifier boards to strengthen the ground as each anode wire is readout out from both end. This may be used once the full detector is assembled to address possible ground loop issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684506&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;[[File:imageservice19.png|439x409px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Safety and Hazard considerations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gas ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ar and CO2 do not require special health safety system. The detector will be operated in the ventilated hall of the AD building at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow, detector gas pressure, and gas inlet temperature are constantly monitored and can trigger adequate response for shutdown or closure of the gas system for safety purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooling water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water cooling system operates in negative pressure mode preventing any water leak to flood the detector outer surface. In addition water flow and inlet/outlet temperature are constantly monitored to allow fast response to off range parameter in order to shut down the electronics. The cooling water system requires a primary cooling tap water loop from the AD building. Water quality, water flow and water temperature are not under our responsibility. This aspect will be dealt during the initial phase of the rTPC commissioning at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All electronics voltages are below 48V. No special safety circuits are envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high-voltage circuit is fully protected outside the detector. The access to the high-voltage on the detector is restricted to the two end-plates. Interlock scheme will be put in place to ensure the shutdown of the HV in case of manual access to the detector itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LV (Low Voltage) power units are also interlocked to prevent false powering sequence which can damage the downstream electronics modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice20.png|571x411px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684507&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684899&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=414</id>
		<title>Detector Services</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=414"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T00:14:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Gas system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684884|Figure 1 - Gas system schematic 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684885|Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684886|Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684887|Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684888|Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test. 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684889|Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system. 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684890|Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684891|Figure 8 - Temperature Monitor Board 14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684892|Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684893|Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684894|Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684895|Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire 18]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684896|Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684897|Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads 21]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684898|Figure 15 - High Voltage &amp;amp;amp; Grounding scheme for the rTPC 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684899|Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization 23]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Introduction =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684457&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document is to describe the different services for the rTPC detector. 3 main sections cover the &#039;&#039;Gas system&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;Water cooling system&#039;&#039; and the &#039;&#039;Power distribution&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References and related Documents =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dedicated TRIUMF Wiki site gathers all documentations for the rTPC detector system and equipment. Gas system, cooling water system and power distribution can be found there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Gas system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas system as described below includes the entire gas infrastructure required to deliver gas to the detector, monitor and control the gas flow into the detector. It also includes the necessary equipment to notify any change from the nominal gas flow or gas mixture ratio delivered to the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of mixed gas system is well understood by the Triumf detector group staff and no issue in its realization is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system is a stand-alone infrastructure assembled and delivered to CERN. It will be placed in the Alpha-g experimental area floor. The delivery of the different gases to the experimental area is under the responsibility of the Gas handling group from CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas delivery system for the radial TPC (rTPC) is to provide Ar/CO2 gas mixture between 90/10 to 50/50 depending on the user requirements. This system does not recycle the gas as the environmental impact of either gas is minimal and the operation cost versus a recycling system would not be economic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event of an additional quenching gas requirement, the overall gas system will have to be reconsidered and possible recycling system envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple gas mixer using digital flow meters will provide the precise mixture dialed by hand in the control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the prototype phase, an ad-hoc gas system will be put in place. A portable gas system is available for such a test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas mixture&lt;br /&gt;
| Ar/CO2 (90/10..50/50)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas flow requirements&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.3l/min (50%), 0.3l/min (50%)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Detector gas Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.18m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flushing time&lt;br /&gt;
| 5h @ 600cc/min&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flow rate&lt;br /&gt;
| 100 to 300 cc/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gas system is quite simple as it takes 2 or 3 (spare) gas supplies and mixes them in a manifold before delivery to the rTPC detector. Necessary valves for purging lines and by-passing the detector are foreseen. The individual in-flows are controlled by gas dedicated mass flow controllers (MFC-x). The return flow is measured for leak assessment. An additional manometer monitors the internal detector pressure for evaluation of the electron drift characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
­­­­[[File:imageservice2.png|575x315px|PA_doc-1.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684492&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684884&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 - Gas system schematic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow controller and monitoring is performed by industrial devices from MKS. We added analog flowmeters on each gas line to provide a quick visual inspection of the gas mixing system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system will be hooked to the CERN AD-Gas facility. The CERN gas delivers gas through 2 switchable packs of 12 bottles for each gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas exhaust is evacuated to the exterior of the experimental area with an elevation of about 8m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice3.png|366x263px|PA_doc-2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684493&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684885&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450557826&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice4.png|324x364px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684494&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684886&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start ==&lt;br /&gt;
From-scratch (Neither gas supply lines to the GHS nor connections to and from the TPC connected) connection of the GHS should follow the following procedure:&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush supply lines:&#039;&#039;&#039; Gas lines from outside bottles going to the GHS should be briefly (5 min or so) flushed with a high gas flow &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039; connecting to the GHS to remove possible dust, and to minimize the amount of air in the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush GHS:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Close BV3 and BV5, open BV2 and BV4 to flush input lines, only briefly.&lt;br /&gt;
## Open BV3 and BV5, close BV2 and BV4 (normal operation configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
## With Midas frontend running, use the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page to set a desired flow, for flushing probably between 1l/min and 1.5l/min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface), then press the &amp;quot;Bypass Flow&amp;quot; button, and let flow for a while (5-15min?)&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush TPC input line:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Connect the line that will go from the GHS to the TPC input-tee on the GHS side, but leave disconnected from the tee&lt;br /&gt;
## do the same for the pressure gauge line&lt;br /&gt;
## On the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page, press the &amp;quot;Flow TPC&amp;quot; button and let flow for 5 min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface).&lt;br /&gt;
# Make all remaining connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Telnet Interface&lt;br /&gt;
If the Midas frontend is not available the GHS can be controlled via telnet. Connect with&lt;br /&gt;
 telnet algas&lt;br /&gt;
then use the following command to control solenoid valves:&lt;br /&gt;
 cowr do i 1&lt;br /&gt;
to energize SVi, i.e. to switch it from its normal closed or open state to the other state,&lt;br /&gt;
 cowr do i 0&lt;br /&gt;
to de-energize, i.e. switch to default state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow is set with:&lt;br /&gt;
 mfcwr ao i &amp;lt;desired flow&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where i is 1 for Ar and 2 for CO&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and the desired flow is in the internal units of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Water cooling system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outer surface of the detector has an arrangement of 8x8 electronics boards handling the readout of the cathode pads. These boards require operating at a controlled temperature to prevent heat build-up at the surface of the detector and improving the reliability of the system. In order to do so, 8 independent water pipe loops running from the bottom-up and down in the longitudinal axis of the detector are in a thermal contact to 8 successive readout boards. From the bottom, a pair of water hoses connect to 2 custom 3D-printed manifolds supplying the water feed and return to the 8 water loops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These 8 loops are run in parallel to a negative pressure water cooling system. This negative pressure system is to ensure that no water leak will damage the electronics even during possible pipe or delivery hose breakage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice5.png|516x273px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960816&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684495&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684887&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice6.jpg|249x429px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960817&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684496&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684888&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Values&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of parallel water loops&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Copper pipe OD/ID&lt;br /&gt;
| ¼” / 4.7mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Length of one loop (on the rTPC)&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.6m&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Water speed per loop&lt;br /&gt;
| …&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pressure drop per loop&lt;br /&gt;
| …&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power extraction per water loop&lt;br /&gt;
| 8x15W= 120W&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total cooling power&lt;br /&gt;
| 1KW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Inlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 16..20 degC (to be confirmed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Outlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 20..24 degC&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total water flow&lt;br /&gt;
| 3..6 l/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This description corresponds to how we think the system should work, but doesn&#039;t seem fully comatible with the behaviour of the system. E.g. the air pump only seems to turn on when PID1 falls below a certain value.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pressure PID (proportional/integral/differential controller), PID2, monitors the air pressure in the vacuum vessel. When the pressure rises above a trigger value (perhaps 350mbar) it activates the aspirator vacuum pump to bring the pressure down to maintain a long time averaged pressure (say 300mbar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This vacuum is then used to draw water through the detector into the vessel, from the Open Tank. The vacuum vessel&#039;s water level is monitored by PID1, using a differential pressure transducer measuring the weight of the water column by the difference between the air pressure in the top of the vessel and the water pressure at the bottom of the vessel. PID1 provides a variable signal to the Proportional Solenoid Valve, which varies the flow through the return loop around the (fixed flow) water pump, and thus changing the overall flow of water from the vacuum vessel to keep the water level in the vessel constant despite water being constantly drawn in by the vacuum. The water pulled from the vacuum vessel is pushed through the filter and into the Open Tank, completing the circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling is accomplished in the water pump leg of the system, as coolant pulled from the vacuum vessel passes through a heat exchanger coupled to CERN’s cooling water supply on its way to the pump. The rate that water flows through the system can be determined by many obstacles in the loop, but ideally it should be dominated by the position of the main Throttle Valve. Other valves should generally be set either fully open of fully closed, except for the Proportional Valve, whose position responds to the setting of the Throttle Valve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data outputs: there are five data outputs planned. The two process variables, the vacuum vessel absolute pressure, and differential water column pressure, will be sent to the Detector DAQ system. As well, the total flow rate is monitored by the flow meter, whose output is sent to the DAQ system. This data is not used by the circulation system itself. Likewise, the back pressure on the water filter is only sent to the DAQ system to indicate if the filter may need changing, and the temperature of the open tank is monitored and sent to the DAQ system, but currently there is no plan to use it in a temperature control feedback. The temperature of CERN&#039;s cooling water supply is not yet known, but we expect we can set the heat exchanger to run at a rate to hold the system temperature near 20°C without feedback control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the negative pressure to work effectively to prevent leaks, the water pressure in the detector ought to be down at least to half an atmosphere. With the detector cooling tubes 8x 4.6m of parallel 4.7mm ID copper tubes (2.3m down then 2.3 back-ups), and the supply using (perhaps 6m, 3 to the detector then 3 back) 9.7mm ID (=1/2&amp;amp;quot; OD) poly tubing, the flow will need to be somewhat greater than the required 3 l/min in order to maintain that degree of vacuum in the detector, unless the Throttle Valve is placed upstream of the detector near the Open Tank, or an additional constriction is added in that region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water pump leg of the circuit residing in the water cooling/gas rack is placed far enough from the fringe field of the superconducting magnet to prevent disruptive effects on the solenoid valves and electric motors. Therefore the main 1/2&amp;amp;quot; poly line to and from the water pump and its flow loop will add a pressure drop which is estimated at 0.4atm for a 10m line at 6 l/min (9.7mmID), which is within our requirements. As mentioned earlier, the splitting (and reassembly) of the line to the 8 cooling lines close to detector will be accomplished with the use of 2 separate manifolds equipped with temperature sensors for constant in/out global water temperature monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice7.png|286x206px]][[File:imageservice8.jpg|286x206px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684497&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684889&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, PVC valves with &amp;amp;quot;true union&amp;amp;quot; couplings are planned to be provided around the water pump to permit it to be swapped out from the system for servicing and a valved bypass to the water filter is provided for the same purpose to allow easily changing filter elements with the system running. True union valves are generally only available to 1/2NPT and larger, so an adapter fitting is required. The vacuum pump for the system is a small (2 x 5 x 7.5cm) cascaded dual Venturi aspirator, which is operated with site air, switched with two simultaneously operated normally closed solenoid valves, one for the site air, and one for the vessel vacuum input. If the system is leak free, the vacuum in the vessel should only be degraded by the dissolved air absorbed in the Open Tank and extracted in the vacuum vessel, which from past experience might mean running for under a minute every six hours or so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wetted surfaces of this system will be mainly PVC and Polyethylene for the valves, tubing and vessels, plus brass fittings, and the copper cooling tubes, and the surfaces of the heat exchanger, which will most likely be stainless steel. It may be possible to devise an equivalent of a bellows communicating with the Open Tank, so that it is only virtually open, thus sealing the cooling water from contaminants, which may allow us to run with just distilled water plus a strip of silver as a biocide (although I&#039;m not sure if the mix of metals, copper plus stainless, may not interfere with the function of the silver, which is mostly used in computer cooling systems which are copper and plastic only). Otherwise, we will need a biocide and corrosion inhibitor. We have the latter, tolyltriazole, but the biocide is problematic. They tend to be short-lived; for systems which are open to atmosphere, typical industrial practice is chlorination, regularly refreshed, which builds up NaCl as it degrades, making the coolant corrosive. For T2K in Japan, we used the (human-nontoxic) &amp;amp;quot;Germall&amp;amp;quot;, which has a two-year lifetime, after which when its effectiveness decays it turns into food, which is the case for any solute that is not actively biocidal. Eventually, any such additives build up and require the coolant to be flushed and replaced. Silver is a lovely method, but only works for extended periods with a sealed system which remains deoxygenated. My research so far has not turned up a good candidate which does not entail recurring changes of the coolant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Power: the system needs to be able to run on European 220VAC power, but also operate here for testing purposes. The PIDs (Omega CN76160s) will accept both; for the rest of the system, I will have an a universal 90-240VAC input to 24VDC (5A) supply which will drive all the other components, including the pump, which will be a brushless 24VDC centrifugal pump, 1 - 1.5A range. The whole system will run about 125W.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information on the temperature and flow rate of the CERN cooling water system will be provided later but we don’t anticipate any major issues about the sizing of the heat exchanger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice9.png|603x344px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960818&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684498&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684890&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564356&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Temperature Measurement ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice10.jpeg|225x356px]] [[File:imageservice11.png|194x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684499&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684891&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 Temperature Monitor Board&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water temperature is read by the Temperature Monitor Board (TEMPB). Thermistors located inside the manifold connect to a 16 bit ADC on the TEMPB which is read out by a Raspberry Pi mounted on board. In a similar manner the air system temperature is read with sensors in the air manifold. The TEMPB can provide temperature readout of 32 thermistors which connect to terminal blocks. The channels can also be readout differentially providing up to 16 channels for thermocouples. An on board thermistor allows for cold junction compensation. The board is powered via USB on the Raspberry Pi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Power distribution =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section covers the different voltages and power requirements for the operation of the rTPC. This includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# High Voltage for the rTPC electron drift and amplification operation&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Anode wire frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provision of power to the different components of the detector is distributed from the top end plate of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice12.png|507x354px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965261&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684500&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684892&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== High Voltage for the rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three main components of the rTPC require High Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Main cathode wall (Negative ~5KV)&lt;br /&gt;
* Field wires (Negative ~ few hundred volts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Anode wires (Positive ~3.2KV )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These voltages are provided by a Quad High Voltage unit from CAEN. Three independent cables will be fed to the top of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High Voltage provision to the bottom endplate HV ring is taken from the central cathode near the bottom endplate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Field wire voltage is connected to all the field wire crimp-pins through a dedicated socket chain inserted on each of the crimp-pin on the top and bottom endplates. The field wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK20&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK21&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK22&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The High Voltage for the anode wires is delivered to the Anode Wire Card (AWC) which will distribute it to its 16 wires, Figure 11. There are 16 AWC cards covering each end of the anode wires. All the top and bottom 32 AWC are connected serially. The anode wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The anode wires pre-amplifiers boards (AWB) are sitting on the top of the Anode Wire Card (AWC) Figure 10. As the wire is powered by the HV, each anode wire has a high Voltage decoupling capacitor to isolate the pre-amp stage from the HV. This circuit resides on the AWC. The AWB will see the AC coupled anode signal only. With a new design of the AWC Figure 12, the decoupling capacitors are potted in epoxy to ensure proper isolation of the HV toward the surrounding circuit as well to prevent corona discharge due to relative humidity of the surrounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice13.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684196&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684501&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684893&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice14.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684198&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684502&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684894&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice15.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684370&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684503&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684895&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Anode wire frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AWB pre-amp board requires 2 voltages (+5V, -5V) which are fed through dedicated cable connections to each of the AWB. There are 16 AWB per end of the rTPC, therefore, 16 individual cable bundle will be reaching the top and another 16 the bottom of the rTPC. The cable bundle is to also provide the power return lines to the Power Supply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PL508 Low Voltage power Supply from Wiener will provide the main power source for all the 32 pre-amplifiers. A dedicated connection breakout board with current monitoring capability splits the source power to the 2 x 16 necessary connections to the Anode wire boards. Based on a RaspeberryPi card, a 16 power distribution board is already implemented for the prototype. This board has extra 4 channels of temperature monitoring which can be used later on. In the same process we produce a similar board for 16 channel of NTC, RTC temperature monitoring. They will be used for overall detector and cooling system monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Anode Pre-amp&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice16.jpg|239x363px]] [[File:imageservice17.png|239x363px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965262&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684504&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684896&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Anode wire pre-amplifier voltage distribution scheme, the Barrel Scintillators will require several low voltages for power and control. The Barrel Scintillator Boards (BSB) are mounted on both ends of the Scintillator bar with the same segmentation as the Anode wires i.e.: 16 BSB per end. The design of the electronic chain for the barrel scintillator is not fully designed yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SiPM sensors require a bias voltage of the order of 28V. This voltage will be provided through the same mean as the low voltage power. Expected threshold voltage for the local signal level discriminator is also foreseen.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564363&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cathode pads electronics mounted on the external cylinder surface is composed of the analog frontend and the digital conversion electronics. Two voltages are required (+5.3V, +2.3V). The delivery is done through dedicated “power bar” running the full length of the rTPC. A set of 3 bars covers the 8 axial cathode pad electronics boards. 8 of them cover the circumference of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+2.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Padwing board&lt;br /&gt;
| 10W (1.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 2W (0.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the low power supplies are provided by a PL508-3U with 8 modules of either single or dual channels from Wiener.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice18.png|469x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684505&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684897&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564365&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding scheme challenge in this setup is the far distance between the 2 end of the rTPC (2.3m) and the lack of accessibility to the bottom of the detector. The proposal is to use a Copper sheet mounted on the inner surface of the inner cylinder. This ground path will connect the 2 endplates to the High Voltage return. All the pre-amps will merge their ground to this central ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional ground lugs have been included in the Anode wire pre-amplifier boards to strengthen the ground as each anode wire is readout out from both end. This may be used once the full detector is assembled to address possible ground loop issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684506&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;[[File:imageservice19.png|439x409px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Safety and Hazard considerations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gas ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ar and CO2 do not require special health safety system. The detector will be operated in the ventilated hall of the AD building at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow, detector gas pressure, and gas inlet temperature are constantly monitored and can trigger adequate response for shutdown or closure of the gas system for safety purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooling water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water cooling system operates in negative pressure mode preventing any water leak to flood the detector outer surface. In addition water flow and inlet/outlet temperature are constantly monitored to allow fast response to off range parameter in order to shut down the electronics. The cooling water system requires a primary cooling tap water loop from the AD building. Water quality, water flow and water temperature are not under our responsibility. This aspect will be dealt during the initial phase of the rTPC commissioning at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All electronics voltages are below 48V. No special safety circuits are envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high-voltage circuit is fully protected outside the detector. The access to the high-voltage on the detector is restricted to the two end-plates. Interlock scheme will be put in place to ensure the shutdown of the HV in case of manual access to the detector itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LV (Low Voltage) power units are also interlocked to prevent false powering sequence which can damage the downstream electronics modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice20.png|571x411px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684507&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684899&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=413</id>
		<title>Detector Services</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=413"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T00:07:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Quick Start */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684884|Figure 1 - Gas system schematic 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684885|Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684886|Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684887|Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684888|Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test. 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684889|Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system. 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684890|Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684891|Figure 8 - Temperature Monitor Board 14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684892|Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684893|Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684894|Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684895|Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire 18]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684896|Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684897|Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads 21]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684898|Figure 15 - High Voltage &amp;amp;amp; Grounding scheme for the rTPC 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684899|Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization 23]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Introduction =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684457&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document is to describe the different services for the rTPC detector. 3 main sections cover the &#039;&#039;Gas system&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;Water cooling system&#039;&#039; and the &#039;&#039;Power distribution&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References and related Documents =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dedicated TRIUMF Wiki site gathers all documentations for the rTPC detector system and equipment. Gas system, cooling water system and power distribution can be found there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Gas system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas system as described below includes the entire gas infrastructure required to deliver gas to the detector, monitor and control the gas flow into the detector. It also includes the necessary equipment to notify any change from the nominal gas flow or gas mixture ratio delivered to the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of mixed gas system is well understood by the Triumf detector group staff and no issue in its realization is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system is a stand-alone infrastructure assembled and delivered to CERN. It will be placed in the Alpha-g experimental area floor. The delivery of the different gases to the experimental area is under the responsibility of the Gas handling group from CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas delivery system for the radial TPC (rTPC) is to provide Ar/CO2 gas mixture between 90/10 to 50/50 depending on the user requirements. This system does not recycle the gas as the environmental impact of either gas is minimal and the operation cost versus a recycling system would not be economic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event of an additional quenching gas requirement, the overall gas system will have to be reconsidered and possible recycling system envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple gas mixer using digital flow meters will provide the precise mixture dialed by hand in the control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the prototype phase, an ad-hoc gas system will be put in place. A portable gas system is available for such a test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas mixture&lt;br /&gt;
| Ar/CO2 (90/10..50/50)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas flow requirements&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.3l/min (50%), 0.3l/min (50%)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Detector gas Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.18m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flushing time&lt;br /&gt;
| 5h @ 600cc/min&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flow rate&lt;br /&gt;
| 100 to 300 cc/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gas system is quite simple as it takes 2 or 3 (spare) gas supplies and mixes them in a manifold before delivery to the rTPC detector. Necessary valves for purging lines and by-passing the detector are foreseen. The individual in-flows are controlled by gas dedicated mass flow controllers (MFC-x). The return flow is measured for leak assessment. An additional manometer monitors the internal detector pressure for evaluation of the electron drift characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
­­­­[[File:imageservice2.png|575x315px|PA_doc-1.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684492&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684884&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 - Gas system schematic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow controller and monitoring is performed by industrial devices from MKS. We added analog flowmeters on each gas line to provide a quick visual inspection of the gas mixing system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system will be hooked to the CERN AD-Gas facility. The CERN gas delivers gas through 2 switchable packs of 12 bottles for each gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas exhaust is evacuated to the exterior of the experimental area with an elevation of about 8m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice3.png|366x263px|PA_doc-2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684493&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684885&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450557826&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice4.png|324x364px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684494&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684886&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start ==&lt;br /&gt;
From-scratch (Neither gas supply lines to the GHS nor connections to and from the TPC connected) connection of the GHS should follow the following procedure:&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush supply lines:&#039;&#039;&#039; Gas lines from outside bottles going to the GHS should be briefly (5 min or so) flushed with a high gas flow &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039; connecting to the GHS to remove possible dust, and to minimize the amount of air in the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush GHS:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Close BV3 and BV5, open BV2 and BV4 to flush input lines, only briefly.&lt;br /&gt;
## Open BV3 and BV5, close BV2 and BV4 (normal operation configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
## With Midas frontend running, use the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page to set a desired flow, for flushing probably between 1l/min and 1.5l/min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface), then press the &amp;quot;Bypass Flow&amp;quot; button, and let flow for a while (5-15min?)&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush TPC input line:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Connect the line that will go from the GHS to the TPC input-tee on the GHS side, but leave disconnected from the tee&lt;br /&gt;
## do the same for the pressure gauge line&lt;br /&gt;
## On the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page, press the &amp;quot;Flow TPC&amp;quot; button and let flow for 5 min (Without Midas, use the telnet interface).&lt;br /&gt;
# Make all remaining connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Water cooling system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outer surface of the detector has an arrangement of 8x8 electronics boards handling the readout of the cathode pads. These boards require operating at a controlled temperature to prevent heat build-up at the surface of the detector and improving the reliability of the system. In order to do so, 8 independent water pipe loops running from the bottom-up and down in the longitudinal axis of the detector are in a thermal contact to 8 successive readout boards. From the bottom, a pair of water hoses connect to 2 custom 3D-printed manifolds supplying the water feed and return to the 8 water loops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These 8 loops are run in parallel to a negative pressure water cooling system. This negative pressure system is to ensure that no water leak will damage the electronics even during possible pipe or delivery hose breakage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice5.png|516x273px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960816&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684495&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684887&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice6.jpg|249x429px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960817&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684496&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684888&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Values&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of parallel water loops&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Copper pipe OD/ID&lt;br /&gt;
| ¼” / 4.7mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Length of one loop (on the rTPC)&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.6m&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Water speed per loop&lt;br /&gt;
| …&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pressure drop per loop&lt;br /&gt;
| …&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power extraction per water loop&lt;br /&gt;
| 8x15W= 120W&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total cooling power&lt;br /&gt;
| 1KW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Inlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 16..20 degC (to be confirmed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Outlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 20..24 degC&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total water flow&lt;br /&gt;
| 3..6 l/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This description corresponds to how we think the system should work, but doesn&#039;t seem fully comatible with the behaviour of the system. E.g. the air pump only seems to turn on when PID1 falls below a certain value.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pressure PID (proportional/integral/differential controller), PID2, monitors the air pressure in the vacuum vessel. When the pressure rises above a trigger value (perhaps 350mbar) it activates the aspirator vacuum pump to bring the pressure down to maintain a long time averaged pressure (say 300mbar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This vacuum is then used to draw water through the detector into the vessel, from the Open Tank. The vacuum vessel&#039;s water level is monitored by PID1, using a differential pressure transducer measuring the weight of the water column by the difference between the air pressure in the top of the vessel and the water pressure at the bottom of the vessel. PID1 provides a variable signal to the Proportional Solenoid Valve, which varies the flow through the return loop around the (fixed flow) water pump, and thus changing the overall flow of water from the vacuum vessel to keep the water level in the vessel constant despite water being constantly drawn in by the vacuum. The water pulled from the vacuum vessel is pushed through the filter and into the Open Tank, completing the circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling is accomplished in the water pump leg of the system, as coolant pulled from the vacuum vessel passes through a heat exchanger coupled to CERN’s cooling water supply on its way to the pump. The rate that water flows through the system can be determined by many obstacles in the loop, but ideally it should be dominated by the position of the main Throttle Valve. Other valves should generally be set either fully open of fully closed, except for the Proportional Valve, whose position responds to the setting of the Throttle Valve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data outputs: there are five data outputs planned. The two process variables, the vacuum vessel absolute pressure, and differential water column pressure, will be sent to the Detector DAQ system. As well, the total flow rate is monitored by the flow meter, whose output is sent to the DAQ system. This data is not used by the circulation system itself. Likewise, the back pressure on the water filter is only sent to the DAQ system to indicate if the filter may need changing, and the temperature of the open tank is monitored and sent to the DAQ system, but currently there is no plan to use it in a temperature control feedback. The temperature of CERN&#039;s cooling water supply is not yet known, but we expect we can set the heat exchanger to run at a rate to hold the system temperature near 20°C without feedback control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the negative pressure to work effectively to prevent leaks, the water pressure in the detector ought to be down at least to half an atmosphere. With the detector cooling tubes 8x 4.6m of parallel 4.7mm ID copper tubes (2.3m down then 2.3 back-ups), and the supply using (perhaps 6m, 3 to the detector then 3 back) 9.7mm ID (=1/2&amp;amp;quot; OD) poly tubing, the flow will need to be somewhat greater than the required 3 l/min in order to maintain that degree of vacuum in the detector, unless the Throttle Valve is placed upstream of the detector near the Open Tank, or an additional constriction is added in that region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water pump leg of the circuit residing in the water cooling/gas rack is placed far enough from the fringe field of the superconducting magnet to prevent disruptive effects on the solenoid valves and electric motors. Therefore the main 1/2&amp;amp;quot; poly line to and from the water pump and its flow loop will add a pressure drop which is estimated at 0.4atm for a 10m line at 6 l/min (9.7mmID), which is within our requirements. As mentioned earlier, the splitting (and reassembly) of the line to the 8 cooling lines close to detector will be accomplished with the use of 2 separate manifolds equipped with temperature sensors for constant in/out global water temperature monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice7.png|286x206px]][[File:imageservice8.jpg|286x206px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684497&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684889&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, PVC valves with &amp;amp;quot;true union&amp;amp;quot; couplings are planned to be provided around the water pump to permit it to be swapped out from the system for servicing and a valved bypass to the water filter is provided for the same purpose to allow easily changing filter elements with the system running. True union valves are generally only available to 1/2NPT and larger, so an adapter fitting is required. The vacuum pump for the system is a small (2 x 5 x 7.5cm) cascaded dual Venturi aspirator, which is operated with site air, switched with two simultaneously operated normally closed solenoid valves, one for the site air, and one for the vessel vacuum input. If the system is leak free, the vacuum in the vessel should only be degraded by the dissolved air absorbed in the Open Tank and extracted in the vacuum vessel, which from past experience might mean running for under a minute every six hours or so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wetted surfaces of this system will be mainly PVC and Polyethylene for the valves, tubing and vessels, plus brass fittings, and the copper cooling tubes, and the surfaces of the heat exchanger, which will most likely be stainless steel. It may be possible to devise an equivalent of a bellows communicating with the Open Tank, so that it is only virtually open, thus sealing the cooling water from contaminants, which may allow us to run with just distilled water plus a strip of silver as a biocide (although I&#039;m not sure if the mix of metals, copper plus stainless, may not interfere with the function of the silver, which is mostly used in computer cooling systems which are copper and plastic only). Otherwise, we will need a biocide and corrosion inhibitor. We have the latter, tolyltriazole, but the biocide is problematic. They tend to be short-lived; for systems which are open to atmosphere, typical industrial practice is chlorination, regularly refreshed, which builds up NaCl as it degrades, making the coolant corrosive. For T2K in Japan, we used the (human-nontoxic) &amp;amp;quot;Germall&amp;amp;quot;, which has a two-year lifetime, after which when its effectiveness decays it turns into food, which is the case for any solute that is not actively biocidal. Eventually, any such additives build up and require the coolant to be flushed and replaced. Silver is a lovely method, but only works for extended periods with a sealed system which remains deoxygenated. My research so far has not turned up a good candidate which does not entail recurring changes of the coolant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Power: the system needs to be able to run on European 220VAC power, but also operate here for testing purposes. The PIDs (Omega CN76160s) will accept both; for the rest of the system, I will have an a universal 90-240VAC input to 24VDC (5A) supply which will drive all the other components, including the pump, which will be a brushless 24VDC centrifugal pump, 1 - 1.5A range. The whole system will run about 125W.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information on the temperature and flow rate of the CERN cooling water system will be provided later but we don’t anticipate any major issues about the sizing of the heat exchanger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice9.png|603x344px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960818&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684498&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684890&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564356&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Temperature Measurement ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice10.jpeg|225x356px]] [[File:imageservice11.png|194x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684499&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684891&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 Temperature Monitor Board&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water temperature is read by the Temperature Monitor Board (TEMPB). Thermistors located inside the manifold connect to a 16 bit ADC on the TEMPB which is read out by a Raspberry Pi mounted on board. In a similar manner the air system temperature is read with sensors in the air manifold. The TEMPB can provide temperature readout of 32 thermistors which connect to terminal blocks. The channels can also be readout differentially providing up to 16 channels for thermocouples. An on board thermistor allows for cold junction compensation. The board is powered via USB on the Raspberry Pi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Power distribution =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section covers the different voltages and power requirements for the operation of the rTPC. This includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# High Voltage for the rTPC electron drift and amplification operation&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Anode wire frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provision of power to the different components of the detector is distributed from the top end plate of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice12.png|507x354px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965261&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684500&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684892&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== High Voltage for the rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three main components of the rTPC require High Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Main cathode wall (Negative ~5KV)&lt;br /&gt;
* Field wires (Negative ~ few hundred volts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Anode wires (Positive ~3.2KV )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These voltages are provided by a Quad High Voltage unit from CAEN. Three independent cables will be fed to the top of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High Voltage provision to the bottom endplate HV ring is taken from the central cathode near the bottom endplate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Field wire voltage is connected to all the field wire crimp-pins through a dedicated socket chain inserted on each of the crimp-pin on the top and bottom endplates. The field wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK20&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK21&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK22&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The High Voltage for the anode wires is delivered to the Anode Wire Card (AWC) which will distribute it to its 16 wires, Figure 11. There are 16 AWC cards covering each end of the anode wires. All the top and bottom 32 AWC are connected serially. The anode wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The anode wires pre-amplifiers boards (AWB) are sitting on the top of the Anode Wire Card (AWC) Figure 10. As the wire is powered by the HV, each anode wire has a high Voltage decoupling capacitor to isolate the pre-amp stage from the HV. This circuit resides on the AWC. The AWB will see the AC coupled anode signal only. With a new design of the AWC Figure 12, the decoupling capacitors are potted in epoxy to ensure proper isolation of the HV toward the surrounding circuit as well to prevent corona discharge due to relative humidity of the surrounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice13.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684196&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684501&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684893&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice14.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684198&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684502&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684894&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice15.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684370&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684503&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684895&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Anode wire frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AWB pre-amp board requires 2 voltages (+5V, -5V) which are fed through dedicated cable connections to each of the AWB. There are 16 AWB per end of the rTPC, therefore, 16 individual cable bundle will be reaching the top and another 16 the bottom of the rTPC. The cable bundle is to also provide the power return lines to the Power Supply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PL508 Low Voltage power Supply from Wiener will provide the main power source for all the 32 pre-amplifiers. A dedicated connection breakout board with current monitoring capability splits the source power to the 2 x 16 necessary connections to the Anode wire boards. Based on a RaspeberryPi card, a 16 power distribution board is already implemented for the prototype. This board has extra 4 channels of temperature monitoring which can be used later on. In the same process we produce a similar board for 16 channel of NTC, RTC temperature monitoring. They will be used for overall detector and cooling system monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Anode Pre-amp&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice16.jpg|239x363px]] [[File:imageservice17.png|239x363px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965262&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684504&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684896&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Anode wire pre-amplifier voltage distribution scheme, the Barrel Scintillators will require several low voltages for power and control. The Barrel Scintillator Boards (BSB) are mounted on both ends of the Scintillator bar with the same segmentation as the Anode wires i.e.: 16 BSB per end. The design of the electronic chain for the barrel scintillator is not fully designed yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SiPM sensors require a bias voltage of the order of 28V. This voltage will be provided through the same mean as the low voltage power. Expected threshold voltage for the local signal level discriminator is also foreseen.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564363&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cathode pads electronics mounted on the external cylinder surface is composed of the analog frontend and the digital conversion electronics. Two voltages are required (+5.3V, +2.3V). The delivery is done through dedicated “power bar” running the full length of the rTPC. A set of 3 bars covers the 8 axial cathode pad electronics boards. 8 of them cover the circumference of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+2.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Padwing board&lt;br /&gt;
| 10W (1.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 2W (0.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the low power supplies are provided by a PL508-3U with 8 modules of either single or dual channels from Wiener.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice18.png|469x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684505&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684897&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564365&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding scheme challenge in this setup is the far distance between the 2 end of the rTPC (2.3m) and the lack of accessibility to the bottom of the detector. The proposal is to use a Copper sheet mounted on the inner surface of the inner cylinder. This ground path will connect the 2 endplates to the High Voltage return. All the pre-amps will merge their ground to this central ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional ground lugs have been included in the Anode wire pre-amplifier boards to strengthen the ground as each anode wire is readout out from both end. This may be used once the full detector is assembled to address possible ground loop issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684506&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;[[File:imageservice19.png|439x409px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Safety and Hazard considerations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gas ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ar and CO2 do not require special health safety system. The detector will be operated in the ventilated hall of the AD building at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow, detector gas pressure, and gas inlet temperature are constantly monitored and can trigger adequate response for shutdown or closure of the gas system for safety purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooling water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water cooling system operates in negative pressure mode preventing any water leak to flood the detector outer surface. In addition water flow and inlet/outlet temperature are constantly monitored to allow fast response to off range parameter in order to shut down the electronics. The cooling water system requires a primary cooling tap water loop from the AD building. Water quality, water flow and water temperature are not under our responsibility. This aspect will be dealt during the initial phase of the rTPC commissioning at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All electronics voltages are below 48V. No special safety circuits are envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high-voltage circuit is fully protected outside the detector. The access to the high-voltage on the detector is restricted to the two end-plates. Interlock scheme will be put in place to ensure the shutdown of the HV in case of manual access to the detector itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LV (Low Voltage) power units are also interlocked to prevent false powering sequence which can damage the downstream electronics modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice20.png|571x411px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684507&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684899&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=412</id>
		<title>Detector Services</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=412"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T00:05:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Gas system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684884|Figure 1 - Gas system schematic 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684885|Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684886|Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684887|Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684888|Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test. 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684889|Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system. 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684890|Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684891|Figure 8 - Temperature Monitor Board 14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684892|Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684893|Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684894|Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684895|Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire 18]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684896|Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684897|Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads 21]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684898|Figure 15 - High Voltage &amp;amp;amp; Grounding scheme for the rTPC 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684899|Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization 23]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Introduction =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684457&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document is to describe the different services for the rTPC detector. 3 main sections cover the &#039;&#039;Gas system&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;Water cooling system&#039;&#039; and the &#039;&#039;Power distribution&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References and related Documents =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dedicated TRIUMF Wiki site gathers all documentations for the rTPC detector system and equipment. Gas system, cooling water system and power distribution can be found there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Gas system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas system as described below includes the entire gas infrastructure required to deliver gas to the detector, monitor and control the gas flow into the detector. It also includes the necessary equipment to notify any change from the nominal gas flow or gas mixture ratio delivered to the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of mixed gas system is well understood by the Triumf detector group staff and no issue in its realization is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system is a stand-alone infrastructure assembled and delivered to CERN. It will be placed in the Alpha-g experimental area floor. The delivery of the different gases to the experimental area is under the responsibility of the Gas handling group from CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas delivery system for the radial TPC (rTPC) is to provide Ar/CO2 gas mixture between 90/10 to 50/50 depending on the user requirements. This system does not recycle the gas as the environmental impact of either gas is minimal and the operation cost versus a recycling system would not be economic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event of an additional quenching gas requirement, the overall gas system will have to be reconsidered and possible recycling system envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple gas mixer using digital flow meters will provide the precise mixture dialed by hand in the control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the prototype phase, an ad-hoc gas system will be put in place. A portable gas system is available for such a test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas mixture&lt;br /&gt;
| Ar/CO2 (90/10..50/50)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas flow requirements&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.3l/min (50%), 0.3l/min (50%)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Detector gas Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.18m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flushing time&lt;br /&gt;
| 5h @ 600cc/min&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flow rate&lt;br /&gt;
| 100 to 300 cc/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gas system is quite simple as it takes 2 or 3 (spare) gas supplies and mixes them in a manifold before delivery to the rTPC detector. Necessary valves for purging lines and by-passing the detector are foreseen. The individual in-flows are controlled by gas dedicated mass flow controllers (MFC-x). The return flow is measured for leak assessment. An additional manometer monitors the internal detector pressure for evaluation of the electron drift characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
­­­­[[File:imageservice2.png|575x315px|PA_doc-1.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684492&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684884&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 - Gas system schematic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow controller and monitoring is performed by industrial devices from MKS. We added analog flowmeters on each gas line to provide a quick visual inspection of the gas mixing system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system will be hooked to the CERN AD-Gas facility. The CERN gas delivers gas through 2 switchable packs of 12 bottles for each gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas exhaust is evacuated to the exterior of the experimental area with an elevation of about 8m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice3.png|366x263px|PA_doc-2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684493&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684885&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450557826&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice4.png|324x364px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684494&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684886&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start ==&lt;br /&gt;
From-scratch&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Neither gas supply lines to the GHS nor connections to and from the TPC connected&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; connection of the GHS should follow the following procedure:&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush supply lines:&#039;&#039;&#039; Gas lines from outside bottles going to the GHS should be briefly&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;5 min or so&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; flushed with a high gas flow &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039; connecting to the GHS to remove possible dust, and to minimize the amount of air in the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush GHS:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Close BV3 and BV5, open BV2 and BV4 to flush input lines, only briefly.&lt;br /&gt;
## Open BV3 and BV5, close BV2 and BV4 (normal operation configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
## With Midas frontend running, use the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page to set a desired flow, for flushing probably between 1l/min and 1.5l/min&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Without Midas, use the telnet interface.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, then press the &amp;quot;Bypass Flow&amp;quot; button, and let flow for a while (5-15min?)&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Flush TPC input line:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Connect the line that will go from the GHS to the TPC input-tee on the GHS side, but leave disconnected from the tee&lt;br /&gt;
## do the same for the pressure gauge line&lt;br /&gt;
## On the &amp;quot;Gas&amp;quot; custom page, press the &amp;quot;Flow TPC&amp;quot; button and let flow for 5 min&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Without Midas, use the telnet interface.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make all remaining connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Water cooling system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outer surface of the detector has an arrangement of 8x8 electronics boards handling the readout of the cathode pads. These boards require operating at a controlled temperature to prevent heat build-up at the surface of the detector and improving the reliability of the system. In order to do so, 8 independent water pipe loops running from the bottom-up and down in the longitudinal axis of the detector are in a thermal contact to 8 successive readout boards. From the bottom, a pair of water hoses connect to 2 custom 3D-printed manifolds supplying the water feed and return to the 8 water loops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These 8 loops are run in parallel to a negative pressure water cooling system. This negative pressure system is to ensure that no water leak will damage the electronics even during possible pipe or delivery hose breakage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice5.png|516x273px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960816&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684495&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684887&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice6.jpg|249x429px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960817&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684496&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684888&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Values&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of parallel water loops&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Copper pipe OD/ID&lt;br /&gt;
| ¼” / 4.7mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Length of one loop (on the rTPC)&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.6m&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Water speed per loop&lt;br /&gt;
| …&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pressure drop per loop&lt;br /&gt;
| …&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power extraction per water loop&lt;br /&gt;
| 8x15W= 120W&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total cooling power&lt;br /&gt;
| 1KW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Inlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 16..20 degC (to be confirmed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Outlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 20..24 degC&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total water flow&lt;br /&gt;
| 3..6 l/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This description corresponds to how we think the system should work, but doesn&#039;t seem fully comatible with the behaviour of the system. E.g. the air pump only seems to turn on when PID1 falls below a certain value.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pressure PID (proportional/integral/differential controller), PID2, monitors the air pressure in the vacuum vessel. When the pressure rises above a trigger value (perhaps 350mbar) it activates the aspirator vacuum pump to bring the pressure down to maintain a long time averaged pressure (say 300mbar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This vacuum is then used to draw water through the detector into the vessel, from the Open Tank. The vacuum vessel&#039;s water level is monitored by PID1, using a differential pressure transducer measuring the weight of the water column by the difference between the air pressure in the top of the vessel and the water pressure at the bottom of the vessel. PID1 provides a variable signal to the Proportional Solenoid Valve, which varies the flow through the return loop around the (fixed flow) water pump, and thus changing the overall flow of water from the vacuum vessel to keep the water level in the vessel constant despite water being constantly drawn in by the vacuum. The water pulled from the vacuum vessel is pushed through the filter and into the Open Tank, completing the circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling is accomplished in the water pump leg of the system, as coolant pulled from the vacuum vessel passes through a heat exchanger coupled to CERN’s cooling water supply on its way to the pump. The rate that water flows through the system can be determined by many obstacles in the loop, but ideally it should be dominated by the position of the main Throttle Valve. Other valves should generally be set either fully open of fully closed, except for the Proportional Valve, whose position responds to the setting of the Throttle Valve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data outputs: there are five data outputs planned. The two process variables, the vacuum vessel absolute pressure, and differential water column pressure, will be sent to the Detector DAQ system. As well, the total flow rate is monitored by the flow meter, whose output is sent to the DAQ system. This data is not used by the circulation system itself. Likewise, the back pressure on the water filter is only sent to the DAQ system to indicate if the filter may need changing, and the temperature of the open tank is monitored and sent to the DAQ system, but currently there is no plan to use it in a temperature control feedback. The temperature of CERN&#039;s cooling water supply is not yet known, but we expect we can set the heat exchanger to run at a rate to hold the system temperature near 20°C without feedback control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the negative pressure to work effectively to prevent leaks, the water pressure in the detector ought to be down at least to half an atmosphere. With the detector cooling tubes 8x 4.6m of parallel 4.7mm ID copper tubes (2.3m down then 2.3 back-ups), and the supply using (perhaps 6m, 3 to the detector then 3 back) 9.7mm ID (=1/2&amp;amp;quot; OD) poly tubing, the flow will need to be somewhat greater than the required 3 l/min in order to maintain that degree of vacuum in the detector, unless the Throttle Valve is placed upstream of the detector near the Open Tank, or an additional constriction is added in that region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water pump leg of the circuit residing in the water cooling/gas rack is placed far enough from the fringe field of the superconducting magnet to prevent disruptive effects on the solenoid valves and electric motors. Therefore the main 1/2&amp;amp;quot; poly line to and from the water pump and its flow loop will add a pressure drop which is estimated at 0.4atm for a 10m line at 6 l/min (9.7mmID), which is within our requirements. As mentioned earlier, the splitting (and reassembly) of the line to the 8 cooling lines close to detector will be accomplished with the use of 2 separate manifolds equipped with temperature sensors for constant in/out global water temperature monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice7.png|286x206px]][[File:imageservice8.jpg|286x206px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684497&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684889&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, PVC valves with &amp;amp;quot;true union&amp;amp;quot; couplings are planned to be provided around the water pump to permit it to be swapped out from the system for servicing and a valved bypass to the water filter is provided for the same purpose to allow easily changing filter elements with the system running. True union valves are generally only available to 1/2NPT and larger, so an adapter fitting is required. The vacuum pump for the system is a small (2 x 5 x 7.5cm) cascaded dual Venturi aspirator, which is operated with site air, switched with two simultaneously operated normally closed solenoid valves, one for the site air, and one for the vessel vacuum input. If the system is leak free, the vacuum in the vessel should only be degraded by the dissolved air absorbed in the Open Tank and extracted in the vacuum vessel, which from past experience might mean running for under a minute every six hours or so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wetted surfaces of this system will be mainly PVC and Polyethylene for the valves, tubing and vessels, plus brass fittings, and the copper cooling tubes, and the surfaces of the heat exchanger, which will most likely be stainless steel. It may be possible to devise an equivalent of a bellows communicating with the Open Tank, so that it is only virtually open, thus sealing the cooling water from contaminants, which may allow us to run with just distilled water plus a strip of silver as a biocide (although I&#039;m not sure if the mix of metals, copper plus stainless, may not interfere with the function of the silver, which is mostly used in computer cooling systems which are copper and plastic only). Otherwise, we will need a biocide and corrosion inhibitor. We have the latter, tolyltriazole, but the biocide is problematic. They tend to be short-lived; for systems which are open to atmosphere, typical industrial practice is chlorination, regularly refreshed, which builds up NaCl as it degrades, making the coolant corrosive. For T2K in Japan, we used the (human-nontoxic) &amp;amp;quot;Germall&amp;amp;quot;, which has a two-year lifetime, after which when its effectiveness decays it turns into food, which is the case for any solute that is not actively biocidal. Eventually, any such additives build up and require the coolant to be flushed and replaced. Silver is a lovely method, but only works for extended periods with a sealed system which remains deoxygenated. My research so far has not turned up a good candidate which does not entail recurring changes of the coolant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Power: the system needs to be able to run on European 220VAC power, but also operate here for testing purposes. The PIDs (Omega CN76160s) will accept both; for the rest of the system, I will have an a universal 90-240VAC input to 24VDC (5A) supply which will drive all the other components, including the pump, which will be a brushless 24VDC centrifugal pump, 1 - 1.5A range. The whole system will run about 125W.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information on the temperature and flow rate of the CERN cooling water system will be provided later but we don’t anticipate any major issues about the sizing of the heat exchanger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice9.png|603x344px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960818&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684498&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684890&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564356&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Temperature Measurement ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice10.jpeg|225x356px]] [[File:imageservice11.png|194x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684499&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684891&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 Temperature Monitor Board&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water temperature is read by the Temperature Monitor Board (TEMPB). Thermistors located inside the manifold connect to a 16 bit ADC on the TEMPB which is read out by a Raspberry Pi mounted on board. In a similar manner the air system temperature is read with sensors in the air manifold. The TEMPB can provide temperature readout of 32 thermistors which connect to terminal blocks. The channels can also be readout differentially providing up to 16 channels for thermocouples. An on board thermistor allows for cold junction compensation. The board is powered via USB on the Raspberry Pi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Power distribution =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section covers the different voltages and power requirements for the operation of the rTPC. This includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# High Voltage for the rTPC electron drift and amplification operation&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Anode wire frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provision of power to the different components of the detector is distributed from the top end plate of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice12.png|507x354px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965261&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684500&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684892&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== High Voltage for the rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three main components of the rTPC require High Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Main cathode wall (Negative ~5KV)&lt;br /&gt;
* Field wires (Negative ~ few hundred volts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Anode wires (Positive ~3.2KV )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These voltages are provided by a Quad High Voltage unit from CAEN. Three independent cables will be fed to the top of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High Voltage provision to the bottom endplate HV ring is taken from the central cathode near the bottom endplate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Field wire voltage is connected to all the field wire crimp-pins through a dedicated socket chain inserted on each of the crimp-pin on the top and bottom endplates. The field wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK20&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK21&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK22&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The High Voltage for the anode wires is delivered to the Anode Wire Card (AWC) which will distribute it to its 16 wires, Figure 11. There are 16 AWC cards covering each end of the anode wires. All the top and bottom 32 AWC are connected serially. The anode wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The anode wires pre-amplifiers boards (AWB) are sitting on the top of the Anode Wire Card (AWC) Figure 10. As the wire is powered by the HV, each anode wire has a high Voltage decoupling capacitor to isolate the pre-amp stage from the HV. This circuit resides on the AWC. The AWB will see the AC coupled anode signal only. With a new design of the AWC Figure 12, the decoupling capacitors are potted in epoxy to ensure proper isolation of the HV toward the surrounding circuit as well to prevent corona discharge due to relative humidity of the surrounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice13.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684196&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684501&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684893&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice14.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684198&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684502&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684894&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice15.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684370&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684503&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684895&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Anode wire frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AWB pre-amp board requires 2 voltages (+5V, -5V) which are fed through dedicated cable connections to each of the AWB. There are 16 AWB per end of the rTPC, therefore, 16 individual cable bundle will be reaching the top and another 16 the bottom of the rTPC. The cable bundle is to also provide the power return lines to the Power Supply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PL508 Low Voltage power Supply from Wiener will provide the main power source for all the 32 pre-amplifiers. A dedicated connection breakout board with current monitoring capability splits the source power to the 2 x 16 necessary connections to the Anode wire boards. Based on a RaspeberryPi card, a 16 power distribution board is already implemented for the prototype. This board has extra 4 channels of temperature monitoring which can be used later on. In the same process we produce a similar board for 16 channel of NTC, RTC temperature monitoring. They will be used for overall detector and cooling system monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Anode Pre-amp&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice16.jpg|239x363px]] [[File:imageservice17.png|239x363px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965262&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684504&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684896&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Anode wire pre-amplifier voltage distribution scheme, the Barrel Scintillators will require several low voltages for power and control. The Barrel Scintillator Boards (BSB) are mounted on both ends of the Scintillator bar with the same segmentation as the Anode wires i.e.: 16 BSB per end. The design of the electronic chain for the barrel scintillator is not fully designed yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SiPM sensors require a bias voltage of the order of 28V. This voltage will be provided through the same mean as the low voltage power. Expected threshold voltage for the local signal level discriminator is also foreseen.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564363&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cathode pads electronics mounted on the external cylinder surface is composed of the analog frontend and the digital conversion electronics. Two voltages are required (+5.3V, +2.3V). The delivery is done through dedicated “power bar” running the full length of the rTPC. A set of 3 bars covers the 8 axial cathode pad electronics boards. 8 of them cover the circumference of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+2.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Padwing board&lt;br /&gt;
| 10W (1.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 2W (0.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the low power supplies are provided by a PL508-3U with 8 modules of either single or dual channels from Wiener.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice18.png|469x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684505&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684897&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564365&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding scheme challenge in this setup is the far distance between the 2 end of the rTPC (2.3m) and the lack of accessibility to the bottom of the detector. The proposal is to use a Copper sheet mounted on the inner surface of the inner cylinder. This ground path will connect the 2 endplates to the High Voltage return. All the pre-amps will merge their ground to this central ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional ground lugs have been included in the Anode wire pre-amplifier boards to strengthen the ground as each anode wire is readout out from both end. This may be used once the full detector is assembled to address possible ground loop issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684506&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;[[File:imageservice19.png|439x409px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Safety and Hazard considerations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gas ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ar and CO2 do not require special health safety system. The detector will be operated in the ventilated hall of the AD building at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow, detector gas pressure, and gas inlet temperature are constantly monitored and can trigger adequate response for shutdown or closure of the gas system for safety purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooling water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water cooling system operates in negative pressure mode preventing any water leak to flood the detector outer surface. In addition water flow and inlet/outlet temperature are constantly monitored to allow fast response to off range parameter in order to shut down the electronics. The cooling water system requires a primary cooling tap water loop from the AD building. Water quality, water flow and water temperature are not under our responsibility. This aspect will be dealt during the initial phase of the rTPC commissioning at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All electronics voltages are below 48V. No special safety circuits are envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high-voltage circuit is fully protected outside the detector. The access to the high-voltage on the detector is restricted to the two end-plates. Interlock scheme will be put in place to ensure the shutdown of the HV in case of manual access to the detector itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LV (Low Voltage) power units are also interlocked to prevent false powering sequence which can damage the downstream electronics modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice20.png|571x411px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684507&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684899&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=411</id>
		<title>Detector Services</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://daq00.triumf.ca/AgWiki/index.php?title=Detector_Services&amp;diff=411"/>
		<updated>2018-10-14T23:46:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lmartin: /* Operation */ Disclaimer&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Back to [[Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table of Figures =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684884|Figure 1 - Gas system schematic 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684885|Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation. 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684886|Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684887|Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684888|Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test. 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684889|Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system. 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684890|Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684891|Figure 8 - Temperature Monitor Board 14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684892|Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684893|Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684894|Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684895|Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire 18]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684896|Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684897|Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads 21]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684898|Figure 15 - High Voltage &amp;amp;amp; Grounding scheme for the rTPC 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#_Toc493684899|Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization 23]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Introduction =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684457&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document is to describe the different services for the rTPC detector. 3 main sections cover the &#039;&#039;Gas system&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;Water cooling system&#039;&#039; and the &#039;&#039;Power distribution&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References and related Documents =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dedicated TRIUMF Wiki site gathers all documentations for the rTPC detector system and equipment. Gas system, cooling water system and power distribution can be found there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Gas system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas system as described below includes the entire gas infrastructure required to deliver gas to the detector, monitor and control the gas flow into the detector. It also includes the necessary equipment to notify any change from the nominal gas flow or gas mixture ratio delivered to the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of mixed gas system is well understood by the Triumf detector group staff and no issue in its realization is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system is a stand-alone infrastructure assembled and delivered to CERN. It will be placed in the Alpha-g experimental area floor. The delivery of the different gases to the experimental area is under the responsibility of the Gas handling group from CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas delivery system for the radial TPC (rTPC) is to provide Ar/CO2 gas mixture between 90/10 to 50/50 depending on the user requirements. This system does not recycle the gas as the environmental impact of either gas is minimal and the operation cost versus a recycling system would not be economic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event of an additional quenching gas requirement, the overall gas system will have to be reconsidered and possible recycling system envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple gas mixer using digital flow meters will provide the precise mixture dialed by hand in the control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the prototype phase, an ad-hoc gas system will be put in place. A portable gas system is available for such a test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Value&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas mixture&lt;br /&gt;
| Ar/CO2 (90/10..50/50)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gas flow requirements&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.3l/min (50%), 0.3l/min (50%)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Detector gas Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.18m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flushing time&lt;br /&gt;
| 5h @ 600cc/min&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Flow rate&lt;br /&gt;
| 100 to 300 cc/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gas system is quite simple as it takes 2 or 3 (spare) gas supplies and mixes them in a manifold before delivery to the rTPC detector. Necessary valves for purging lines and by-passing the detector are foreseen. The individual in-flows are controlled by gas dedicated mass flow controllers (MFC-x). The return flow is measured for leak assessment. An additional manometer monitors the internal detector pressure for evaluation of the electron drift characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
­­­­[[File:imageservice2.png|575x315px|PA_doc-1.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684492&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684884&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 1 - Gas system schematic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow controller and monitoring is performed by industrial devices from MKS. We added analog flowmeters on each gas line to provide a quick visual inspection of the gas mixing system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This system will be hooked to the CERN AD-Gas facility. The CERN gas delivers gas through 2 switchable packs of 12 bottles for each gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas exhaust is evacuated to the exterior of the experimental area with an elevation of about 8m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice3.png|366x263px|PA_doc-2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684493&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684885&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 2 - A half-rack space is used for the gas control implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450557826&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice4.png|324x364px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684494&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684886&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 3 - Gas system half rack ready for installation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Water cooling system =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outer surface of the detector has an arrangement of 8x8 electronics boards handling the readout of the cathode pads. These boards require operating at a controlled temperature to prevent heat build-up at the surface of the detector and improving the reliability of the system. In order to do so, 8 independent water pipe loops running from the bottom-up and down in the longitudinal axis of the detector are in a thermal contact to 8 successive readout boards. From the bottom, a pair of water hoses connect to 2 custom 3D-printed manifolds supplying the water feed and return to the 8 water loops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These 8 loops are run in parallel to a negative pressure water cooling system. This negative pressure system is to ensure that no water leak will damage the electronics even during possible pipe or delivery hose breakage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice5.png|516x273px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960816&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684495&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684887&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 4 - Cathode pad half-cylinder. Pairs of cooling pipes are visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice6.jpg|249x429px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960817&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684496&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684888&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 5 - Water cooling system during test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Values&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Number of parallel water loops&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Copper pipe OD/ID&lt;br /&gt;
| ¼” / 4.7mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Length of one loop (on the rTPC)&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.6m&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Water speed per loop&lt;br /&gt;
| …&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pressure drop per loop&lt;br /&gt;
| …&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Power extraction per water loop&lt;br /&gt;
| 8x15W= 120W&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total cooling power&lt;br /&gt;
| 1KW&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Inlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 16..20 degC (to be confirmed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Outlet water temperature&lt;br /&gt;
| 20..24 degC&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total water flow&lt;br /&gt;
| 3..6 l/minute&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This description corresponds to how we think the system should work, but doesn&#039;t seem fully comatible with the behaviour of the system. E.g. the air pump only seems to turn on when PID1 falls below a certain value.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pressure PID (proportional/integral/differential controller), PID2, monitors the air pressure in the vacuum vessel. When the pressure rises above a trigger value (perhaps 350mbar) it activates the aspirator vacuum pump to bring the pressure down to maintain a long time averaged pressure (say 300mbar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This vacuum is then used to draw water through the detector into the vessel, from the Open Tank. The vacuum vessel&#039;s water level is monitored by PID1, using a differential pressure transducer measuring the weight of the water column by the difference between the air pressure in the top of the vessel and the water pressure at the bottom of the vessel. PID1 provides a variable signal to the Proportional Solenoid Valve, which varies the flow through the return loop around the (fixed flow) water pump, and thus changing the overall flow of water from the vacuum vessel to keep the water level in the vessel constant despite water being constantly drawn in by the vacuum. The water pulled from the vacuum vessel is pushed through the filter and into the Open Tank, completing the circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling is accomplished in the water pump leg of the system, as coolant pulled from the vacuum vessel passes through a heat exchanger coupled to CERN’s cooling water supply on its way to the pump. The rate that water flows through the system can be determined by many obstacles in the loop, but ideally it should be dominated by the position of the main Throttle Valve. Other valves should generally be set either fully open of fully closed, except for the Proportional Valve, whose position responds to the setting of the Throttle Valve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data outputs: there are five data outputs planned. The two process variables, the vacuum vessel absolute pressure, and differential water column pressure, will be sent to the Detector DAQ system. As well, the total flow rate is monitored by the flow meter, whose output is sent to the DAQ system. This data is not used by the circulation system itself. Likewise, the back pressure on the water filter is only sent to the DAQ system to indicate if the filter may need changing, and the temperature of the open tank is monitored and sent to the DAQ system, but currently there is no plan to use it in a temperature control feedback. The temperature of CERN&#039;s cooling water supply is not yet known, but we expect we can set the heat exchanger to run at a rate to hold the system temperature near 20°C without feedback control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the negative pressure to work effectively to prevent leaks, the water pressure in the detector ought to be down at least to half an atmosphere. With the detector cooling tubes 8x 4.6m of parallel 4.7mm ID copper tubes (2.3m down then 2.3 back-ups), and the supply using (perhaps 6m, 3 to the detector then 3 back) 9.7mm ID (=1/2&amp;amp;quot; OD) poly tubing, the flow will need to be somewhat greater than the required 3 l/min in order to maintain that degree of vacuum in the detector, unless the Throttle Valve is placed upstream of the detector near the Open Tank, or an additional constriction is added in that region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water pump leg of the circuit residing in the water cooling/gas rack is placed far enough from the fringe field of the superconducting magnet to prevent disruptive effects on the solenoid valves and electric motors. Therefore the main 1/2&amp;amp;quot; poly line to and from the water pump and its flow loop will add a pressure drop which is estimated at 0.4atm for a 10m line at 6 l/min (9.7mmID), which is within our requirements. As mentioned earlier, the splitting (and reassembly) of the line to the 8 cooling lines close to detector will be accomplished with the use of 2 separate manifolds equipped with temperature sensors for constant in/out global water temperature monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice7.png|286x206px]][[File:imageservice8.jpg|286x206px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684497&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684889&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 6 - Model and 3D-printed realization of the dry-air manifold, very similar to the manifolds for the water cooling system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, PVC valves with &amp;amp;quot;true union&amp;amp;quot; couplings are planned to be provided around the water pump to permit it to be swapped out from the system for servicing and a valved bypass to the water filter is provided for the same purpose to allow easily changing filter elements with the system running. True union valves are generally only available to 1/2NPT and larger, so an adapter fitting is required. The vacuum pump for the system is a small (2 x 5 x 7.5cm) cascaded dual Venturi aspirator, which is operated with site air, switched with two simultaneously operated normally closed solenoid valves, one for the site air, and one for the vessel vacuum input. If the system is leak free, the vacuum in the vessel should only be degraded by the dissolved air absorbed in the Open Tank and extracted in the vacuum vessel, which from past experience might mean running for under a minute every six hours or so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wetted surfaces of this system will be mainly PVC and Polyethylene for the valves, tubing and vessels, plus brass fittings, and the copper cooling tubes, and the surfaces of the heat exchanger, which will most likely be stainless steel. It may be possible to devise an equivalent of a bellows communicating with the Open Tank, so that it is only virtually open, thus sealing the cooling water from contaminants, which may allow us to run with just distilled water plus a strip of silver as a biocide (although I&#039;m not sure if the mix of metals, copper plus stainless, may not interfere with the function of the silver, which is mostly used in computer cooling systems which are copper and plastic only). Otherwise, we will need a biocide and corrosion inhibitor. We have the latter, tolyltriazole, but the biocide is problematic. They tend to be short-lived; for systems which are open to atmosphere, typical industrial practice is chlorination, regularly refreshed, which builds up NaCl as it degrades, making the coolant corrosive. For T2K in Japan, we used the (human-nontoxic) &amp;amp;quot;Germall&amp;amp;quot;, which has a two-year lifetime, after which when its effectiveness decays it turns into food, which is the case for any solute that is not actively biocidal. Eventually, any such additives build up and require the coolant to be flushed and replaced. Silver is a lovely method, but only works for extended periods with a sealed system which remains deoxygenated. My research so far has not turned up a good candidate which does not entail recurring changes of the coolant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Power: the system needs to be able to run on European 220VAC power, but also operate here for testing purposes. The PIDs (Omega CN76160s) will accept both; for the rest of the system, I will have an a universal 90-240VAC input to 24VDC (5A) supply which will drive all the other components, including the pump, which will be a brushless 24VDC centrifugal pump, 1 - 1.5A range. The whole system will run about 125W.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information on the temperature and flow rate of the CERN cooling water system will be provided later but we don’t anticipate any major issues about the sizing of the heat exchanger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice9.png|603x344px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449960818&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684498&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684890&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 7 - Overall water cooling system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564356&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Temperature Measurement ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice10.jpeg|225x356px]] [[File:imageservice11.png|194x358px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684499&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684891&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 8 Temperature Monitor Board&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water temperature is read by the Temperature Monitor Board (TEMPB). Thermistors located inside the manifold connect to a 16 bit ADC on the TEMPB which is read out by a Raspberry Pi mounted on board. In a similar manner the air system temperature is read with sensors in the air manifold. The TEMPB can provide temperature readout of 32 thermistors which connect to terminal blocks. The channels can also be readout differentially providing up to 16 channels for thermocouples. An on board thermistor allows for cold junction compensation. The board is powered via USB on the Raspberry Pi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Power distribution =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section covers the different voltages and power requirements for the operation of the rTPC. This includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# High Voltage for the rTPC electron drift and amplification operation&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Anode wire frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics&lt;br /&gt;
# Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provision of power to the different components of the detector is distributed from the top end plate of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice12.png|507x354px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965261&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684500&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684892&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 9 - End plate view of the layout of the different electronics boards &amp;amp;amp; HV connections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== High Voltage for the rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three main components of the rTPC require High Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Main cathode wall (Negative ~5KV)&lt;br /&gt;
* Field wires (Negative ~ few hundred volts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Anode wires (Positive ~3.2KV )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These voltages are provided by a Quad High Voltage unit from CAEN. Three independent cables will be fed to the top of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High Voltage provision to the bottom endplate HV ring is taken from the central cathode near the bottom endplate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Field wire voltage is connected to all the field wire crimp-pins through a dedicated socket chain inserted on each of the crimp-pin on the top and bottom endplates. The field wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK20&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK21&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;OLE_LINK22&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The High Voltage for the anode wires is delivered to the Anode Wire Card (AWC) which will distribute it to its 16 wires, Figure 11. There are 16 AWC cards covering each end of the anode wires. All the top and bottom 32 AWC are connected serially. The anode wires themselves interconnect the high voltage between the top and bottom pins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The anode wires pre-amplifiers boards (AWB) are sitting on the top of the Anode Wire Card (AWC) Figure 10. As the wire is powered by the HV, each anode wire has a high Voltage decoupling capacitor to isolate the pre-amp stage from the HV. This circuit resides on the AWC. The AWB will see the AC coupled anode signal only. With a new design of the AWC Figure 12, the decoupling capacitors are potted in epoxy to ensure proper isolation of the HV toward the surrounding circuit as well to prevent corona discharge due to relative humidity of the surrounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice13.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684196&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684501&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684893&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 10 – Unpotted Anode Wire Card and Board with HV distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice14.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684198&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684502&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684894&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 11 - Anode wire pins and Field wire pins under yellow cover&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice15.jpg|402x309px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Ref493684370&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684503&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684895&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 12 – New Anode Wire card with 16 potted HV capacitors, gold crimp pin Mill-max socket to the anode wire&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Anode wire frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AWB pre-amp board requires 2 voltages (+5V, -5V) which are fed through dedicated cable connections to each of the AWB. There are 16 AWB per end of the rTPC, therefore, 16 individual cable bundle will be reaching the top and another 16 the bottom of the rTPC. The cable bundle is to also provide the power return lines to the Power Supply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PL508 Low Voltage power Supply from Wiener will provide the main power source for all the 32 pre-amplifiers. A dedicated connection breakout board with current monitoring capability splits the source power to the 2 x 16 necessary connections to the Anode wire boards. Based on a RaspeberryPi card, a 16 power distribution board is already implemented for the prototype. This board has extra 4 channels of temperature monitoring which can be used later on. In the same process we produce a similar board for 16 channel of NTC, RTC temperature monitoring. They will be used for overall detector and cooling system monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-5V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Anode Pre-amp&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5W (0.3A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice16.jpg|239x363px]] [[File:imageservice17.png|239x363px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc449965262&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684504&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684896&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 13 - Anode wire pre-amp power distribution &amp;amp;amp; 16 channel temperature boards&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution to the Barrel Scintillator frontend electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Anode wire pre-amplifier voltage distribution scheme, the Barrel Scintillators will require several low voltages for power and control. The Barrel Scintillator Boards (BSB) are mounted on both ends of the Scintillator bar with the same segmentation as the Anode wires i.e.: 16 BSB per end. The design of the electronic chain for the barrel scintillator is not fully designed yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SiPM sensors require a bias voltage of the order of 28V. This voltage will be provided through the same mean as the low voltage power. Expected threshold voltage for the local signal level discriminator is also foreseen.&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564363&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Low Voltage to the Cathode Pads electronics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cathode pads electronics mounted on the external cylinder surface is composed of the analog frontend and the digital conversion electronics. Two voltages are required (+5.3V, +2.3V). The delivery is done through dedicated “power bar” running the full length of the rTPC. A set of 3 bars covers the 8 axial cathode pad electronics boards. 8 of them cover the circumference of the rTPC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+5.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;+2.3V Supply&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Padwing board&lt;br /&gt;
| 10W (1.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
| 2W (0.8A)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the low power supplies are provided by a PL508-3U with 8 modules of either single or dual channels from Wiener.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice18.png|469x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684505&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684897&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 14 - Overall Low voltage distribution for anode wires and cathode pads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc450564365&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grounding scheme of the overall rTPC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding scheme challenge in this setup is the far distance between the 2 end of the rTPC (2.3m) and the lack of accessibility to the bottom of the detector. The proposal is to use a Copper sheet mounted on the inner surface of the inner cylinder. This ground path will connect the 2 endplates to the High Voltage return. All the pre-amps will merge their ground to this central ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional ground lugs have been included in the Anode wire pre-amplifier boards to strengthen the ground as each anode wire is readout out from both end. This may be used once the full detector is assembled to address possible ground loop issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684506&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;[[File:imageservice19.png|439x409px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Safety and Hazard considerations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gas ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ar and CO2 do not require special health safety system. The detector will be operated in the ventilated hall of the AD building at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas flow, detector gas pressure, and gas inlet temperature are constantly monitored and can trigger adequate response for shutdown or closure of the gas system for safety purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooling water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water cooling system operates in negative pressure mode preventing any water leak to flood the detector outer surface. In addition water flow and inlet/outlet temperature are constantly monitored to allow fast response to off range parameter in order to shut down the electronics. The cooling water system requires a primary cooling tap water loop from the AD building. Water quality, water flow and water temperature are not under our responsibility. This aspect will be dealt during the initial phase of the rTPC commissioning at CERN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Power distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All electronics voltages are below 48V. No special safety circuits are envisaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high-voltage circuit is fully protected outside the detector. The access to the high-voltage on the detector is restricted to the two end-plates. Interlock scheme will be put in place to ensure the shutdown of the HV in case of manual access to the detector itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LV (Low Voltage) power units are also interlocked to prevent false powering sequence which can damage the downstream electronics modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:imageservice20.png|571x411px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684507&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;_Toc493684899&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;anchor&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Figure 16- Alpha-g rTPC rack organization&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lmartin</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>